Home

Microfinance User Manual

1. Client Settlement Info Report Branch Branch Date 20 NOV 2007 User id MIV2 Date amp Time 21 APR 2010 17 34 23 EE Currency Amount Branch LA CHO 7 USD 5155 CHO 2570 0000 CHOZSTLOTSOS000 85 199 aora CHOJSHSO73340000 CHO N USD USD 25849 CHO 100000020 CHOZSTLO73340008 CEOMOHSO7340009 CHO N USD USD 1728996 CHO 257020000 CHOZSTLO7305000E CHO lt lt EOLRT207234000 CHO N UD 37mm LOTITO L CHOLRTJS038 CHO N USb USD H76 47 CHO 2570 0000 CHOZSTLOTTHAOUUH CHOLRTJS49 CHO N USD USD 1718639 CHO 357020000 CHOZSTEO7S03000C onma cgo x Usb rs cHo 257000000 CHOZSILUSSOUD DRE ESAE Meca LAA0S02500 7020000 RZ 080 LNICEMEAADSISSQDS MGR 2959 64 EE OEEC DETE BTE A BN B BRE E 86 L 19m E e 070000 080 FMCEMEAADISQSE MCR N 689 cBP 29 55 23700000 MORS TEOSES MCRMLAA0S0250039 MGR N USD 05 131878 257020000 MGRZSTL080750037 CHo N USD 5b FSLS CHO 1570 94 COSTOS CHOJSHS073340003 CHO USD USD 879159 257020000 CEOZSTL073340005
2. VETERPRYSSTOO0S 188 ee E 83333 5 BIEN 33 R s NN VECES STOE ee o a 8 MPCISHNO73370006 0006 56 6 156 6 FINEECTIDS700S EINE tee rr 108507 LS INBLCT1073370034 i i INBLCTIO73370035 INB jf ef INBLCT1073370029 am 4 INBLCT1073370029 8111073370059 PA 188 3 mr 0 Be a INBLCTI073370009 o_O E a HNBLCTIONSS 70057 DN D A S F O E T E a 1 10733704 IIPO GBP A The following details get displayed when you generate reports e Account Number e Branch Code e Currency e Loan Status e Fees Charge Penalty e Payment received e Amount Waived 7 6 ORACLE 7 1 4 Generating Clients Settlement info Report You can set your preferences as to the output of a report using Clients Settlement info Report Screen You can invoke this screen by typing MFRCSINT in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking on the adjoining arrow button Clients Settlement Info Report Group Specific 9 AII Group Client Client Report Format PrinterAt Client Report Output Printer Yon can enter the following details in this screen Group You have to indicate the group type The available options are e Specific If you choose this
3. The following details have to be captured here Sequence Number The number you capture here is used to identify the adversity level of an installment It should not overlap with that of an account status expect for the first factory shipped status NORM Normal 4 42 ORACLE Status Code The status that an installment will go through is specified here The sequence number determines the order when the installment would attain this status The status codes defined in the Status Codes Maintenance screen are available in the option list provided Status Rule The rule defined here will determine the movement of the installment to the selected status in the Status field You can build multiple conditions for a rule To do this click on Condition in the screen above The Condition Builder is displayed Condition Builder Fields Operator Condition Value Element r Logical Op Mathematical Op Clear Condition You can build the conditions using the elements SDEs operators and logical operators available in the screen above 4 43 ORACLE Examples of Status Movement Rules are given below e NORM TO PDO1 PRINCIPAL OVR DAYS gt 30 OR MAIN INT OVR DAYS gt 30 e NORM TO DOUBPRINCIPAL OVR DAYS gt 60 OR MAIN INT OVR DAYS gt 60 e PDO1 TO NORM PRINCIPAL OVR DAYS 31 AND MAIN INT OVR DAYS 31 e PDO1 TO DOUB PRINCIPAL OVR DAYS gt 60 OR MAIN INT OVR DAYS
4. 8 1 8 1 INTRODUCTION tiia iiid eiii eii ide dte ie tii ber des 8 1 8 2 MICROFINANCE PAYMENTS Ede gae een dn 8 1 8 2 1 Viewing Component Settlement Details eese eene eene 6 8 6 2 2 Additional Settlement Details eid n itte et Ves Te LU e RYE e dec 6 9 6 2 3 Penalty Rates DELLS C E 6 10 6 2 4 VIXIT EESTI Rr X 6 11 8 2 5 CHECKIISt Details T 8 12 8 2 6 Linkage 8 13 8 2 7 Partial Payments 8 14 8 2 8 P yments RT stein sat canine 6 14 6 2 9 BACK E E 6 16 6 2 10 Viewing Accounting Entries for Events eene nennen eene rennen tnnt 6 16 6 2 11 Saving and Authorizing MF Payments essent nennen eene etre emet 6 17 6 2 12 Making Bulk Payments against Microfinance or Commitment eese 8 18 8 3 MICROFINANCE AMENDMENTS Ee eH E use Ee EE se beate use eese Ee denn 8 25 8 3 1 Preference T b cccd sivas 8 28 8 3 2 Components TAD PET ana e i o AERE E Aaa EER Se E R A ERE 8 31 8 3 3 UU IINE EE 6 40 8 3 4 IUDCGLCKRWg TE 6 41
5. Branch Account Credit Settlement Mode Settlement Mode Debit Payment Mode Account M Debit Account Branch Debit Product Account External Account Number External Account Name Clearing Bank Code Clearing Branch Code Instrument Number Debit Product Category End Point Routing Number Clearing Product Code Sector Code Upload Source Debit Card Number Payer Bank Name GIRO Number Payer Account Bank GIRO Bank GIRO Payer Branch Plus Payer Bank Address 1 Auto GIRO Auto Payer Bank Address 2 Manual Payer Bank Address 3 Payer Bank Address 4 Here you can specify the following details Branch Specify the branch in which the customer account resides Account Specify the unique number of the account in the specified branch Credit Settlement Mode Tab You can specify the credit settlement details under the Credit Settlement Mode in the Settlement Mode screen Credit Payment Mode Select the credit payment mode from the adjoining drop down list The list displays the following values e CASA e Credit Card e Clearing e Debit Card e External Account e Electronic Pay Order e GIRO e Internal Cheque 8 33 ORACLE e Instrument e Cash Teller Credit Product Account Specify the account number of the credit product Credit Account Branch Specify the name of the branch in which the credit account should be maintained Instrument Number Credit Specify the instrument number that should be used fo
6. eese eene nennen eene eene netten nenne trennen 4 21 4 2 6 Specifying COMPONENES 4 24 4 2 7 Product Fields cisco REOR ise tee 4 46 4 2 8 Notices and Statements eese eene eene tenen nennen en tese tene enne 4 47 4 2 9 E EE EE EE E E EEE EES 4 51 4 2 10 Specifying Account Status E N E A a NEE EN E eS EOT EESE NS 4 55 dzd Specifying EEEE E AE E EEES 4 65 42 12 Branch Currency ResiFiGUOW E Ao 4 76 4 2 13 Customer Category Restrictions enne nnne 4 79 4 2 14 User Defined Fields iii ug i a 4 81 4 2 15 Associating an MIS Group with the Product 4 81 ACCOUNT CREATION 5 1 5 1 IOSLO DIOSA H CO N 5 1 9 2 CREATING A LOAN ACCOUNT seiis nis etes tantes ENEEK Ea ee SE Ee aae seb 5 1 5 2 1 E EEEn 5 4 5 2 2 Preferences LAD aee EE Eon 5 11 5 2 3 Components TD MER 5 19 5 2 4 Charges E yobs tede pu R 5 39 3 29 tiik ges LAD ERN 5 42 5 2 6 Advices TAD MH P
7. GIRO Plus Here you can specify the following details Debit Payment Mode Select the Debit payment mode from the adjoining drop down list The list displays the following values e CASA e Credit Card e Clearing e Debit Card e External Account e Electronic Pay Order e GIRO e Internal Cheque e Instrument e Cash Teller e PDC If the Debit Settlement mode is selected as PDC then the other debit settlement details not maintained If the debit Settlement is PDC then the liquidation mode of the component should be manual The Debit Settlement can be chosen as PDC only when contract is amortized 5 32 ORACLE Debit Product Account Specify the account number of the debit product Debit Account Branch Specify the name of the branch in which the debit account should be maintained Instrument Number Debit Specify the instrument number that should be used for debit payment Upload Source Debit Specify the upload source that should be used for debit payment End Point Specify the end point maintained in the clearing system The adjoining option list displays all valid end points maintained in the system You can choose the appropriate one External Account Number Specify the external account number External Account Name Specify the name of the beneficiary who is holding the external account Clearing Bank Code Specify the code of the external bank that should be used for clear
8. 5 5073340006 CHO N USD USD 25840 CHO 100000000 CHOZSTL07334000B EE N c m E FOMOHSU7 30005 CHO esa 020000 CU733300 N tsp Usb 1976547 tHo 35700000 CHOZSTED780SO09C CHOLRT2073340003 CHO USD 050 1476547 CHO 257020000 CHOZSTL07334000H CHOLRT2073340001 CHO N USD USD 1715632 CHO 257020000 CHOZSTL07303000C CHOLRT2073340001 CHO USD USD 1715652 257020000 CHOZSTL07334000D CHOMLAAO7 34009 CHO N USD USD 210525 CHO 257020000 CHOZST1075340001 nOn 070000 RZ 0205 DO 39556 CHO 250036 Hirer _ sr cHO 5 MGRZSTLOBOEIO039 ze mem e zememeumeememe ES 71 Done Unknown Zone The following details get displayed when you generate reports 7 8 ORACLE e Account Number e Branch Code e Reversed Yes No e Currency e Settlement Currency e Settlement Amount e Settlement Branch e Settlement Account e Settlement Reference Number 7 1 5 Generating Client Loan Repayment Schedule Report You can set your preferences as to the output of a report using Client Loan Repayment Schedule Report screen You can invoke this screen by typing MFRSCHNT in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking on the adjoining arrow button Client Loan Repayment Sch
9. in case of All option if you select any of the value from the option list In both the cases the system will through an error once you click OK button Account Number Specify the account number The option list displays all valid account numbers maintained in the system Choose the appropriate one Set the filters and click OK button to generate the report To cancel the operation click on Exit button 7 5 ORACLE P http ddhp0555 8001 FCJNeoWeb Reports BIP ENG CHO_MFRCFPDT_00001668 pdf Microsoft Internet Explorer DAR Fie Edit GoTo Favorites Help x 2 yo Search Sie Favorites 2 55 rel 33 Client Fees Charges And Penalties Report Branch Branch Date 30 NOV 2007 Page 2 User Id MIV2 Date amp Time 21 APR 2010 17 32 07 Module MF guum nee Received PRAELCADTS37017 PRA 3385 PRAELCAOTSS70017 PRA Usb 8 5 UA e HNU7 7006 MPC USD E MPCISENOTS370006 meo 3 rar 716667 IIO GE 5 3 _ Roo OL 1 78 5 m 39 VRILRPPOT3370005 000 VRTTRPR75 7000 Fri 88 33 99 3 883 3 VETERE 13370005 9 83333 33 CRPPOTS37000
10. 1 Of 1 Event Code Description Accounting Entries Policies Advices Charges EventFields Class Code Select the class code from the adjoining option list The list displays all the class codes maintained in the system Click Default button to default the events maintained for the selected class You can select the required events for the product you are defining You can also define new events apart from the defaulted events Event Code and Event Description These are the events for which the accounting entries advices policies and charges will be maintained individually The event codes applicable for the module are available in the option list provided Select the relevant events for the product from this list 4 66 ORACLE The description for the event chosen is also displayed For a commitment product the following events are used LINK DLNK CLOC The following events should not be maintained for a commitment product BADJ CLOS REOP RNOG ROLL SROL YACR NOVA REVV REVL PWOF An event PWOF Partial Write Off is used when a loan is partially written off by the Bank For more information on this topic refer section Partial Write Off of Loans in this manual 4 2 11 1 Defining Accounting Entries To define accounting entries for an event click Accounting Entries in the Events button the Product Event Rule Based Entries screen is di
11. E Effective Date User Defined Elementld User Defined Element Value Rate Code Codeusage Resolvedvalue Account EMI Change Promotions OtherApplicants PaymentMode Details Assets Financials Internal Rate of Return Details MIS Events GeneralLedgerQuery 1 Authorized By Status Date Time Date Time Authorization Status The following details regarding the loan account are captured here Account Details The Account details include the book date the value date the maturity date and down payment amount of the Loan account In case of Rolled over loans the original start date is also stored The details of the liability parties to the account are maintained The Main Customer and description are displayed Also other applicants of a loan such as Co signers Guarantors etc can be captured These details of the co applicants their responsibility as a Cosigner guarantor etc and the contribution of the co applicants to the Loan are provided here The UDE values for each Account are maintained here The UDE values default from the UDE values maintenance for the Product Currency and effective dates combination These can be overridden by providing account level UDE values However the UDE are only those defined at the product level 5 4 ORACLE The system checks whether the UDE values fall within the minimum and maximum limits specified for the UDEs linked to
12. Specify the position assigned to client for a center The adjoining option list displays all valid positions maintained in the system You can choose the appropriate one Position Name The system displays the name of the position Customer No Specify the Customer ID The adjoining option list displays all valid customer IDs maintained in the system You can choose the appropriate one Customer Name The system displays the name of the customer Defining Comments Detail You can define unique comments for a center 3 11 ORACLE Microfinance Center Definition H Save Center Code 000ZCNT1100400DX Center CIF ID User Defined Center Account Officer Code Center Branch Center Name Center Details Center Office Bearers 101 Serial Number CommentDate Comments Source Code Source Reference MFI Joining Date 2011 01 04 Fields CenterChange History Groups Meeting Details Date Time Checker Date Time Here you need to specify the following details Comment Date Specify the comment date by using the adjoining calendar Comments Mod No Record Status Authorization Status Specify the comments against a specific group 3 4 4 Viewing the Center Change History Click Center Change History button in the Microfinance Center Definition screen to invoke the Center Change History screen 3 12 ORACLE Center Change History
13. From the component list highlight a component and then go on to define the features for the selected component e g highlighting the Fund Interest component will treat the component as Funding Interest component relevant accounting entries will be maintained for ACCR and MLIQ ALIQ events With this maintenance the system will pass accounting entries for accrual Class Code You can get the details of the component defaulted from a component class Specify the class code from which you wish to get the details defaulted for the component The option list displays all valid class codes maintained in the system Choose the appropriate one Based on the class code specified the system displays the description ORACLE 4 24 Once you have specified the class code click Default from Class button The system defaults the details common to all components in a class Component Details The basic information for a component is specified here This includes the following Component The Components which are defined in screen are available in Component list The Component which is selected in the list appears in Component field For e g PRINCIPAL INTEREST PENALTY PROV etc Subsequently you have to define the parameters for these components in the Component sub screen of the screen For Commitment products the MAIN_INT component is used for defining periodic fees on the unutilized co
14. VE BUS 3 10 3 4 2 Defining Center Office Bearers Details eese nre trennen rennen 3 10 3 4 3 Defining Comments Detail 3 1 3 4 4 Viewing the Center Change History teeth tien ciet ten e eiae da erue Pee ER 3 12 3 4 5 Viewing Meeting Details utere tete etre toti ee incor eee orae dae dee e te ERR 3 13 3 4 6 MATE UR 3 18 3 4 7 Viewing Center Definition Summary eese eene eene nenne tente nennen nennen ens 3 19 3 25 MAINTAINING GROUP T YPES rest te er i UP MEYER e NR CHE 3 21 3 5 1 Viewing Group Type Summary eese eene nennen een nennen tenete trennen trennen rennen 3 22 3 0 CAPTURING GROUP DETAILS ertet ee e PY RE rU ne 3 24 3 6 1 Defining Group Details ies tesi tete itte tii ect rte dein e al Ya Quee cl eua Fee c Re e cS 3 25 3 6 2 Defining Group Members REESE Ee FEE 3 26 3 6 3 Defining Comments D tails vr Ie EHE 3 28 3 6 4 Viewing Meeting Det ils eti e CREE te ERU ERE FL ttes e pt 3 29 3 6 5 Viewing Loans ACCOUhls etri es EEUU TERRE HI STERN T Ria EIER ton 3 29 3 6 6 Viewing the Group Changes History iinne ee EE RE R Ei 3 32 3 6 7 Viewing Group Definition Summary eese eee etre enne tenet
15. Fields Maker Date Time Checker Date Time Mod No Record Status Authorization Status Here you can capture the following details Training Code Specify a code for the training type being maintained The adjoining option list displays all valid training types maintained in the system You can select the appropriate one Note that this field displays training types maintained in the system using the Training Type Maintenance screen Date Specify the date of training Entity Name Select the type of entity to which the training would be imparted from the adjoining drop down list The available options are e Center e Group e Individual Entity Code Specify a valid code for the entity types Center and Group The adjoining option list displays all valid entity codes maintained in the system You can select the appropriate one 3 45 ORACLE Note that for Individual entity type the system defaults the code as CIF Actual CIF Details Here you can capture the CIF details SI No Specify the serial number Example 1 2 3 etc CIF IDs Specify the IDs of the CIF members who attended the training 3 11 1 Viewing Training Details Summary You can view a summary of trainings using the Training Details Summary screen You can invoke this screen by typing MFSTRMNT in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking the adjoining arrow button Training Detai
16. Micro Finance Account Detail save Product la Branch Version Number Product Description Account User Reference Product Category Alternate Account Number User Defined Status Application Number Derived Status Main Preferences Components Charges Linkage Details Advices 19 Credit Score Fields Check List Allow Rollover Yes User Defined Element Product Roll Components Rollover Contract 10f1 Rollover Mode Schedule Basis Product Manual Contract Rollover Special Special Amount Custom Roll By Component Name Promotions OtherApplicants PaymentMode Details Assets Financials Internal Rate of Return Details MIS Events GeneralLedger Query Maker Id Authorized By Status Date Time Date Time Authorization Status You can maintain the following details here Allow Rollover Select the required option to indicate if rollover should be allowed for the loan or not The options are e Yes e No Rollover This option is used to determine if the Rollover is system driven or not You can select either of the following options e Auto If you select the option Auto Rollover then upon maturity the Account will be rolled over automatically by the system Rollover batch run in BOD e Manual If you select the option Manual roll over then the system does not perform the auto rollover and you can perform a manual rollover 5 49 ORACLE 5
17. 1 Of 1 n Change Date Change Sequence Number Change Type OldValue New Value Here you can view the following details Change Date The system displays the modification date of the center Change Sequence Number The system displays the modification sequence number of the center Change Type The system displays the changes made to the center Old Value The system displays the value before modification New Value The system displays the new modified value 3 4 5 Viewing Meeting Details Click Meeting Details button in the Microfinance Center Definition screen to invoke the Meeting Details screen 3 13 ORACLE Meeting Details 41 Of 1 30 Meeting Code StartDate EndDate Details Here you can view the following details Meeting Code The system displays a unique meeting code Start Date The system displays the start date of the meeting End Date The system displays the end date of the meeting Details Click Details button to view meeting details for center The following Meeting Schedule Definition screen is invoked 3 14 ORACLE Meeting Schedule Definition E New E5 Enter Query Meeting Code Location Type Group Description Meeting Of Vami Action Change installment Meeting Hours 0 Meeting Minutes 0 Number of Schedules Start Date Unit Last Meeting Date Frequency Due Date On OnHoliday Day Meeting
18. For more details on the field explanation refer section Creating a Microfinance Account in Account Creation chapter of this User Manual Also refer Microfinances Amendments section in this chapter 8 3 5 1 Maturity Date Change The Amendment of the microfinance account maturity date effective on a certain date can be performed through this function Future schedules are affected based on the effective date This assists in providing schedules as per the customer s choice Hence even if an extension is sought the interest increase in the installment can be postponed till a certain period to facilitate customer s liquidity situation 8 3 5 2 Version Creation 8 3 6 Version numbers are created for a microfinance account during any one of the following three instances e When amendments made to the Account parameters Principal Rate and Tenor e Rollover of the Microfinance product Value Dated Amendment Details Value Dated Amendment simulation calculation function is used to get the details of the VAMI charge before applying the same You can invoke this screen by typing MFSACCVM in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking on the adjoining arrow button 8 43 ORACLE Micro Finance Account Detail Summary E gt search C Advanced Search 9 Reset K Clear All Case Sensitive Account Branch Customer Id Product Value Date Maturity Date Amount Financed Currency Use
19. Micro Finance Account Detail save d Hola Product zz Branch Version Number Product Description Account User Reference Product Category Alternate Account Number User Defined Status Application Number Derived Status Main Preferences Components Charges Linkage Details Advices Rollover Credit Score Fields 173386 Check List 10f 1 Description Checked Remarks Promotions OtherApplicants PaymentMode Details Assets Financials Internal Rate of Return Details MIS Events GeneralLedgerQuery Authorized By Status Date Time Date Time Authorization Status Check List The following details are captured here Description The description of the check list maintained for the BOOK event is displayed here Checked Check this box to indicate that the check list item has been verified Remarks Specify any additional remarks about the check list or the account in this free format text field 5 53 ORACLE 5 2 11 Specifying Promotions Invoke the Promotions screen by clicking the Promotions button in the Account Details screen Promotions Promotions 1 Of 1 F Promotion Type Promotionid Beneficiary Priority The following details are captured here Promotion Type The system displays the Promotion type to which the original loan is linked It could be any of the following e CONVENIOS e PROMOTION e COR
20. Reversed PaymentMode Settlement Currency SettlementAmount Financing Currency Equivalent Original Exchange Rate Exchange Rate Settleme Component Details 10f1 Hee Currency AmountDue AdjustmentDue AmountOverdue AmountNotDue AmountWaived Amount Capitalized AmountPaid Events Linkage Details Fields Check List Maker Id Checker Id Status Date Time Checker Date Authorization Status Reversal Maker ID Reversal Checker ID Date Time Date Time To make a payment click New icon in the toolbar and then capture the Branch Code Account Event Sequence Number Click Populate Due button to view the dues against the account After this you can enter the payment details Click Allocate button to allocate the settlement amounts across the various components based on the Schedule Order and Liquidation Order Click Penalty Rates to view the UDEs related to Prepayment penalties The negotiated rates can be overridden In case of Penal components you can select the relevant UDEs and modify them Click View icon to view a list of lending rate codes and their values in the ascending order of rate value Account Details The following details are captured here Transaction Branch Code Select the branch code of the account towards which the payment is made from the adjoining option list A l
21. You can select the advices that should be triggered for various events These advices can be simple Debit Credit advices when any payment or disbursement is made Rate Revision advices Loan advices etc To specify the advices for an event click Advices in the Events sub screen of the Product Maintenance screen the following screen is displayed 4 73 ORACLE Advices Advice Rules 1 Of 1 Ez Rule Number Condition Condition z 1 Of 1 gs Message Type Description Generation Time Suppress Priority Charge Required Authorize gt The following advice details have to be maintained in the screen Message Type Select an advice from the option list provided The advices applicable for the module are available in this list When you select an advice the description is displayed in the adjacent field Generation Time The Trigger indicates the appropriate time at which the advice is to be generated You can indicate whether the advices specified for the product should be generated when the event takes place Input or at authorization Suppress This option may be used if you want to suppress the generation of some advices Priority You can indicate the importance of the advice generation The priority may be e Medium e Low 4 74 ORACLE Charges You may check this option to collect charges for adv
22. e f this check box is checked and a component schedule is overdue then the system triggers re computation on the compounding dates and compound the overdue penal interest on that date Liquidation Mode Select the liquidation mode from the drop down list The options available are e Auto e Manual Component Attributes The component attributes include the following Special Component You can define a component as a Special Interest Component You can override such components at the account level You may need to apply a special interest component as a result of customer negotiations A special interest component is specified as an amount Penal Basis You may want to allot the penalty to the recovery of certain components Once a component is overdue an appropriate penalty is applied Therefore you need to identify the component which on becoming overdue will trigger the penalty computation However the system will calculate the penalty on the component you select Basis Element field For commitment products PRINCIPAL is not used for penal basis and for basis amount In case of EMI products installment amount is used for calculating the penalty 4 28 ORACLE Periodicity The periodicity of the component can be either e Daily e Periodic If you choose the periodicity as Daily any changes to UDE and SDE values will result in recalculation of the component The recalculation happens
23. 0 00 Total Overdue in LCY 842 36 Total number mem ar Financed of Installment Installments Number USD g oe oe MF10079 CUST3 arr 1 000 00 12 12 35 Total Amount Due in LCY 0 00 Total Amount Overdue in LCY 842 38 The following details get displayed when you generate reports 7 1 12 1 Loan Details e Group Code e Customer ID e Customer Name e Account Number e Account Currency e Amount Financed e Total number of Installments e Current Installment No 7 1 12 2 Amount Due Details e Component Name e Amount Due e Amount Over Due Total Amount Overdue in LCY 505 44 Amt Amt MAN iNT X 346 PRINCIPAL 000 502 08 Total Amount Due in LCY 0 00 Total Amount Overdue in LCY 505 54 7 26 ORACLE 7 1 12 3 Saving Account Details Customer ID Account Number Account Balance Account Currency Account Balance in LCY 7 1 12 4 RD Account Details Customer ID Account Number Account Currency Total Amount Due in LCY Total Amount Over Due in LCY Amount Due Amount Overdue 7 27 ORACLE 8 1 8 2 8 Operations Introduction This chapter explains the various operations that can be performed on a microfinance account the most prominent being payments and amendments funding status change simulation of payments rollover etc Microfinance Payments The MF Payment screen allows you to make payments towards a module supports Multi Mode
24. Principal Moratorium Period SI No Instalment Schedule Date 10 1 2008 11 1 2008 12 1 2008 1 1 2009 24000 24 months 2096 01 Sep 2008 01 Sep 2010 Loan Outstanding Amount 22666 67 21333 34 20000 01 18666 68 Instalment Amount 1733 33 1723 7 1688 89 1677 77 5 76 From 01 Sep 2009 to 01 Apr 2010 Repayment Principal Interest 1333 33 400 1333 33 390 37 1333 33 355 56 1333 33 344 44 ORACLE 51 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 5 3 Linking MF Customers to Account Officers Instalment Schedule Date 2 1 2009 3 1 2009 4 1 2009 5 1 2009 6 1 2009 7 1 2009 8 1 2009 9 1 2009 10 1 2009 11 1 2009 12 1 2009 1 1 2010 2 1 2010 3 1 2010 4 1 2010 5 1 2010 6 1 2010 7 1 2010 8 1 2010 9 1 2010 Loan Outstanding Amount 17333 35 16000 02 14666 69 13333 36 12000 03 10666 7 9333 37 8000 04 8000 04 8000 04 8000 04 8000 04 8000 04 8000 04 6666 7 5333 36 4000 02 2666 68 1333 34 0 Instalment Amount 1654 81 1602 96 1608 89 1577 77 1562 96 1533 33 1517 03 1494 07 133 33 137 78 133 33 137 78 137 78 124 45 1471 12 1444 45 1425 19 1400 01 1379 27 1356 3 Repayment Principal Interest 1333 33 321 48 1333 33 269 63 1333 33 275 56 1333 33 244 44 1333 33 229 63 1333 33 200 1333 33 183 7 1333 33 160 74 0
25. Recomputation of amortized loans as a result of a prepayment can be based on one of the following e Recalculate Installment Amount In this case the tenor remains constant e Recalculate Tenor Here the tenor is recomputed while the installment remains constant Prepayment Equated Monthly Installment Type For Prepayment of amortized loans if you have chosen to recompute the Installment Amount keeping the tenor constant then the Installment calculation can be one of the following types based on future rates e Single Installment A single installment is computed using the future rates e Multiple Installments Multiple EMls are defined if a future rate change is known upfront While giving the UDE values effective dates can be given based on which the UDE values will become applicable Let us say a loan is sanctioned on 1 1 2008 The rate of interest is as follows e UDE value Effective date is 01 11 2007 10 e UDE Value effective date is 01 04 2008 11 If the option chosen is Multiple installment then based on the UDE values EMI will be calculated depicting a higher EMI from 1 4 2008 at the new rate of interest So when ever a prepayment happens it will take into effect the two rates and calculate two different EMIs for these periods Minimum EMI Amount You can enter the minimum amount that has to be paid as EMI after recomputing the EMI The recalculated EMI after prepayment should be greater than this amount Minim
26. Select the unit of the schedule from the option list Due Date On This option may be used to schedule an installment on a particular date of the month End Date End date for the component for the schedule will be computed from the start date frequency unit and number for the schedule Amount The amount of payment done whether disbursement or repayment is displayed in this field EMI Amount Specify the EMI amount that should be paid during the schedule Compound Days Specify the number of compound days Compound Months Specify the number of compound months Compound Years Specify the number of compound years Days in Month Specify the number of days that would constitute a month for calculation You can have 30 or 31 days in a month for this purpose Days in Years Specify the number of days that would constitute a year for calculation Capitalize Select this option if the schedule amounts are to be capitalized Waive Select this option to specify if you need to allow a waiver of the component payments for the schedule 5 24 ORACLE The system by default does not select this option A schedule can be either applicable or capitalized or waived After making necessary changes click Explode Schedule Details button to re compute the schedules You can view the following details Schedule Number The system generates and displays a sequential schedule number for installments Due Date The system displays th
27. Sequence Number Customer Number Customer Name P Ii Guarantor Customer Account 1061 V Sequence Number Account Number Account Branch Currency az Qr you check the Use Guarantor for Repayment box and not specify the guarantor details then the system will display an error message You can specify the Guarantor Details here Account Account number for which repayment is due is defaulted here from the Account Details screen Component Name Name of the component for which repayment is computed is defaulted here from the Component tab in the Account Details screen Guarantor Customer You can specify customer details of the guarantor here 5 26 ORACLE Sequence Number Serial number of the guarantor account is defaulted here If multiple guarantor accounts are provided then the system follows sequence number for the liquidation order Customer Number Select a valid customer id for the guarantor from the adjoining option list Customer Name The customer name of the selected customer id is defaulted here Guarantor Customer Account You can specify account details of the guarantor here Sequence Number Serial number of the guarantor account is defaulted here If multiple guarantor accounts are provided then the system follows sequence number for the liquidation order Account Number Select a valid account number for the guarantor from the
28. Settlement Branch Select the settlement branch from the adjoining option list Settlement Account Select the settlement account from the adjoining option list External Account Specify the external account Additional Settlement Details You can capture the additional settlement details by clicking the Additional Settlement Details button under charge details Additional Details Instrument Number End Point FI Routing Number Card Number Sector Code Settlement Product Code Clearing Bank Code Clearing Through Branch Product Category Clearing Product Code External Account Number AJEJI 9 2 1 Verifying Check List Items To every online event you can associate check list items by clicking the Event Checklist button To view the check list items associated with the Disbursement event DSBR click on the Check List amp Remarks button ORACLE 9 2 2 Check List Check List Details 1 0f 1 1 Ez Description x Checked o Remarks This screen displays the check list items for DSBR All check list items have to be verified for successful disbursal of the microfinance To do this check the Verified box against each check list item You may also capture any additional information remarks if required Click OK button to Save and return to the Manual disbursement screen
29. Sub Type Specify the subtype associated with the asset if any Year Specify the year of association with the selected asset Make Specify the make of the selected asset For vehicle you can specify the manufacturing company name and for home you can specify the name of the builder or developer 5 68 ORACLE Specify the model of the selected asset Address Specify the address associated with the asset You need to specify the following details additional related to vehicle type of asset Body Specify the body number associated with the vehicle Id Specify the unique identification number associated with the vehicle Reg Specify the registration number of the vehicle Home Tab You can capture details regarding the asset of type Home in this tab Asset Branch Account Account Asset Valuation Vehicle Others Mortgage Asset Class az Asset Year Address 1 Type Asset Make Address 2 Sub Type Asset Model Address 3 Asset Status zz Width Address 4 Occupancy Length Purchase Order Number Geography BNA MSA You can specify the following additional details for home type of asset Occupancy Specify the number of people occupying the house Width Specify the width associated with the selected asset 5 69 ORACLE Length Specify the length associated with the selected asset PO Specify the post office number of the location of the property GEO Specify the pr
30. Tenor Specify the tenor at which the notice has to be generated 4 50 ORACLE 4 2 9 Start Date Specify the date on which the notice has to be generated Transaction Code Specify the identifier code of the transaction Interest Rate Revision within the Rate Revision Period The Rate Revision Notice section allows you to maintain the number of days for the generation of the advice prior to the scheduled date of rate revision During End of Day if the notification date is less than or equal to schedule date a Rate Revision Advice is generated The four different conditions for the rate revision will be handled in Oracle FLEXCUBE as follows e Condition 1 Once the interest revision date is reached the system continues to use the same interest rate code till the next revision date e Condition 2 If the request for change in interest rate is received a few days before the scheduled revision date the interest rate code of the loan account is changed by value dated amendment with the effective date as the scheduled interest revision date On the effective date the system changes the rate code and picks up the new interest rate e Condition 3 If the request is for a future dated prepayment of the loan account there is no change in the interest rate the principal is changed depending on the prepaid amount and once the payment is available in the settlement account you can liquidate the loan manually with the requested effect
31. This field is defaulted from the Main tab of the Micro Finance Account Detail screen Account Bank GIRO OPlus Credit Settlement Mode Tab You can specify the credit settlement details under the Credit Settlement Mode in the Settlement Mode screen Credit Payment Mode Account External Account Number External Account Name Clearing Bank Code Clearing Branch Code Product Category Routing Number Clearing Product Code Sector Code Auto GIRO Exchange Rate Negotiated Cost Rate Negotiated Reference Original Exchange Rate Select the credit payment mode from the adjoining drop down list The list displays the following values e CASA e Credit Card e Clearing e Debit Card e External Account e Electronic Pay Order 5 28 ORACLE e GIRO e Internal Cheque e Instrument e Cash Teller Credit Product Account Specify the account number of the credit product Credit Account Branch Specify the name of the branch in which the credit account should be maintained Instrument Number Credit Specify the instrument number that should be used for credit payment Upload Source Credit Specify the upload source that should be used for credit payment End Point Specify the end point maintained in the clearing system The adjoining option list displays all valid end points maintained in the system You can choose the appropriate one Exte
32. CAI 100000 GRE __ 1 Dec 2007 xDec2o 1 1 10000 100 CAICLP1073490003 CAT 100000 GBP_ TS 12 Dec 2007_ 02 Dec 2007 29 10660 10000 CAICIPi073450008 CAI 100000 GRE 4 13 Dec 2007 0 1 1 10000 1009 CAICLP107349000 100000 GBP_ 3 23 Dec200 12 2007 If 1 10000 10000 CAICLP1073490005 100000 GBP 4 23 Dec2007 12 Dec 2007 10 9 10000 10000 CAIIPi0734 0008 CAI 100000 GBP 4 23 Dec 2007 12 Dec 2007 1 i 10000 1009 CAICLP1073490005 100000 GBP 45 02 32 2008 23 Dec 2007 31 1 10000 10000 CAICLPI0734 000 CAI 100000 GRP 5 02 Tan 2008 CAICLP1073490008 CAI 100000 GBP 027 08 33 Dec 2007 1 1 10000 10000 CAICLPi0734 0008 100000 GRP 3332 295 DJam2ws 1 1 01 2000 CAICLP1073490005 100000 GBP 5 23 20 2008 13 303 20000 10 9 Of 10000 CAICLPI07340005 CAI 100000 08 5 23 1 2008 13 008 1 1 9 11099 CAICLP1073490005 100000 GBP 4 03 Feb 2008 23 Jan 2008 3i 1 Of 10000 CAICEPi073490003 CAI 100000 GBP 03 Feb 2008 33Jan 3008 19 9 0 100 CAIrPi0734 0008 car 100000 GaP 4 03 Feb 2008 3m3xe 1 1 9 1999 CAICLP107349000
33. Capturing Values for event level UDFs You can enter values for the UDFs that you have associated with the DSBR event in the Account Event UDF screen To invoke this screen click Event Fields button in the Manual Disbursement screen ia ORACLE Fields Character Fields m Number Fields The system allows you to enter different values for the same UDF for events that gets repeated for the same microfinance account For instance if you have multiple disbursements for a Microfinance Account you can capture different values for UDFs for different disbursements Click Exit button to exit and return to the Manual disbursement screen 9 2 3 Capturing the Advice related Details You can view the advices defaulted which also includes the Payment Message in the Advices screen To invoke this screen click Advices button on the Manual Disbursement screen You can also choose to suppress the messages as required ORACLE You can opt to suppress the Payment Message defaulted in case you do not need a credit through swift message The deafulted details can be overriden at this stage and if the settlement mode is changed to anything other than CASA the swift message is automatically suppressed Advices Advices 1 Of 1 Message Type Suppress Priority Yes High e Supplier Advice 1 Of 1 M
34. Inventory SWIFT Message Details Maker Id Authorized By Status Date Time Date Time Authorization Status While making modification to schedule follow the steps given below 8 31 ORACLE e Bullet schedule as well as end dates of schedules should be deleted before amendment e f you want to use irregular schedule amounts instead of normal linear flow you need to maintain each schedule date separately e f you insert any schedule do not add end date e f number of schedules is 1 for the particular schedule record then the frequency should be daily Click Explode Schedules button once you finalize your changes on the schedule System calculates the missing parameters based on Product preferences You can modify future dated schedules only Liquidation Mode The system defaults the mode of liquidation from the product level However you can modify the same to indicate the mode of liquidation of the component from the drop down list The following options are available for selection e Auto e Manual This is applicable only if Liquidation mode is selected as Component at the account preference level 8 3 2 1 Specifying Payment Mode Details You can specify the details of payment mode in the Settlement Mode screen To invoke the screen click Payment Mode Details button under Components tab in the Value Dated Amendments screen 8 32 ORACLE Payment Mode
35. Loan Accounts Group Change History Check List Date Time Mod No Checker Date Time Record Status Authorization Status Here you need to specify the following details 3 28 ORACLE Comment Date Specify the comment date by using the adjoining calendar Comments Specify the comments against a specific group 3 6 4 Viewing Meeting Details Click Meeting Details button in the Microfinance Group Definition screen to invoke the Meeting Details screen Meeting Details 1 Of 1 Meeting Code StartDate EndDate Details Here you can view the following details Meeting Code The system displays a unique meeting code Start Date The system displays the start date of the meeting End Date The system displays the end date of the meeting Details Click Details button to view meeting details for group The Meeting Schedule Definition screen is invoked 3 6 5 Viewing Loans Accounts 3 29 ORACLE Click Loans Accounts button in the Microfinance Group Definition screen to invoke the Loans Accounts screen In this screen you can view all the loans and accounts received by a group Loan Accounts Loan Details 101 Account Number Value Date Currency AmountFinanced Branch Maturity Date Due Amount Execution Date Status Account Details 10tf1 Account Customerld Currency Balance Branch OpeningDate ClosedDate Status RD TD 10f1 Account Cus
36. Specify a valid settlement account The adjoining option list displays all valid accounts maintained in the system You can select the appropriate one 6 7 ORACLE Settlement Product Specify the settlement product Instrument Number Specify the instrument number End Point Specify a valid end point The adjoining option list displays all the valid end points maintained in the system You can select the appropriate one Card Number Specify the card number External Account Number Specify the external account number External Account Name Specify the external account name Clearing Bank Specify a valid clearing bank The adjoining option list displays all valid clearing banks maintained in the system You can select the appropriate one Clearing Branch Specify the clearing branch Upload Source Specify a valid upload source The adjoining option list displays all the upload sources maintained in the system You can select the appropriate one Sector Code Specify a valid sector code The adjoining option list displays all the valid sector codes maintained in the system You can select the appropriate one Routing Number Specify the routing number Settlement Reference Number Specify the settlement reference number Click Allocate button 6 8 ORACLE Component Details The system populates the following fields upon clicking the Allocate button e Account Number e Component Name Currency The s
37. Waive If this option is checked the charge defined for event is waived off Due Date Specify the date on which the charge was applied 5 41 ORACLE Amount Due Enter the details of the amount due for repayment in this field Amount Waived Specify the waived amount in this field For each component the following details are displayed e Event Code e Amount Settled The settled amount in this field e Schedule Date The scheduled date for repayment in this field 5 2 5 Linkages Tab At the time of Loan account capture the Linkages to securities backing the loan is captured They include e The reference number of the Collateral Collateral Pool Line Account Amount block Commitment Guarantee Collection Bill is linked e The amount which is attributed to the particular reference number is also captured e The account input screen captures the Linkages as shown below 5 42 ORACLE Micro Finance Account Detail save Product zz Branch Version Number Product Description Account User Reference Product Category Alternate Account Number User Defined Status Application Number Derived Status Main Preferences Components Charges 29 Advices Rollover Credit Score Fields Check List Collateral Linkage Details 10f 1 e 25 Linkage Type LinkedRefNo Description Branch Currency OverallAmount Collateral Category Hair Cut LimitAmount Linked Amount Lir L
38. e Alternate Account Number e Value Date e Maturity Date e Amount e Currency e User Defined Status e Contract Status e Authorized 8 45 ORACLE Click Advanced Search to display the screen below Advanced Search Case Sensitive Query Account Operator v Value Branch Customer Id Product Value Date Maturity Date Amount Financed Currency User Defined Status Account Status Alternate Account Number Authorization Status Query Fields Operator Value Clear Query Order By Order By Ascending Accept Query Fields Value Clear Query You can query a contract based on any of the following details e Account Number e Branch Code e Application Number e Customer Id e Product e Alternate Account Number e Value Date e Maturity Date e Amount e Currency e User Defined Status e Contract Status 8 46 ORACLE e Authorized 8 47 ORACLE 9 1 9 2 9 Making Manual Disbursements Introduction The Microfinance Module of Oracle FLEXCUBE supports the following modes for microfinance disbursements e Auto e Manual If you select the mode Auto the system will automatically disburse the microfinaces based on the disbursement schedule defined for the product In the manual mode disbursement happens on demand In this case disbursement schedules need not be maintained for the PRINCIPAL component Also you can collect any applicable
39. 2 6 Specifying Components You have already maintained the components of the product in the Microfinance Product screen The features of the components are defined in the Components sub screen Components lass Code Class Code Class Description Period Period Unit omponent Attributes Penal Basis Periodicity Rate To Use Basis Element Balance Type Form Type Default From Class e special Component Debdit OCredit Amortized Reducing Schedule 1 Of 1 Sequence Number Schedule type P bel Start Reference Component Details Component Description Currency Calculation Type Component Defaults Days in Month Days in Year Grace Days Iz Frequency Unit Frequency Component Type Liquidation Mode include EMI Accruals Provisioning C el L T Elverify Funds interest Method Default Fro Currency Definition internal Rate of Return Applicable Frequency Start Month Start Date Tb repayment Threshold Currency Amount Start Day Tl Start Date Start Month Is 7Main Component capitalized interest Posting required Propagation Required ElCompound on overdue Auto accrual Required C sd EE Scher Due Date On Book Formulae Intermediate Formulae Moratorium Formulae Installment Status
40. 2007 2010 Y CHOMLAA073340002 A d COLCLP2073510009 COL 010000263 31 Aug 2007 31 Jan 2009 TOTS 227007 BP 0000 CH MOH6 010000263 USD 70000 29 Nov 2007 30 May 2009 A CHOMOH6073340001 CHOJSHS073340006 JSHS 010000263 100000 29 Nov 2007 29 Apr 2008 CHO MOHS 010000263 USD 100000 29 Sep 2007 29 Sep 2008 5073340009 ni nM mE B id The following details get displayed when generate reports e Account Number e Branch Code e Product Code e Customer ID e Currency e Loan Amount e Value Date e Maturity Date e Account Status 7 4 ORACLE 7 1 3 Generating Client Fees Charges and Penalties Report You can set your preferences as to the output of a report using Client Fees Charges and Penalties Report screen You can invoke this screen by typing MFRCFPNT in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking on the adjoining arrow button Account Number Account Number Report Format Printer At Client z Report Output Printer az You can enter the following details in this screen Account Number You have to indicate the account number type The available options are e Specific If you choose this option you are allowed select value from the option list e All If you choose this option all the values get selected In case of Specific option if you do not select any value from the option list
41. 4 26 ORACLE e Interest e Provisioning e Deposit The fund interest component gets liquidated on schedule even if the customer does not pay the other components During EOD provisioning event is triggered for all loan accounts linked to a customer whenever you modify the credit rating of a customer at the customer level Provisioning amount is calculated based on the formula maintained for the Provisioning Component at the Product level During EOD batch PROV event is picked and processed for all the loan accounts for which PROV event is to be triggered As a part of end of day batch accounting entries are passed for the calculated provision amount Customer Maintenance E New Enter Query Branch Code Customer No Personal Corporate Director Auxiliary Check List MFI Details Domicile Address Status _ as Permanent Frozen Address Address 1 Address 2 Address 3 Address 4 Pin Code Country Misc Details SWIFT Code Credit Rating Group Code Charge Group MT920 Relationship Pricing J ELCM Customer Statement Day Clearing Group Tax Group Exposure ELCM Customer Number CIF Status Since Exposure Category Customer Classification External Reference Number Location FX Netting Customer Media SSN JAuto Account Creation Track Limits Liability Id Auto Created Account identifier Name Deceased Value Wher kn n Relationship Manager
42. Check box against each check list item You may also capture any additional information remarks if required under Remarks Click Ok button to save and return to the Bulk Manual Disbursement screen 6 6 3 Capturing values for the Event level UDFs You can enter values for the UDFs that you have associated with the manual disbursement event in the Event Details screen To invoke this screen click Event Fields button 6 26 ORACLE 6 6 4 Event Details Field Number 1 Field Date 1 Field Number 2 Field Date 2 Field Number 3 Field Date 3 Field Number 4 Field Date 4 Field Number 5 Field Date 5 Field Number 6 Field Date 6 Field Number 7 Field Date 7 Field Number 8 Field Date 8 Field Number 9 Field Date 9 Field Number 10 Field Date 10 Field Number 11 Field Number 12 Field Number 13 Field Number 14 Field Number 15 Field Number 16 Field Number 17 Field Number 18 Field Number 19 Field Number 20 Field Char 1 Field Char 2 Field Char 3 Field Char 4 Field Char 5 Field Char 6 Field Char 7 Field Char 8 Field Char 9 Field Char 10 Field Char 11 Field Char 12 Field Char 13 Field Char 14 Field Char 15 Field Char 16 Field Char 17 Field Char 18 Field Char 19 Field Char 20 ooooo9009090999 9 999 9999 The system allows you to enter different values for the same UDF for events that get repeated for the same loan account For instance if you have multiple disbursement
43. Click Product Fields button in the Product Maintenance screen to invoke the screen 4 46 ORACLE 4 2 8 Product Fields Product Code Product Description cece Number Fields Date Fields Character Fields 1 Of 1 Field Number Field Name Field Description You can capture the following details specific to Character Number and Date fields Field Number Specify the field number Field Name Specify a name for the field Field Description Enter a brief description as to the nature of the field Notices and Statements Just as you define components that should become a part of the product so also you can associate Notices and Statements with a product The actual communication correspondence however is handled by the Messaging Module of Oracle FLEXCUBE Click Notices amp Statements button in the Product Maintenance screen 4 47 ORACLE Notices and Statements Product Code Product Description Billing Notice Rate Revision Notice Delinquency Notice Rule Number Rule Number Rule Number Condition Condition Condition No of Days No of Days No of Days Format Format Format Frequency Direct Debit Notice Statement Others 10r 1 gt Notice Id Rule Number Rule Number Notice Condition Condition Rule Number No of Days Frequency Transaction Code ae Start D
44. Code Event Description LSTM Loan Statement Event LINK Linking a Commitment to a microfinance account MLIQ Manual Liquidation NOVA Novation PROV Provisioning READ Readjustment Processing REOP Reopen of microfinance account REVC Reversal Of Contract REVD Reversal Of Disbursement REVN Rate Revision REVP Reversal Of Payment RNOG Re Negotiation ROLB Roll Over Booking ROLL Roll Over Of Contract REVL Reversal of Linked Microfinance account SROL Special Roll over STSH Installment Status Change TAXC Specific Tax Calculation UDCN UDE Cascade Change USGR Un Secured GL Transfer Reversal USGT Unsecured GL Transfer VAMB Value Dated Amendment Booking VAMI Value Dated Amendment Initiation ORACLE Event Code Event Description YACR Yield to Maturity based Discount Accrual INLQ Intermediary Liquidation IMST Intermediary Statement PWOF Partial Write Off 11 3 Accounting Roles In this section we have provided a list of sample accounting roles Accounting Role Description ASSETGL The Customer GL to which the Microfinance account movements are reported PRINCIPAL_LIQD Principal Liquidated PRINCIPAL_INCR Principal Increased COMPONENT _ INC Component Income COMPONENT EXP Component Expense COMPONENT RIA Component Received in Advance COMPONENT PAY Component Payabl
45. GIRO number 5 57 ORACLE e Payer Bank Name Specify the name of the bank from which the amount is paid e Payer Branch Specify the branch from which the amount is paid e Payer Account Specify the account from which the amount is paid e Payer Bank Address Specify the address of the bank from which the amount is paid e Instrument Cash Teller e AC Branch Click the option list to choose branch where the account is serviced Double click on a branch to select it Product or Account If the payment mode is Account this field specifies the CASA GL account to be debited If the payment is through Instrument Cash it denotes the teller product to be used 5 2 14 Viewing Internal Rate of Return Details You can view the internal rate of return details in the Internal Rate of Return Details screen You can invoke this screen by clicking the Internal Rate of Return Details button in the Account Details screen Internal Rate of Return Details Internal Rate of Return Details 10F1 c Effective Date Effective Interest Rate 5 2 15 Maintaining MIS Details You can maintain MIS details in the MIS screen You can invoke this screen by clicking the MIS button in the Account Details screen 5 58 ORACLE Contract Reference MIS Group LinkTo Group Related Reference ORelated Account Related Account Related Reference MIS Head Rate Type Pool Code Contract Level
46. ID Source Code User Defined Center Account Officer Source Reference Code Center Branch MEI Joining Date Center Name Center Office Bearers Comments Center Formed By 101 1 Demographic Code Detail Fields CenterChangeHistory Groups Meeting Details Date Time Mod No Checker Date Time Record Status Authorization Status Here you need to specify the following details Center Code The Center Code is automatically generated by the system User Defined Center Code Specify a unique user defined center code Center Name Specify the center name Center CIF ID Specify the center CIF ID which is used for creation of accounts Account Officer Specify the account officer who is responsible for managing center The adjoining option list displays all valid account officers maintained in the system You can choose the appropriate one Center Branch Specify the code used to identify the center branch The adjoining option list displays all valid center branches maintained in the system You can choose the appropriate one 3 9 ORACLE 3 4 1 3 4 2 Source Code Specify the source code which is used to transfer data from one system to another Source Reference Specify the source reference which is used to link the old and new systems MF Joining Date Specify the center creation date by using the adjoining calendar Defining Center Details You can capture
47. Interest Repayment Accounting Role Amount Tag Dr Cr DR_SETTLEMENT_BRG INT_LIQD Dr INT_REC INT_LIQD Cr INTERNAL_GL MAIN INT WHLD Dr MAIN INTREC MAIN INT WHLD Cr Penalty Interest Repayment Accounting Role Amount Tag Dr Cr DR SETTLEMENT BRG PENAL INT LIQD Dr PENAL INT REC PENAL INT LIQD Cr Following are the accounting entries passed for the manual repayment of loan by cash Accounting Role Amount Tag Dr Cr DR SETTL BRIDGE PRINCIPAL LIQD an LOAN ACGOUNT PRINCIPAL_LIQD sn DR SETTL BRIDGE MAIN INT LIQD DR MAIN INT REC MAIN INT DR LINK This event is triggered when a commitment is linked to a microfinance account LINK event increases the utilization of t of INIT is reversed upto the he commitment amount and the contingent entries passed at the time extent of linked amount Accounting Role Amount Tag Dr Cr Indicator ASSETGL COM MUTIL_INCR Credit ASSETOFF COM MUTIL_INCR Debit DLNK Delink This event is triggered when payment is made against a loan which is linked to a revolving commitment contract Delin k decreases the utilization of commitment amount Accounting Role Amount Tag Dr Cr Indicator 11 8 ORACLE Accounting Role Amount Tag Dr Cr Indicator ASSETGL COMMUTIL_DECR Debit ASSETOFF COMMUTIL_DECR Credit S
48. Limit Unbilled Utilization Amount Currency Total Amount Due Minimum Amount Due Application Number Product Code User Defined Status Amount Utilized Installment Detail 10f1 AmountDue Settlement Currency Schedule Status 5 2 18 Viewing Account Status You can view the current status of an account in the Account Details screen You can invoke this screen by clicking the Statistics button in the Account Details screen Account Details Enter Query Product Branch 1 0f1 ComponentCurrency Expected Overdue Account Alternate Account Number Out Standing 10f1 Month Highest Outstanding Balance Account Currency 5 61 Once you select an Account Number the system displays the following details pertaining to the current status of the account e Component Name e Expected e Overdue Amount e Outstanding Principle e Advance Amount e Currency e Number of overdue installments The Account creation and any other change to an account is updated the audit trail of the record In the audit trail the Account status details are also displayed An Account can be active or uninitiated Once it is active it can be reversed deleted or liquidated based on the operations on it This is displayed on the screen 5 2 19 Viewing Security History Details You can view the securitization details in the Se
49. Number User Defined Status Application Number Derived Status Fields Check List Main Preferences Components Charges Linkage Details Advices Rollover SES Rule Name az Credit Bureau Details Automated Score Agency Code Credit Score External Credit Score Promotions OtherApplicants PaymentMode Details Assets Financials Internal Rate of Return Details MIS Events GeneralLedger Query Installment SWIFT Message Details Statistics Securitization Details Documents Liquidation Order Maker Id Authorized By Status Date Time Date Time Authorization Status You need to specify the following details here Rule Name The rule associated with the loan product gets defaulted here You can modify this if required Credit Score Specify the credit score associated with the customer Automated Score The credit score calculated by the system based on the rules maintained at the product level gets displayed here Agency Code Select the code of the external agency to be approached for calculating the score External Credit Score The score as calculated by the external agency is displayed here Click Score to auto generate the credit score for the customer 5 51 ORACLE 5 2 9 Click Score to auto generate the credit score for the customer Click External Score to auto generate the credit score for the Bureau Fields Tab The User Defined Fields are defined at the Product
50. Reference User Defined Status Derived Status Liquidation Liquidation Mode Retries Auto Liquidation Days Retries Advice Days Track Receivable Intermediate Intermediary 10f 1 Intermediary Code Auto Reset Retry Count for Reversed Auto Liquidation Partial Liquidation Collateral auto Liquidation Manual Liquidation intermediary Initiated HAE Interr Intermediary Name Status Change Mode Promotions Other Applicants PaymentMode Details Assets Financials Internal Rate of Return Details MIS Events GeneralLedgerQuery Maker Id Date Time Authorized By Date Time Specify the following details in this tab Cheque Book Facility Status Authorization Status Check this box to indicate that the cheque book facility should be allowed to loan account Passbook Facility Check this box to indicate that the pass book facility should be allowed to loan account ATM Debit Card Check this box to indicate that the ATM Debit card should be provided to the account holder Liquidate Back Valued Schedules If this flag is turned on during initiation when a loan is input back dated and if there are any installment dues then all those schedules with a due date less than the system date will be liquidated on initiation ORACLE 5 12 Allow Bulk Payment Check this box to indicate whether the accounts under a c
51. Report Format Printer At Client z Report Output Printer az You can enter the following details in this screen Group Code You have to indicate the group code type The available options are e Specific If you choose this option you are allowed select value from the option list e If you choose this option all the values get selected In case of Specific option if you do not select any value from the option list and in case of All option if you select any of the value from the option list In both the cases the system will through an error once you click OK button Group Code Specify the group code The option list displays all valid group codes maintained in the system Choose the appropriate one Set the filters and click OK button to generate the report To cancel the operation click on Exit button 7 17 ORACLE B http ddhp0555 8001 FCJNeoWeb Reports BIP ENG CHO_MFRGRPRM_00001 673 pdf Microsoft Internet Explorer DAR Fie Edit GoTo Favorites Help Q Bact ix JO search Sf Favorites a r few rel 33 Group Performance Report Branch Branch Date 20 NOV 2007 User id MIV2 Date amp Time 21 APR 2010 17 45 45 Group Code Amount OfLa t Total Active Total Saving Total Average Loan Size For Portfolio At Risk Group Loan Loans Outstanding member Loan Portfolio CHOZGRC07334000G 10000 58 129101 08 19410
52. Savings Txn code Bulk Savings Offset GL Process Till Next Working Day 1 Center Hierarchy Statement Intraday Jobs Debit Settlement Bridge GL C Intraday Accrual Credit Settlement Bridge GL Intraday Job Interval Number of Parallel Jobs Auto Generation JAccount Auto Generated User Reference jUser Reference in Messages Auto Generate User Reference Jaccounting Mask Required Account Mask Schedule Structure Non Frequency Based Frequency Based Treat as Payment Treat as Moratorium Loan Year Financial Year Calendar Year Maker Date Time Mod No Checker Date Time Record Status Authorization Status IRR Processing accrual Entries On Holidays Intermediate Schedule Gap Create New Schedule Treatment Advance Current Schedule Extend Previous Schedule First Payment Schedule Gap Treatment Prepayment Penalty Year Branch parameters include the following Branch Details Branch Code Specify a valid code of the branch for which the parameters need to be maintained The adjoining option list displays all valid branch codes maintained in the system You can select the appropriate one Branch Name The system displays the branch name corresponding to the Branch Code ORACLE 3 2 Processing Process Till Next Working Day 1 This specification will determine the day on which automatic events such accrual liquidation etc falling due on a holiday should be p
53. Time 1 Of 1 Generated Date Actual Meeting Date Meeting Status Meeting Phase Comments Hours Minutes Attendance Expected Attendance Maker Date Time Mod No Checker Date Time Record Status Authorization Status Specify the following information Meeting Code The system generates the meeting code automatically when you create a new record with process code MTSH Type Select the type of meeting from the adjoining drop down list The options available are e Center e Group e Client Meeting Of Specify the meeting schedule based on the type selected viz Group Center and Client from the option list Meeting Hours Select the hours for the meeting for the adjoining drop down list Meeting Minutes Select the minutes for the meeting for the adjoining drop down list 3 15 ORACLE Number of Schedules Specify the number of meeting schedules Unit Select the unit of the meeting from the adjoining drop down list The options available are e Daily e Monthly e Weekly e Quarterly e Half Yearly e Yearly Frequency Specify the frequency of the meeting Due Date On Specify the due date of the meeting This option is enabled only if you maintain Monthly in the Unit field On Holiday Select the day on which meeting can be scheduled from the adjoining drop down list The options available are e Same Day e Next Working Day Individual meeting schedule cannot be maintained for a cl
54. UDE values User Defined Element ID To select a UDE ld click the option list A list of UDE Ids is displayed Double click to select a UDE 1 User Defined Element Values Specify the Actual Value for the UDE based on the effective Date in this field The value specified here should fall within the minimum and maximum limits maintained for the UDE linked to the underlying product Mandatory if UDE is maintained Rate Code Select the code for the Floating Rates if any and the spread on it applicable in this field by clicking the option list A list of values is displayed Double click on a value to select it Code Usage Select the Code usage which can be periodic or automatic in this field Resolved Value This denotes the final value of a UDE 5 10 ORACLE Resolved value Rate code value taken from Floating Rate Maintenance the spread UDE Value Account EMI Change Amount Change in EMI Specify the fixed amount by which the current EMI amount of the customer is either increased or decreased This can either be a positive or negative value Percentage Change in EMI Specify the EMI percentage by which the current EMI amount of the customer is either increased or decreased This can either be a positive or negative value Effective Date Specify the date from which the new EMI amount is effective for the customer Alternatively you can select the date from the calendar button The Effective Date for Account EMI Chan
55. amount due by clicking the adjoining option list A list of schedule due dates for the account is displayed Click on a value to select it 8 3 ORACLE This option is allowed only if the Advance Instalment Payment option is selected Close Revolving Loan Check this box to close the revolving loan Amount to be paid back Specify the amount to be paid back Collection Agent Id The collection agent assigned to the microfinance gets defaulted here during liquidation If the collection agent eligible for the fees is different you can change the agent name here The collection agent assigned through the Assignment screen is still valid and the collection agent assigned here is effective only for this particular liquidation After Authorization the details of the liquidation is passed into Collections module routines for the calculation of Collection Agent Fee Main Interest Rate The rate value for the rate code maintained against the main interest UDE chosen is displayed here Total Principal Outstanding Total Principal Outstanding inclusive of the compounded interest or penalty is defaulted here Limit Date Select the limit date from the available schedules that can be included as amount due by clicking the adjoining option list A list of schedule due dates for the account is displayed Click on a value to select it Currency Specify the currency This option is allowed only if the installment option is selecte
56. any or all of the following criteria e Authorization Status e Demographic Code e Record Status 3 40 Sequence ORACLE Applicable For Click Search button The system identifies all records satisfying the specified criteria and displays the following details for each one of them Authorization Status Record Status Demographic Code Applicable For Allow Free Text Sequence 3 9 Maintaining Type Codes You can maintain different type codes using the Type Code screen You can invoke this screen by typing MFDCOMMT in the field at the top right corner of the application tool bar and clicking on the adjoining arrow button E Type Code Fields Code Description Maker Date Time Checker Date Time Mod No Record Status Authorization Status Here you can capture the following details Type Select a type from the drop down list The following values are available in this field Business Activity Using this code you can maintain various business activities such as farmer trader craftsman and so on 3 41 ORACLE e Document Type You can maintain different document types example Driving License that serve as identity proofs of customers e Group Center Position You can maintain groups and center positions e Literacy of the Client You can maintain different literacy levels such as illiterate matriculation graduation and so on e Meeting Phase You can maintain the meeting phase
57. associated with a loan account involving this product The value captured here should be greater than the minimum tenor and less than the maximum tenor You can change the default tenor applied on a loan account during loan processing However the new tenor should be within the minimum and maximum tenors maintained for the product Units The tenor details that you specify for a product can be expressed in one of the following units e Days e Months e Year Account Opening Installment Calculation Type Account Opening Installment Calculation Type The Account Opening Installment Calculation Type based on future rates can be e Single Installment A single installment is computed using the future rates e Multiple Installments Multiple EMIs are defined as per the future rates Payment in Advance This check box indicates that the payment of interest and principal happens at the beginning of the schedule If you check this box it indicates that payment in advance concept is applicable Otherwise it will indicate an arrear 4 14 ORACLE Rollover Preferences The rollover specifications for a loan account will apply to all loan accounts opened under the product Auto Manual Rollover You have the option to rollover the loan manually or instruct the system to do an automatic rollover If you choose the do an auto rollover then upon maturity of the loan the system will automatically rollover the account The rollover will happen as
58. bank and the credit settlement account is a current account then the PAYMENT MESSAGE becomes CREDIT ADVICE by Swift MT910 Viewing Bulk Manual Loan Disbursement Summary You can view a summary of bulk manual loan disbursements using the Bulk Manual Disbursement Summary screen You can invoke this screen by typing MFSBLKDS in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking the adjoining arrow button Bulk Disbursement E gt search Ct Advanced Search Reset Y Clear All Case Sensitive Authorization Status az Bulk Reference Number Center Group Code az Value Date Records per page 15 10f1 Authorization Status Bulk Reference Number Center Group Code Component Value Date You can query on records based on any or all of the following criteria e Authorization Status e Center Group Code e Bulk Reference Number e Value Date 6 28 Execution Date Remark ORACLE Click Search button The system identifies all records satisfying the specified criteria and displays the following details for each one of them e Authorization Status e Bulk Reference Number e Center Group Code e Component e Value Date e Execution Date e Remarks e Maker ID e Maker Date Stamp e Checker ID e Checker Date Stamp 6 7 Viewing Bulk Authorization of Loan Account You can view the bulk authorization of loan account for an entity You can invoke the Bulk Authorization screen
59. both have the same Settlement Account o ORACLE Case 2 Rollover Principal Interest Outstanding Pay Penalty Outstanding In this case e PRINCIPAL_LIQD 0 e PRINCIPAL_ROLL INT ROLL which is the Interest Rolled over as Principal e PENAL INT LIQD Penalty Interest Outstanding e LIQD AMT PENAL INT LIQD If Netting is on and both have the same Settlement Account Case 3 Rollover Principal Interest Penalty Outstanding PRINCIPAL ROLL INT ROLL PENAL INT ROLL LIQD AMT 0 Case 4 a Rollover Special Amount Amount Principal Outstanding This is in effect a disbursement Therefore PRINCIPAL ROLL SPECIAL AMOUNT PRINCIPAL OUTSTANDING Since the rolled over amount is greater than the outstanding principal it will be positive and hence an increase in the loan amount is registered Case 4 b Rollover Special Amount Amount lt Principal Outstanding This results in a decrease in Principal and hence PRINCIPAL ROLL SPECIAL AMOUNT PRINCIPAL OUTSTANDING will lead to a negative amount which will reduce the Dr Balance on the Microfinance account SROL Special Roll over This event is triggered when a roll over is done and it involves a change in the currency product and customer Advice Name Description Format Name CLAMDADV Amendment Advice CL AMD ADV CL ROLL ADV Roll over Advice CL ROLL ADV 11 12 ORACLE RNOG Re negotiation This event is triggered when a custo
60. called VAMI These are considered as events in the life cycle of the Microfinance 8 25 ORACLE Value Dated Amendments supports the following functions e Modification of currency between UF and CLP The UF conversion on any date uses the effective date UF rate e When the above change in interest rate is completed the accrual is recomputed The difference in accruals is accounted for in the current period on the booking date of the change If these changes are required to be effective on a particular date not maintained previously a fresh set of rates for that day is required to be maintained You can pick any active account from the Value Dated Amendments screen and apply the amendments for that account You can also view or modify the amendments that are not yet applied for that account If the amendments result in a status change for the account the system will update the current status for the account in the Derived Status field During end of day batch processing it will update the User Defined Status for the account with the worst status available for all accounts and microfinance for this CIF and post the required accounting entries for the change Specify the account number for which the amendment needs to be On querying an authorized CL account the system displays all the basic details of the account Unlock the record and specify the effective date of the amendment Click the Create Amendment button in or
61. corner of the Application tool bar and clicking on the adjoining arrow button Group Type Input H save Group Type Group Category COUrban Group Description Maximum Members Allowed Gender Type Men Minimum Members Required women OWixed Date Time Checker Date Time Mod No Record Status Authorization Status Here you can capture the following details Group Type Specify the group type being maintained in the system Group Description Provide a brief description of the group Maximum Members Allowed Specify the maximum number of members allowed in this group 3 21 ORACLE Minimum Members Required Specify the minimum number of members required to form the group Group Category Indicate the category of the group that your are maintaining You can select one of the following options e Urban e Rural Gender Type Indicate who can be group members with respect to gender You can select one of the following options e Men e Women e Mixed 3 5 1 Viewing Group Type Summary You can view a summary of all group types using the Group Type Summary screen You can invoke this screen by typing MFSGRTYP in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking the adjoining arrow button 3 22 ORACLE Group Type Input E Search et Advanced Search 4 Reset Clear All Case Sensitive Authorization Status Record Status Grou
62. defined at Product level Calculation Type To specify the manner in which the component should be calculated and liquidated You can choose one of the following options e Formula with schedule Component Type Interest e Formula without schedule Charge e Penal Interest e Prepayment Penalty e Discount 5 20 ORACLE e Schedule without formula Principal e No schedule No formula Ad Hoc Charges e Penalty Charges Special Interest Amount Specify the amount for the special interest in this field Main component The system selects the component of the loan designated as main component in the product level in this field Verify Fund You can indicate whether the system should verify the availability of sufficient funds in the customer account before doing auto liquidation of the component Capitalized Select this option if the scheduled amounts are to be capitalized Waive Select this option to waive the component for the account The system does not select it by default Liquidation Mode The system defaults the mode of liquidation from the product level However you can modify the same to indicate the mode of liquidation of the component from the drop down list The following options are available for selection e Auto e Manual Penal Basis Component The system displays the Penal basis for calculating penalty component in this field Service Branch Click the option list to select the branch that services the
63. each customer coming under the selected Center Group code RD Account and Payment Details You can capture the details of RD accounts and payments here RD Account No The system displays all the active RD account numbers Check the corresponding box of the RD account number against which you wish to capture the payment details Maturity Date The system displays the maturity date of the RD account Installment Amount The system displays the installment amount 6 15 ORACLE Product Code Specify a valid RD product code against which the RD payment details need to be captured The adjoining option list displays all valid product codes maintained in the system You can select the appropriate one Payment Branch Specify a valid payment branch The adjoining option list displays all valid payment branches maintained in the system You can select the appropriate one Payment Account No Specify a valid payment account number The adjoining option list displays all valid payment account numbers maintained in the system You can select the appropriate one Mode of Payment Select the mode of payment from the adjoining drop down list The available options are e CASA e Cash Payment Amount Specify the payment amount Charge Amount The system displays the amount chargeable if the RD payment was delayed Paid Amount The system displays the paid amount Payment Currency Specify a valid currency in which the payment i
64. fear une eA CL ace 68 I ELLE esl Acc Usb 055 3000 ret LEILTSTGBPOOO23 ACC _ GBP GBP 550011 LE10006 103 LEIZSILO7337001N ILS LQSELLLLLLLLLLLLGLLLLLLLLLLLLLLLLOLL LJG 2 500077 USD 900 IEI0005 70 0733 004 TEICTSTGRPOON Ei ace esr ene 000 ret LE100064103 TEIZSTLOTIS7OOID 0 50005 GSP 0 _ CORZSTLO7338000D GBP CORLCTIUTISNUNDS COR es 100008 Con 00001 CORZSTLD7SSSQUIT 0012 TBR ACC 68 car 10000 TBK 000101 ERES ISO SSIUUDE 022 TBR ACC GBP for TBRZSTLO7S49001 TEREPREGBPOOOI6 TBR ace GBP GBP TBRZSTLO73480012 GBITEL 1073340003 GB facc GBP___ GBP___ 257020000 GBIZSTLO73340016 T EL ACC GSP car 277020000 0073340019 Hemno ace 5 GN L080250017 manna E A O T A 4 Done Unknown Zone The following details get displayed when you generate reports e Account Number 7 13 ORACLE e Branch Code e Settlement Mode e Currency e Settlement Currency e Settlement Amount e Settlement branch e Settlement Account e Internal Ref No 7 1 7 Generating Loan Arrears Report You can set your preferences as to the output of a report usin
65. field from the adjoining option list Linkage Amount Enter the linkage amount in this field 5 2 6 Advices Tab Advices that may be generated whenever the account level status changes or whenever a particular event is fired can be linked at the Product level Priorities of the advice can be changed and also a particular advice for an event can be suppressed Generation of an advice across the life of the account can also be suppressed 5 46 ORACLE Micro Finance Account Detail save Product faz Branch Version Number Product Description Account User Reference Product Category Alternate Account Number User Defined Status Application Number Derived Status Main Preferences Components Charges Linkage Details 2 Rollover Credit Score Fields Check List Advices Supplier Advice 1 Of 1 E 101 Message Type Suppress Priority Message Type Promotions OtherApplicants PaymentMode Details Assets Financials Internal Rate of Return Details MIS Events GeneralLedgerQuery Installment SWIFT Message Details Statistics Securitization Details Documents Liquidation Order Maker Id Authorized By Status Date Time Date Time Authorization Status You can specify the following Advice details Message Type The system displays all the advices for all the events for the account The list will include all the advices that are defined at the product lev
66. following criteria e Authorization Status e Bulk Reference Number e Record Status e Transaction Date Click Search button The system identifies all records satisfying the specified criteria and displays the following details for each one of them e Authorization Status e Record Status e Bulk Reference Number e Transaction Date e MFI Level e Center Group Code e Branch Code 6 18 ORACLE 6 6 Capturing Details of Manual Loan Disbursement in Bulk You can capture in bulk details of loans disbursed manually at different microfinance levels Group Center using the Bulk Manual Disbursement screen You can invoke this screen by typing MFDBLKDS in the field at the top right corner of the Application toolbar and clicking the adjoining arrow button Bulk Disbursement HB Save Branch 000 Bulk Reference Number 000BLDS1100400RU MFI Level Group v Component PRIN Center Group Code Remarks Value Date 2011 01 04 Execution Date 2011 01 04 Disbursement Details 1 1 Account SettlementMode Settlement Currency Settlement Amount Exchange Rate Settlement Currency Equivalent SettlementBranch Settlement Maker Date Time Status Checker Date Time Mituthorization Status You can capture the following details here Branch Code The system displays the code of the current branch MFI Level Select the microfinance level for which you wish to cap
67. following details are captured here Type Select the type of the liability from the option list provided Account Type Specify the account type associated with the liability Currency Select the currency associated with the liability from the option list provided Amount Specify the amount associated with the liability Frequency Select the frequency at which payments are made towards the liability The following options are possible e Daily 5 72 ORACLE e Weekly e Monthly e Quarterly e Half Yearly e Yearly Balance Specify the current amount outstanding Comment Specify any remarks or comments to be associated with the liability Other Income Tab You can also capture the details related to other sources of income if exists Financials Financials Liability 1135 Other Income 1 Of 1 F Sequence Number Income Type Currency Amount Frequency The following details are captured here 5 73 ORACLE Seq No Specify the sequence number here Type Specify the type of income here You can also select the income type from the adjoining option list Currency Specify the currency of the income here You can also select the currency from the adjoining option list Amount Specify the amount of income here Frequency Select the frequency of the income here from the drop down list Click Ok to save the details 5 2 25 Repayment Holiday for Amortized Loans A
68. group Trained On The system displays the date on which the training was conducted 3 6 2 Defining Group Members Details You can assign group members to one or more positions Micro Finance Group Definition EY New ES Enter Query Group Code Group Name Source Code User Defined Group Center Code Source Reference Code Group CIF ID Group Narrative Account Officer Blacklisted Blacklisted Count Group Branch E Customer No x Member Since Position NumberofLoans Currency Total Loan AmountinLCY Total Due Amountin LCY Total Savings Balance in LC I Old Members 101 CustomerNo ClientID MemberSince MemberTill Reason For Removal Fields Meeting Details Loan Accounts Group Change History Check List Maker Date Time Mod No Checker Date Time Record Status Authorization Status 3 26 ORACLE Here you need to specify the following details Current Members Customer Number Specify the customer Number The adjoining option list displays all valid customer numbers maintained in the system You can choose the appropriate one Member Since Specify the date when the member was created by using the adjoining calendar Position Specify the position assigned for a group member The adjoining option list displays all valid positions maintained in the system You can choose the appropriate one Number of Loans The system displays the number of total active loans availabl
69. gt 60 e DOUB TOPDO1 PRINCIPAL OVR DAYS gt 30 AND PRINCIPAL OVR DAYS lt 61 AND MAIN INT OVR DAYS 30 AND MAIN INT OVR DAYS 61 e DOUB TO NORMPRINCIPAL OVR DAYS 31 AND MAIN INT OVR DAYS lt 31 For details on building a condition using the options available in the screen refer the section titled Defining UDE Rules in the Maintenances and Operations chapter of this User Manual The installment will move to the status selected if the associated status rule is satisfied Complete Pending Accruals Check this box to indicate if the pending interest accruals need to be completed before the Installment status changes This is applicable only if Accrual Frequency is any one of the following e Monthly e Quarterly e Half yearly e Yearly This check box will not be enabled if Accrual Frequency in the Product screen is Daily Accounting Entries For each status of the installment you can specify the accounting entry preferences Whenever an installment attains a status the entries are passed as per the setup maintained for that status Therefore the entries will be moved from the active GLs to the status specific GLs However when the actual payment occurs the system will automatically resolve the appropriate GLs For more details on setting up accounting entry preferences refer the section titled Maintaining Event details in this chapter 4 2 6 4 Specifying Policy Preferences You can associate polici
70. invoke the BulkPayments screen by typing MFDBLKPT in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking the adjoining arrow button 8 18 ORACLE Bulk Payment H Save Branch Code 000 Bulk Reference Number MFiLevei gt Date 2011 01 04 Center Group Code Payment Details 10f 1 Account Number Payment Mode Settlement Currency Amount Settled Local Currency Equivalent Exchange Rate Che Account x fae Fe Account Number Component Name Amount Due Amount Waived Amount Paid Maker OSDC1 Date Time 2011 01 04 Status Checker Date Time Mauthorized The following details are specified for making the bulk payments under a microfinance commitment account Branch Code This displays a valid branch code for making bulk payments All the accounts associated to a microfinance commitment are marked for bulk payments in this branch MFI Level Centre or Group Code Select the centre or group code in this field from the adjoining option list This code is maintained in the Microfinance Centre Definition screen Bulk Payment Reference Specify the bulk payment refernce number for the particular bulk payment made This is generated once you click the Populate Due button DateSpecify the date the limit line is attached to the microfinance commitment 8 19 ORACLE After sp
71. loan contract Calculate Gross Principle Check this box if you want the system to calculate the gross principal for the loan If you have checked this box and have entered the amount financed then system takes the amount financed as the gross principal Securitization Status The system displays the securitization status The status can be anyone of the following e Blank Indicates account is not involved in securitization that is it not part of the securitization pool e Marked for securitized Indicates loan account is part of securitization contract on batch however the securitization batch is not executed yet e Securitized Indicates the successful completion of batch process EMI Frequency Unit Select the unit of frequency at which the EMI of the customer will change from the adjoining drop down list This list displays the following values e Monthly e Quarterly e Half yearly e Annually 5 8 ORACLE The system derives the first change date by adding the Frequency unit to the value date Emi Frequency Specify the frequency in which the EMI of the customer will change Minimum EMI Specify the minimum EMI amount for the customer If the result of the derived EMI is below the Minimum EMI specified here the system sets the EMI for the customer to the Minimum EMI amount Maximum EMI Specify the maximum EMI amount for the customer If the result of the derived EMI is above the Maximum EMI sp
72. managers officers Authorization functions Product Managers Product definition and authorization End of day operators Processing during end of day beginning of day Financial Controller Product Generation of reports Managers 1 1 2 Abbreviations Abbreviation Description FC Oracle FLEXCUBE AEOD Auto End of Day BOD Beginning of Day EOD End of Day EOTI End of Transaction Input EOFI End of Financial Input The System This term is always used to refer to Oracle FLEXCUBE 1 2 Glossary of Icons ORACLE This User Manual may refer to all or some of the following icons Icons Function New Copy m Save A Delete S Unlock Print E Close uS Re open a Reverse G Roll over Jl Hold Authorize Liquidate Exit Sign off Help Add Delete Refer the Procedures User Manual for further details about the icons 1 2 1 Related Documents The Procedures User Manual ORACLE 2 1 2 1 1 2 Microfinance An Overview Introduction Traditionally for the low income and lesser privileged individuals groups in the society bank loans and other forms of financial assistances have been hard to come by for fear of defaults and bad debts It is in this backdrop that microfinance is emerging as a new business opportunity for financial institutions which promises to
73. means that if you choose Mid Rate the mid rate maintained for the STANDARD code is used for the loans created under the product Maximum Variance When creating a product you can capture the maximum limit for rate variance This is expressed in percentage The variance between the exchange rate specified for the product and the rate captured for a loan at the account level should not be greater than the value specified here If the exchange rate exceeds the maximum variance that you have defined for the product the system will not allow you to save the loan The transaction is rejected This value should be greater the value for Normal Variance Normal Variance You also need to specify the minimum normal variance allowed for the rate If the exchange rate variance between the exchange rate specified for the product and the rate captured for a loan exceeds the value specified here the system will display an override message before proceeding to apply the exchange rate The normal variance should be less than the maximum variance For back valued transactions the system applies the rate on the basis of the exchange rate history The variance will be based on the rate prevailing at that time Liquidation Preferences Liquidation preferences include the following Liquidation Mode You can specify the mode of liquidation to be either Auto Liquidation or Manual Liquidation Allow Partial Liquidation In case of insuffic
74. particular component the system treats this component as the main component Also you are allowed to define the amortization schedules only for this component Principal is an implicit component that is automatically created for the product Capitalization You can indicate whether capitalization is required for all the schedules for various component of the loan At anytime the outstanding interest will be capitalized on the schedule date at the rate prevalent on that day You can opt for capitalization at the component level or opt for capitalization non capitalization for a particular schedule at the Schedule level You could have more than one type of schedules applicable on a product In such a case you can designate one as the capitalized and the other as un capitalized schedule Interest Posting Required Check this option if you require interest posting Component Type Indicate the nature of the component This is also Known as the Reporting Type It defines the manner in which the component should be classified for reporting accounting purposes A component can be of one of the following types e Reimbursement these are components which have both Dr and Cr mapped to settlement accounts e Off Balance Sheet OBS An OBS Component will have balances but these need not be zero when an account is closed e Fund Interest This indicates the funding component e Ad hoc Charges e Charge e Tax e nsurance
75. payment towards a microfinance component s the online liquidation against each such component follows the order of liquidation as specified through the Component Liquidation Order screen Component Details The following details are captured here Component Name The system displays the component name in this field 8 7 ORACLE 8 2 1 The system displays the currency of the component based on microfinance currency and the account in this field If the component is based on a flat amount UDE then the UDE currency is displayed Amount due The system displays the amount due for the component in this field It is generated based on the account and component Adjustment Due Adjustment due happens when there is a revaluation or when there is rate revision according to increase or decrease of rates Amount overdue Here the system displays the amount overdue for the component It is generated based on the account and component Amount not due For the principal amount Amount not due is the rest of principal that is due after the value date Hence any payment towards this constitutes a prepayment This value is system generated based on account and component Amount Paid The system displays the actual amount paid against the component dues in this field When payments are allocated across dues payment details are defaulted from the liquidation order But these details can be modified as per your
76. product are available in the option list provided Select a component and then specify the order of liquidation for the component Click on Add icon to maintain the liquidation order for the next component 4 2 10 2 Specifying Accounting Preferences You can specify accounting preferences at a status level You may have a GL structure under which loans in Normal status should report You can maintain a different structure for loans in other status To do this click Accounting Entries in the Account Status sub screen the following screen is displayed 4 61 ORACLE Accounting Entry Accounting Entries 1 Of 1 l Entry Pair Number Accounting Role Amount Tag Debit Credit Transaction Code P az Also for a status you may not want to change accounting roles but change only the accounts GLs The accounting roles will be the same To achieve this you can create a rule based Role to Head mapping The SDEs like Account Status can be used to create the rule and if a loan satisfies the rule i e moves to the status maintained in the rule the Account Head selected for the rule is used for posting the entries For a commitment product the following amount tags are used for passing accounting entries SI No Amount Tag Description 1 COMMUTIL INCR Commitment Amount Utilized 2 COMMUTIL DECR Commitment Amount Reinstated 3 COMM UNUTIL C
77. settlements The various payment modes allowed are Cash Teller CASA Clearing Electronic Pay Order Credit Card Debit Card External Account Internal Check and Instrument Multi mode settlement mechanism facilitates payment of microfinance installment Payment can be against any or all or a combination of the components due Prepayments will attract a pre payment penalty to be charged The payment computed by the system can be overridden by the amount negotiated by the customer and a subsidy is captured as amount waived The amount accepted is either waived or capitalized Depending on the mode selected additional payment details such as clearing house details settlement products to be used if the settlement is through another product of Oracle FLEXCUBE etc are captured Penalties on Payment Prepayment as well as delayed payment of microfinance can attract penalties e Prepayment Penalty The customer can choose to prepay the microfinance amount either partly or as a whole before the due date This may attract a Prepayment Penalty e Penalty on delayed payment In case a customer defaults in paying back the microfinance amount in time then the amount becomes an over due and a penalty may be applicable However the customer is allowed to negotiate with the bank in order to subsidize the amounts due Once the bank and the customer decide upon a mutually agreeable amount the actual payable amount is replaced by this new amount and will be u
78. the date when the group was removed from the center Viewing Center Definition Summary You can view a summary of all center definition using the Center Definition Summary screen You can invoke this screen by typing MFSCENTR in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking the adjoining arrow button 3 19 ORACLE Microfinance Center Definition Summary E gt search C Advanced Search Reset KY Clear All Case Sensitive Authorization Status Record Status Center Code Account Officer az Center CIF ID Records per page 15 10f1 Authorization Status Record Status Center Code Center CIFID Account Officer MFI Joining Date You can query on records based on any or all of the following criteria Click Authorization Status Center Code Account Officer Record Status Center CIF ID Search button The system identifies all records satisfying the specified criteria and displays the following details for each one of them Authorization Status Record Status Center Code Center CIF ID Account Officer Center Name 3 20 ORACLE 3 5 e Joining Date e Source Code e Source Reference e Center Formed By Maintaining Group Types You can maintain group types using the Group Type Maintenance screen You can invoke this screen by typing MFDGRTYP in the field at the top right
79. the following parameters From Status Active To Status Overdue Movement Type Automatic Rule If LOAN STATUS ACTIVE AND OVERDUE MONTHS gt 0 If the loan satisfies the rule it automatically moves to the Overdue Status For securitization supporting product you need to define a status called SECR in the product and maintain corresponding accounting entries for the status change to from SECR status Before Securitization the user defined status will be NORM During securitization system triggers the status change event and changes the status to SECR and accordingly updates the Securitization Pool Reference Number During Buyback of securitization contract system triggers the status change event and changes the status from SECR to NORM status 4 60 ORACLE 4 2 10 1 Specifying Liquidation Order You can prioritize the liquidation of the various loan components at a status level To maintain liquidation order of components click Liquidation Order in the Account Status sub screen the following screen is displayed Liquidation Order Liquidation Order 1 Of 1 Component P Liquidation Order When loan attains an adverse status you may want to allot priority to the recovery of certain components For example you may want to recover the Principal first and then the Interest type of components The components maintained for the
80. the following values e CASA e Credit Card e Clearing e Debit Card e External Account e Electronic Pay Order e GIRO e Internal Cheque e Instrument e Cash Teller e PDC If the Debit Settlement mode is selected as PDC then the other debit settlement details not maintained If the debit Settlement is PDC then the liquidation mode of the component should be manual The Debit Settlement can be chosen as PDC only when contract is amortized Debit Product Account Specify the account number of the debit product 8 37 ORACLE Debit Account Branch Specify the name of the branch in which the debit account should be maintained Instrument Number Debit Specify the instrument number that should be used for debit payment Upload Source Debit Specify the upload source that should be used for debit payment End Point Specify the end point maintained in the clearing system The adjoining option list displays all valid end points maintained in the system You can choose the appropriate one External Account Number Specify the external account number External Account Name Specify the name of the beneficiary who is holding the external account Clearing Bank Code Specify the code of the external bank that should be used for clearing maintenance The adjoining option list maintains all valid banks maintained in the system You can choose the appropriate one Clearing Branch Code Specify the branch code of the
81. the product If a UDE value falls outside the permissible limits the system will throw an error message If there are no product level UDE values maintained the system will default the UDE value to Zero However at the time of saving if UDE values are zero or any invalid value then an override will be raised with an appropriate error message If required this can be configured as an error message In case of an ERROR you will have to give a valid value While if it is an OVERRIDE you can overlook the message and continue and if it is for an ONLINE AUTHORIZATION the parameter should be authorized appropriately The following details are captured here Customer ID To select a customer ID click the option list A screen called Find Customer Details is displayed You can enter search criteria in this screen For example you can enter the customer name or number and click on the Search button The system then fetches you all the details corresponding to the Customer name or account Once you find all the details double click on the record to return to the account details screen Customer Name Specify the customer name here Currency To select a currency click the LOV button A list of currencies is displayed Double click to select currency Amount Financed Specify the total loan amount of the loan in this field If Calculate Gross Principle is checked then the amount financed is the gross principal Produ
82. to a loan CAMD Account Amendment Any amendment to the parameters of the account will create a new version of the loan These changes will not have any implications on the financial attributes of the loan 11 9 ORACLE Advice Description Format Name CLAMDADV Amendment Advice CL AMD ADV VAMB Booking of a Value Dated Amendment This event is triggered when you book a value dated amendment You can book for an amendment of the following e Maturity date e Principal Increase e Rate change The batch program will identify the changes booked and the same is triggered appropriately on the value date by the VAMI event Advice Name Description Format Name CLAMDADV Amendment Advice CL AMD ADV VAMI Initiation of a Value Dated Amendment This event will pick up the future dated VAMBs and on the value date initiate the same The accounting entries for an increase in principal will be as follows Accounting Role Amount Tag Dr Cr LOAN AC PRINCIPAL INCREASED Dr CR SETTLEMENT BRG PRINCIPAL INCREASED Cr Any change to Rate and Tenor Maturity Date will alter the original loan schedules ROLL This event is triggered when a loan is renewed with new terms Rollover will have either a combination of liquidation and rollover of Principal It can also have liquidation of Interest and penalty Interest Advice Name Description Format Na
83. transaction is processed If you have specified delinquency tracking for the accounting entries the tracking is done according to the parameters you have defined for the Delinquency Product e Force Debit The transaction is processed However no delinquency tracking is done even if the account goes into overdraft e Partial Liquidation The transaction is processed If you have specified partial delinquency the system liquidates upto the available amount and the delinquency tracking is done on the remaining amount only Delinquency Product In case you have specified delinquency tracking for balance check type you need to specify the delinquency product under which the entry is tracked The option list displays all the delinquency product codes maintained in the Oracle FLEXCUBE Select the appropriate from the option list Settlement This field used to settle the amount If it set as yes while doing settlement system uses the Account used during amount settlement If it is no it will use default account which is mapped in role to head If you have selected the Accounting Role as DR SETTL BRIDGE or CR_SETTL_BRIDGE in and if Settlement box is checked then system looks at the default settlement accounts maintained in the Debit settlement Mode and Credit settlement mode If Settlement box is not checked then the system tries to arrive at the GL through Role to Head Mapping 4 2 11 2 Specifying Advices for an Event
84. type Level Select the level of the office type from the adjoining drop down list Viewing Office Type Summary You can view a summary of all office types created using the Office Types Summary screen You can invoke this screen by typing MFSOFTYP in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking the adjoining arrow button 3 7 ORACLE Office Type Maintenance Summary E search Ct Advanced Search Reset K Clear all Case Sensitive Authorization Status Record Status Office Type Office Description Level Records per page 15 101 Authorization Status Record Status Office Type Office Description You can query on records based on any or all of the following criteria Authorization Status Office Type Level Record Status Office Description Click Search button The system identifies all records satisfying the specified criteria and displays the following details for each one of them Authorization Status Record Status Office Type Office Description Level 3 4 Capturing Center Details ORACLE You can capture the details of the center using the Microfinance Centre Definition screen You can invoke this screen by typing MFDCENTR in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking on the adjoining arrow button Microfinance Center Definition E New amp Enter Query Center Code Center CIF
85. with liquidation else it is marked as unpaid Preferences Product Code Description Account Preferences Holiday Preferences Liquidation Rate Plan Change Frequency Normal variance Liquidation Mode auto gt Tenor Maximum Variance JAllow Partial Liquidation Unit Wale Type CENNARD Reset Retry Count for rae Middle Rate Middle Rate Reversed Auto Liquidation Pian ow Buy Sell Rate Retries Auto Liquidation Tenor Unit Retries for Advice C i Liquidate All Component for Revolving Loan a Date Liquidate Each Component Revolving Type Across Dates Open Line Loans Guarantor Account zz Credit Days applicable status Auto Liquidation Basis Minimum Amount Due Percentage Account Preferences Pass Book Facility ViTrack Receivable Auto TM Facility MLiquidate Back Valued Liquidation cheque Book Schedules amend Past Paid Schedule interest Statement Back Value Dated Entry Packing Credit Product Limits Product Allowed _ Notary Confirmation Interest Accrual Required Notice day Basis Product ICL Against bill Project Account For Loan Against Salary IMFI Preference Amount Es E Currency Maximum Loan Amount Minimum L Default From Meeting schedule For more information refer to the section Setting up a product chapter in this user manual 8 2 8 Payments Simulati
86. you specify the linked percentage the system will update and display the linked amount You need to specify the linked percentage based on the amount financed 5 44 ORACLE Linked You can specify either the linked amount or linked percentage If you specify the linked percentage the system will update and display the linked amount You need to specify the linked percentage of the amount financed If you specify the linked amount the system updates and displays the linked percentage of the amount financed Utilization Order Number Specify a valid order in which you need to utilize the linkage linked to the account The system utilizes the linkage in an ascending order Utilization Amount Utilized amount of the account is displayed here Commitment Product Commitment product of the selected collateral is displayed here if the Linkage Type is maintained as Collateral however you need to specify a valid commitment product which is open and authorized if the Linkage Type is New Collateral from the adjoining option list Taken Over The system displays the taken over collateral as Yes if the collateral is taken over The system defaults the status as No if the collateral is not taken over Note the following while saving an account e The system generates a unique collateral code for the collateral automatically created This unique code is the loan account number concatenated with a
87. 00 7 4653846153846153846 9 090691756826378 1538461538461538462E 1555899021123132 04 4059763E 01 CHOZGRC07334000E 10000 58 129101 08 1952000 8 0153846153846153846 9 821982665917287 eae 2464989930214041 4968854E 01 CHOZGRC073340031 10000 129101 08 200000 6 2394793 666666666666666 CHOZGRC07334001F 10000 129101 08 100 1000 The following details get displayed when you generate reports e Group Code e Amount of Last Group Loan e Total Active Loans e Total Savings e Total Outstanding Loan Portfolio e Average Loan Size for Member e Portfolio at Risk 7 18 ORACLE 7 1 9 Generating Center Performance Report You can set your preferences as to the output of a report using Center Performance Report screen You can invoke this screen by typing MFRCNPFM in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking on the adjoining arrow button Center Performance Report LBL_CENTRE_CODE LBL_CENTRE_CODE Report Format Printer At Client Report Output Printer az You can enter the following details in this screen Centre Code You have to indicate the centre type The available options are e Specific If you choose this option you are allowed select value from the option list e Al If you choose this option all the values get selected In case of Specific option if you do not select any value from the option list in case of Al
88. 0007 150000 A 5 4 30 Sep 2007 13 Sep2007 58217 mn asini 7 COL 150000 GBP 4 30 Sep Less 66 COL 150000 GBP 4 314 202 1 30 Sep 27 24 55 48 corcra 1500007 3 607 3E0 3007 COLCLP2073510007 6t ono ime a E E I 2007 24918 81 COLCIENTSIU7 COL 1 000 GBP 055 0007 2073510007 150000 o 7 pow d Des A pom 2007 25109 3 COLCLE073510007 rowe 1 7007 COLCLP2073510007 150000 a 31 Jan 2008 31 Dec 2007 me eme COLCLP2073510009 150000 bese fA Pe 31 Aug 2007 3 904 11 pa m 22 561 62 LP207 0009 0000 2007 04 Dec 2007 COLCLEX073510009 150000 31 TE 31 Dec 2007 865 COLCLP2073510009 150000 6 4 31 Jan 2008 31 Dec 2007 S Done Unknown Zone The following details get displayed when you generate reports e Loan Account Number e Branch Code e Amount Financed e Currency e Grace Days e Schedule Due Date e Schedule Settlement Date e Overdue Amount 7 16 ORACLE 7 1 8 Generating Group Performance Report You can set your preferences as to the output of a report using Group Performance Report Screen You can invoke this screen by typing MFRGRPRM in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking on the adjoining arrow button Group Performance Report Group Code Group Code
89. 133 33 0 137 78 0 133 33 0 137 78 0 137 78 0 124 45 1333 34 137 78 1333 34 111 11 1333 34 91 85 1333 34 66 67 1333 34 45 93 1333 34 22 96 You link one or more customers to account officers using the Account Officer Maintenance Screen You can invoke this screen by typing MFDACCOF the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking on the adjoining arrow button 5 77 ORACLE 5 3 1 Account Officer Maintenance EY New E5 Enter Query Account Officer Account Officer Name 1 Of 1 Customer Customer Name Maker Date Time Mod No Checker Date Time Record Status Authorization Status Here you need to specify the following details Account Officer Specify a valid ID of the account officer with whom you wish to link the microfinance customers The adjoining option list displays all valid account officer IDs maintained in the system You can select the appropriate one Account Officer Name The system displays the account officer name corresponding to the selected Account Officer ID Customer ID Specify a valid ID of the customer you wish to link to the Account Officer The adjoining option list displays all valid customer IDs maintained in the system You can select the appropriate one Note that if a customer belongs to a group center which is already linked to an account officer then the customer also automatically gets linked to the same account offic
90. 2 8 By default the system selects the Auto option Rollover Type Select either of the following options e Special Amount If your rollover is a special amount select this option and capture the amount that has to be rolled over e Custom If the rollover type is Custom then select the Component Names that have to be rolled over UDE Rollover Select the required option to determine if at the time of rollover the UDE value would be defaulted from the product or from the account Contract The system by default does not select the option Contract Schedule Basis This flag will determine if at the time of rollover the schedule would be defaulted from the product or from the account Contract The system by default does not select the option Contract Roll By Specify the basis for rollover It could be any of the following e Days e Months e Years Rollover Components You can maintain the following detail here Component This option is applicable when Rollover Type is Custom The option list provided will display the components relevant to the account from which you can choose the components that are to be rolled over Credit Score Tab Click Credit Score tab to specify the details for calculating the credit score 5 50 ORACLE Micro Finance Account Detail H save ih Hola Product zz Branch Version Number Product Description Account User Reference Product Category Alternate Account
91. 43 23 11 8 1 2009 4068 3 601 2 561 33 39 87 12 9 1 2009 3502 13 601 2 566 17 35 03 13 10 1 2009 3502 13 29 18 29 18 14 11 1 2009 3502 13 30 16 30 16 15 12 1 2009 3502 13 29 18 29 18 16 1 1 2010 3502 13 30 16 30 16 17 2 1 2010 3502 13 30 16 30 16 18 3 1 2010 3502 13 27 24 27 24 19 4 1 2010 2931 09 601 2 571 04 30 16 5 75 ORACLE SI No 20 21 22 23 24 Instalment Schedule Date 5 1 2010 6 1 2010 7 1 2010 8 1 2010 9 1 2010 Loan Outstanding Amount 2354 32 1773 39 1186 97 595 99 0 Instalment Amount 601 2 601 2 601 2 601 2 601 12 Repayment Principal Interest 576 77 24 43 580 93 20 27 586 42 14 78 590 98 10 22 595 99 5 13 Repayment amounts marked in italics are derived using amortized formula The remaining amounts are derived using simple formula Simple interest formula cannot be used for the last payment row The bullet schedule for interest cannot be based on the simple interest formula Hence the gap between the principal schedules 01 Sep 2009 and 01 Apr 2010 in the above example Now in case of principal moratorium for a simple loan there may be no principal schedules present for a given period of Interest The system calculates simple interest during principal moratorium based on the principal outstanding amount at that time Example Consider the following details Loan Amount Tenor of Loan Rate of Interest Loan Start Date Loan End Date
92. 5 car 100000 GBP s is reb2008 03 reb008 1i o 1000 CAIIPi0734 003 CAI 100000 GaP 4 13 Feb 2008 xrebons tof 9 9 1999 Done Unknown Zone The following details get displayed when you generate reports e Account Number e Branch Code e Loan Amount e Currency e Grace Days e Schedule Due Date e Schedule Settlement Date e Frequency e Number of Installments e Amount Settled e Amount Due 7 11 ORACLE 7 1 6 Generating Branch Due Disbursement Report You can set your preferences as to the output of a report using Branch Due Disbursement Report screen You can invoke this screen by typing MFRBRDNT in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking on the adjoining arrow button Branch Due Disbursement Report Branch Code Branch Code LBL_VALDATRANGE From Date To Date Report Format Printer At Client Report Output Printer az You can enter the following details in this screen Branch Code You have to indicate the branch code type The available options are e Specific If you choose this option you are allowed select value from the option list e Al If you choose this option all the values get selected In case of Specific option if you do not select any value from the option list in case of All option if you select any of the value from the option list In both the c
93. 7 Holiday Period y y Field Name 2 y az 7 IP You need to specify the following holiday parameters which has to be considered for holiday handling Adhoc Treatment Required Check this option to allow the movement of due dates of the schedules that fall on the newly declared holidays This option is enabled only if the options Ignore Holidays parameter and the Cascade Schedules parameter are not checked at the product level Holiday Check Select the type of holiday from the drop down list The options available are as follows e Local e Currency 4 18 ORACLE e Both Ignore Holidays If you check this option the schedule dates will be fixed without taking the holidays into account In such a case if a schedule date falls on a holiday the automatic processing of such a schedule is determined by your holiday handling specifications for automatic processes as defined in the Branch Parameters screen Cascade Schedules If you check this option when a particular schedule falls due on a holiday and hence is moved to the next or previous working day based on the Branch Parameters the movement cascades to other schedules too If not selected only the affected schedule will be moved to the previous or next working day as the case may be and other schedules will remain unaffected Example Assume that you have opted to move holiday schedules to the next working day and a schedule falling due on 29 April is move
94. 8 3 5 VAMI SIMUIANOM wm 8 43 8 3 6 Value Dated Amendment Details eee eese eee enne enne 6 43 MAKING MANUAL DISBURSEMENTS eere esee en seen n status tasas sets sone ta sons tn sesta sees suse tasse 9 1 O9 INTRODUCTION eetctethecre ie e RUE et EHE 9 1 9 2 DISBURSING MICROFINANCE THROUGH MANUAL MODE eee nnne 9 1 9 2 1 Verifying Check List Hems c niit terrere eo be tee dne esu po Uere Dg e 9 7 9 2 2 Capturing Values for event level UDFs eese eene meet 9 8 9 2 5 Capturing the Advice related Details eese ene nennen nenne 9 9 9 2 4 Viewing the Swift Message Details eese a trennen nennen rennen 9 10 9 3 AUTHORIZING A MANUAL DISBURSEMENT een n nene nennen rennen rennen nennen 9 11 9 3 1 Accounting EnRtFles t e e EN ue EE e Y Re ERE Re roe NEE Y ER CREE eee 9 12 5 8 10 1 INTRODUCTION 10 1 ORACLE 10 2 CONFIGURING THE MICROFINANCE BATCH PROCESSES 10 1 10 2 1 Defining Batch eene nennen een eene tne teee tree esre Eeer reete enne 10 2 10 2 2 Initiating the Batch Process eene nennen entente enne 10 4 10 2 5 Multi threading of Batch Pro
95. Account Creation chapter of this User Manual Linkages Tab Click the Linkage Details tab to maintain the linkage details and remarks for VAMI The screen is displayed below 8 41 ORACLE Micro Finance Account Detail E New amp Enter Query Product Branch Version Number Product Description Account User Reference Product Category Alternate Account Number User Defined Status Application Number Derived Status Main Preferences Components Charges Advices Rollover Credit Score Fields Check List Collateral Linkage Details 10f 1 Ez Linkage Type LinkedRefNo Description Branch Currency OverallAmount Collateral Category Hair Cut LimitAmount LinkedAmount Lir Commitment Details 10f1 E Linkage Sequence Number Linkage Linkage Branch Customerld Linked Reference Linkage Amount Promotions OtherApplicants PaymentMode Details Assets Financials Internal Rate of Return Details MIS Events GeneralLedgerQuery Maker Id Authorized By Status Date Time Date Time Authorization Status While saving an account amendment e lf the Linkage Type is New Collateral then the system creates and authorizes the collateral with Collateral Type as Normal and assigns the Liability ID of the customer However you can manually create collateral with different type and link it to the account e The system validates if the sum of Principal Increas
96. BR events gets fired if the loan is under an auto disbursement product You can also save a loan account with this option unchecked Once you receive the confirmation you can trigger the NCON event manually using the Manual Notary Confirmation screen Maximum Renegotiations Specify the maximum number of renegotiation allowed for the account maximum renegotiation is not maintained system will perform renegotiation without any restrictions If the maximum renegotiation value is given as zero system will raise override in the first renegotiation itself Renegotiation Number The system displays the renegotiation count This is the number of renegotiations that are already performed on the account Bill Details Trade Reference Select the reference number of the export bill against which you want to link the loan from the option list The option list displays all active and authorized export bill contracts with non zero positive outstanding amount You can link multiple loans to as bill However the sum total of all loans linked with an export bill should not exceed the outstanding amount for the export bill Bill Due Amount The outstanding amount of the bill selected is displayed here Amount Available Specify the available amount Liquidation Liquidation Mode Select the liquidation mode from the drop down list The options available are as follows e Auto e Manual e Component 5 15 ORACLE Rese
97. D Dr MAIN INTREC MAIN INT LIQD Cr MAIN INTEXP MAIN INT WAVD DR MAIN INTREC MAIN INT WAVD CR PWOF Partial Write Off This event triggers the Partial Write Off in CL You need to set up the following entries for this event Account Role Amount Tag Dr Cr PRINCIPAL EXP D PRINCIPAL PWOF Debit 11 16 ORACLE LOAN_AC_DOUB PRINCIPAL_PWOF Credit CONT_W_DOUB MAIN_INT_PWOF_CONT Debit CONT_SUBS MAIN_INT_PWOF_CONT Credit MAIN_INTEXP_DOUB MAIN_INT_PWOF Debit MAIN INTREC DOUB MAIN INT PWOF Credit 11 17 ORACLE 12 1 Function ID List 12 Screen Glossary The following table lists the function id and the function description of the screens covered as part of this User Manual Function ID Function Description MFDBRPMT Branch Parameters MFDOFTYP Office Type Maintenance MFSOFTYP Office Types Summary MFDCENTR Microfinance Centre Definition MFSCENTR Center Definition Summary MFDGRTYP Group Type Maintenance MFSGRTYP Group Type Summary MFDGROUP Microfinance Group Definition MFSGROUP Group Definition Summary MFDMTSCH Meeting Schedule Definition MFDDEMOG Demographics Maintenance MFSDEMOG Group Type Summary MFDCOMMT Type Code MFSCOMMT Type Code Summary MFDACLMT Microfinance Checklist Maintenance MFDTRMNT Training Details Maintenance MFSTRMNT Training Details Summary MFDPRMNT
98. Difference In case of early repayment of loans partial or full the following method is followed for penalty calculation Let us assume that X of the total loan amount can be paid in one year Penalty is applicable on anything above X This penalty is the difference between the NPV of existing cash flows of the loan being paid and the NPV of the cash flows post prepayment application Both the NPVs are based on current yield curve i e yield rate supplied This penalty can also be based on percentage of amount being overpaid UDE YIELD RATE is used for the calculation of penalty based on NPV of current cash flows of loan and NPV of new cash flows post prepayment An SDE XNPV computes the NPV value based on the current cash flows and future cash flows i e post prepayment application respectively The formula for calculating NPV is as follows PREPAID AMOUNT gt 0 The result of the formula is as follows XNPVDIFF XNPV YIELD RATE Result of the formula can be some percentage of the difference of the NPV as shown below XNPVDIFF XNPV YIELD RATE 0 05 The computation of pre payment penalty is done by the system at the time of allocate Internally system applies the pre payment and gets the future schedules Subsequently based on the formula defined for XNPVDIFF system finds the difference between the NPV based on the yield rate and populates the same against the pre payment penalty component Penalty based on NPV
99. Eligible for AR AP Tracking RMID 5 JCRM Customer RM Name Mailers Required CLS Participant Combined Statement Plan issuer Customer _ Generated Statement Treasury Customer Plan Joint Customer Frequency Select v Group MIS Joint Standing Instructions Linked Entities Text Fields Image Limits CLS Restrictions MT920 Domestic Professional Issuer Cards LinkedAccount Details JointVenture Account Details NSF Black liststatus Documents ChangeLog Maker Checker Date Time Date Time Mod No Record Status Authorization Status Even though the credit rating changes at customer level the Provision event will not be triggered for accounts belonging to that MF product level if the following maintenances are not done e Provisioning component maintenance at product level e Provisioning event PROV maintenance at product level e f Accrual frequency is daily at product level ORACLE 4 27 Propagation is required Check this option to indicate that the interest amount collected from the borrower should be passed on to participants Compound on overdue Check this box to compound the interest penalty interest when it is overdue Note the following e This check box can be checked only for a single interest and penalty components e f you check this box then the system compounds the overdue interest or penalty computed till the last compounding date to the principal
100. FI Bulk Saving Deposit Withdrawal E gt search Ct Advanced Search Reset Y Clear All Case Sensitive Authorization Status Bulk Reference Number Branch Code MFI Level Center Group Code Records per page 15 10f1 Authorization Status Bulk Reference Number Branch Code MFI Level Center Group Code Offset GL Transaction You can query on records based on any or all of the following criteria e Authorization Status e Branch Code e Center Group Code e Bulk Reference Number e MFI Level Click Search button The system identifies all records satisfying the specified criteria and displays the following details for each one of them e Authorization Status e Bulk Reference Number e Branch Code 6 13 ORACLE e MFI Level e Center Group Code e Offset GL e Txn Code e Date e Maker e Make Date Stamp e Checker ID e Checker Date Stamp Capturing RD Payment Details in Bulk You can capture recurring deposit payment details in bulk using the Bulk RD Payment screen You can also capture single RD payment details using this screen You can invoke this screen by typing MFDBLKRD in the field at the top right corner of the Application toolbar and clicking the adjoining arrow button Reccuring Deposit Bulk Payment H save Branch Code 000 Bulk Reference Number 000MFRD110040001 MFI Level Center Transaction Date E5 Center Group Code RD Accounts and Paym
101. FO e FOGAPE Promotion ID The system displays the promotion ID in this field Beneficiary The system displays the beneficiary CIF in this field Priority The system displays the priority assigned to the promotion 5 2 12 Specifying Other Applicants Details 5 54 ORACLE You can maintain the primary and other applicants details in the Other Applicants screen Click the Other Applicants button to invoke the screen Other Applicants Primary Applicant Primary Applicant Name Other Applicants 10f 1 Customerld Customer Name Responsibility Liability Liability Amount You can maintain the following details of the Primary applicants Primary Applicant This detail is defaulted from the main screen Enter the Customer ID of the primary applicant in this field Primary Applicant Name After you enter the Customer ID the system displays the Name of the primary applicant in this field Other Applicants The details of the liability parties to the account are maintained in this field Other Applicants of a loan include Co signers and Guarantors You can specify the following details of the Co applicants Customer ID To select the customer ID of the co applicant click the option list A list of customer IDs is displayed Double click to select the customer ID of the co applicant Customer Name After you enter the name of the Customer the system displays the name of the custome
102. Instrument Number External Account Number fa A Clearing Through Branch End Point lazi Negotiated Cost Rate Routing Number Negotiation Reference Sector Code a3 m Product Category Clearing Product Code Upload Source mm Lor f cmo Charge Details When making a manual disbursement you can apply the charges applicable for the event Component Name Select the charge component from the option list provided This list displays the components of type Charge that were associated with the event at the time of defining the product Settlement Mode You can use multiple modes of settlement for charge settlement also The list of modes applicable is same as the one allowed for loan disbursal Settlement Currency After specifying the settlement mode select the currency in which the charge is to be collected The currencies allowed for the branch are available in the option list provided Te ORACLE Settlement Amount If a formula is maintained for charge calculation at the product level the system calculates the charge on the amount being disbursed using the formula The same is then displayed in the here Exchange Rate and Settlement Currency Equivalent This information is applicable if the Mode Currency is different from the Microfinance Currency The exchange rate that is defaulted from the Standard Exchange Rate Maintenance is used to convert the charge amount to the Microfinance Currency equivalent
103. LBL_PROCALCMTH Refinance Rate Pool Code Transaction MIS Composite MIS MIS Group MIS Group Ri RJ RJ RJ Ph m E A RU 5 2 16 Viewing General Ledger Details Default Bi Bi P RU RO mg Pu P P RU Fund MIS Rate Code Spread Cost Code 1 Cost Code 2 Cost Code 3 Cost Code 4 Cost Code 5 MIS Group ElLink To Group Bi P m Bi RO m Rh m P RU You can view the general ledger details in the GL Balance screen You can invoke this screen by clicking the General Ledger Query button in the Account Details screen 5 59 ORACLE GL Balance E3 Enter Query Branch Code Account Alternate Account Number Customer Id Customer Name Components 10t1 F Component Name Description Product Code Product Category Currency Amount Financed Value Date Maturity Date GL Details 10f 1 F Status Code Balance LCY Balance 5 2 17 Viewing Installment Details You can view the installment details in the Installment Query screen You can invoke this screen by clicking the Inventory button in the Account Details screen 5 60 ORACLE installment Query Account Details Branch Code Account Amount Financed Maturity Date Value Date Installment Summary 101 F Schedule Number Schedule Due Date Customer Id Alternate Account Number Currency Available Credit
104. LE Although you can define multiple expressions for a component if a given condition is satisfied subsequent conditions are not evaluated Thus depending on the condition of the expression that is satisfied the corresponding formula result is picked up for component value computation Therefore you have the flexibility to define a computation logic for each component of the product The result of the formula may be used as an intermediate step in other formulae Using Intermediate Formulae for Amortized Loans You can use intermediate formula in the interest components of amortized mortgage loans To enable this you need to select the UDE Z INTRMDT RATE against the field Rate to Use Further you can set an intermediate formula with a combination of multiple UDEs in the Result field For example you may specify the following formula INTEREST_RATE MARGIN_RATE This implies that the result is the sum of two user defined elements viz INTEREST_RATE and MARGIN_RATE You may also define different formulae based on the conditions set Intermediate formulae support the following mathematical functions e Plus e Minus e Multiplication e Division Based on requirements you may define and set various formulae using the above mathematical functions The system calculates the value of the UDE Z INTRMDT RATE based on the intermediate formula defined This calculation is handled in the system g
105. LOAN AC PRINCIPAL Dr CR_SETTLEMENT_BRG PRINCIPAL Cr Note the following e The microfinance account of the customer reports to an internal GL of the bank determined by the Role to Head mapping done at the product level ORACLE e Asettlement bridge account is used since there is a probability of the customer account being present in another system which is capable of interfacing with Oracle FLEXCUBE During the reconciliation process the appropriate customer account in the relevant system is credited with the loan amount ACCR The accrual of the various components will be triggered based on the accrual parameters you maintain at the product level The following accounting entries are passed for this event For Interest Accrual Accounting Role Amount Tag Dr Cr INT_REC INT_ACCR Dr INT_INC INT_ACCR Cr For Penalty Interest Accrual Accounting Role Amount Tag Dr Cr PENAL_INT_REC PENAL_INT_ACCR Dr PENAL_INT_INC PENAL_INT_ACCR Cr INLQ This event is triggered as a batch process for the Intermediary Liquidation based on the product event advice maintenance It provides basic information about the Intermediary and the corresponding commission settlement Advice Description Format Name IN_INTER_CR Intermediary Credit INTER_CR_ADV INCH This event is triggered as a batch process for the Interm
106. Manual Example Assume that the current status of a loan is ACTIVE and you want the loan to move to the OVERDUE status if the overdue months exceeds zero To meet this requirement you can define the following parameters e From Status Active e Status Overdue e Movement Type Automatic e FLOAN STATUS ACTIVE AND OVERDUE MONTHS gt 0 If the loan satisfies the rule it automatically moves to the Overdue Status Complete Pending Accruals Check this box to indicate if the pending interest accruals need to be completed before the Account status changes This is applicable only if Accrual Frequency is any one of the following e Monthly e Quarterly e Half yearly e Yearly 4 59 ORACLE This check box will not be enabled if Accrual Frequency in the Product screen is Daily Condition You can build the conditions using the elements SDEs operators and logical operators Condition Builder Fields Operator Condition Value Element Y us Logical Op MathematicalOp For details on building a condition using the options available in the screen refer the section titled Defining UDE Rules in the Maintenances and Operations chapter of this User Manual Example Assume that the current status of a loan is ACTIVE and you want the loan to move to the OVERDUE status if the overdue months exceeds zero To meet this requirement you can define
107. Minimum Amount Due Unit Revolving Type open Line Loans Credit Days applicable status Auto Liquidation Basis Percentage Account Preferences ATM Facility icheque Book interest Statement HlLimits Product ViTrack Receivable Auto Liquidation Pass Book Facility lLiquidate Back Valued Schedules amend Past Paid Schedule ack Value Dated Entry Packing Credit Product Allowed Notary Confirmation l Special Interest Accrual Required Product z ECL Against bill F Project Account For Loan Against Salary Notice day Basis Amount 10f1 Go IMFI Preference EE Minimum L Default From Meeting schedule Currency Maximum Loan Amount You should maintain the following preferences for the loan product 4 2 4 1 Rate Account Preferences Rate The exchange rate preferences include the following Middle Rate You have to indicate the exchange rate applicable for the product you are maintaining The available options are e Mid Rate e Buy Sell Rate By default the Buy Sell Rate is used ORACLE 4 6 Rate You have to select the code that should be used for the product from the option list provided The Rate and Rate Type are used in combination to determine the actual rate applicable for currency conversion The default value for Rate Code is STANDARD This
108. Months e Years Note that in Oracle FLEXCUBE one month is equal to 30 days Rate Change Action Select the rate change action from the adjoining drop down list The available values are e Change Installments e Change Tenor The system defaults Change Installments as rate change action value However you can modify it The value Change Tenor is applicable only for amortized accounts During rate revision the system re schedules the loan account based on the selected value of the rate change action Rate Change Action is applicable for ARVN and REVN operations 4 17 ORACLE 4 2 4 3 Holiday Treatment Preferences The value date schedule date revision date or the maturity date of a contract might fall on a local holiday defined for your branch or on a holiday specified for the currency involved in the contract To set you preferences specific to holiday treatment click Holiday Treatment tab Preferences Product Code Description Rate Account Preferences Account Preferences Holiday Treatment for All Schedules Elad hoc Treatment Required Move Across Month Include Branch Holiday use Facility Currency cascade Schedules use local Currency Holiday Check Local Use Contract Currency Schedule Movement Move Forward Ignore Holidays Holiday Currency az OMove Backward Holiday Period Authorization Rekey 10f1 I 10f 1 EE
109. ORACLE Micro Finance User Guide Oracle FLEXCUBE Universal Banking Release 12 0 2 00 Part No E49740 01 November 2013 Micro Finance User Guide November 2013 Oracle Financial Services Software Limited Oracle Park Off Western Express Highway Goregaon East Mumbai Maharashtra 400 063 India Worldwide Inquiries Phone 91 22 6718 3000 Fax 91 22 6718 3001 www oracle com financialservices Copyright 2007 2013 Oracle and or its affiliates All rights reserved Oracle and Java are registered trademarks of Oracle and or its affiliates Other names may be trademarks of their respective owners U S GOVERNMENT END USERS Oracle programs including any operating system integrated software any programs installed on the hardware and or documentation delivered to U S Government end users are commercial computer software pursuant to the applicable Federal Acquisition Regulation and agency specific supplemental regulations As such use duplication disclosure modification and adaptation of the programs including any operating system integrated software any programs installed on the hardware and or documentation shall be subject to license terms and license restrictions applicable to the programs No other rights are granted to the U S Government This software or hardware is developed for general use in a variety of information management applications It is not developed or intended for use in any inherently dan
110. PBMR 5 46 5 2 7 Rollover X E 5 49 5 2 8 Credit Score TOD 5 50 5 2 9 Fields TAD 5 52 3 2 10 CHECK EASE LAD 5 53 3 241 Specifying PrOmotiOns 5 54 5 2 12 Specifying Other Applicants Details eese eene nennen eene 5 54 5 2 13 Maintaining Payment Mode Details eese ener eene nennen 5 56 5 2 14 Viewing Internal Rate of Return Details eese eene nennen eene rennen 5 58 3 24 15 Maintaining MIS Details ied rhet e bo ipee b Re HEY Entre ERR tense 5 58 5 2 16 Viewing General Ledger 5 59 3 247 Viewing Installment Details e te I pertice rie E HS Ue ya vae e ce te ante HER CH I RES 5 60 3 218 Viewing Account SIatus iu asi HE aec Redes tret poe tie Hire Sed ie vae les eye ada e i 5 61 5 2 19 Viewing Security History Details eese teen nennen 5 62 3 2 20 Specifying Document Details ep I HO Ree es Ege eso ERICH Poetis 5 62 5 2 21 Maintaining SWIFT Message Details eese eene nnne nennen rennen ene enne 5 64 35 2 22 Maintaining Liquidation Order eig etes egre i ERO E dite eis 5 64 32 223 Capturing Asset Details i ue Re peti ie tH sat
111. Product Maintenance MFDACCNT Micro Finance Account Details MFDACCOF Account Officer Maintenance MFSACCOF Account Officer Summary 12 2 ORACLE Function ID Function Description MFDCOLSH MFI Collection Sheet MFDBLKPT Bulk Loan Payment MFSBLKPT Bulk Loan Payment Summary MFDBLKSA Bulk Savings Deposit Withdrawal MFSBLKSA Bulk Savings Deposit Withdrawal Summary MFDBLKRD Bulk RD Payment MFSBLKRD Bulk RD Payment Summary MFDBLKDS Bulk Manual Disbursement MFSBLKDS Bulk Manual Disbursement Summary MFDBLKAU Bulk Authorization MFRACCNT Client Summary and History Report MFRCFPNT Client Fees Charges and Penalties Report MFRCSINT Clients Settlement info Report MFRSCHNT Client Loan Repayment Schedule Report MFRBRDNT Branch Due Disbursement Report MFRARRNT Loan Arrears Report MFRGRPHRM Group Performance Report MFRCNPFM Center Performance Report MFRCRINF MFi Customer Related Information Report MFRAFLOR Account Officer Linkage Report MFRCOLRP Collection Sheet MFDPYMNT Micro Finance MF Payment MFDBLKPT Bulk Payments MFSBLKPT Bulk Payments Summary MFDACCVM Micro Finance Value Dated Amendments MFSACCVM Micro Finance Account Detail Summary 12 3 ORACLE Function ID Function Description MFDMNDSB Manual Disbursement CLDTPROC Automatic Process Definition MFDBATCH MF Batch 12 4 ORACLE
112. R event are not generated at this point and you need to go to the message browser to do the same After the swift message has been generated if the loan account or the manual disbursement is reversed no message is sent from MF You cannot authorise a transaction in the following cases e the contract has multilevel of authorization pending the same will be done using the Multilevel Authorization Detailed screen e the level of authorization is greater than or equal to N e the Nth or the final level of the users authorisation limit is less than the difference between amount financed and sum of the limits of all the users involved in authorizing a transaction this case holds good when the Cumulative field is checked in the Product Transaction Limits Maintenance screen e the transaction amount is greater than the authoriser s authorisation limit if the Cumulative field is unchecked in the Product Transaction Limits Maintenance screen Accounting Entries During the disbursement event the Microfinance Account is debited while the credit entry will depend on the settlement mode s selected for disbursal The entries will appear as follows Accounting Role Amount Tag Cr Dr LOAN_ACCOUNT PRINCIPAL Dr CR_SETTL_BRIDGE PRINCIPAL Cr uc ORACLE 10 Batch Processes 10 1 Introduction The events that are to take place automatically are triggered off during
113. TCH This event is triggered when a status change occurs It could be a Forward Status Change FSTC where the loan moves from one adverse status to another or a Backward Status Change BSTC wherein on repayment of overdue installments a reversal of status takes place The status derivation rule is used to resolve the status The change may occur due to a status rule being activated If the number of days by which a component becomes overdue exceeds the allowed number of days may be referred to as the grace period the component can undergo a status change if a status rule is defined with such a criteria A status change is triggered if any condition defined for the rule is satisfied The accounting entries if maintained for the events FSTC and BSTC will be triggered The accounting role provided will be the same for all the changes However the Role to Head mapping rules will resolve the entries to the appropriate accounts for each status Interest accrual for status ACTIVE Accounting Role Amount Tag Dr Cr INT REC INT ACCR Dr Mapped to a Real Asset INT INC INT ACCR Cr Mapped to a Real Income GL Interest accrual for status PAST DUE Accounting Role Amount Tag Dr Cr INT REC INT ACCR Dr Mapped to a Contingent Asset INT INC INT ACCR Cr Mapped to a Contingent Liability CAMD VAMB and VAMI These statuses are triggered as a result of making amendments
114. TE 2011 01 04 MFI Level Center x Center Group Code Account Officer Report Format PDF Printer At Client Report Output Print z Printer az You can enter the following details in this screen Branch Code The system displays the branch code Report Generation Date The system displays the report generation date MFI Level Select the microfinance level for which you wish to generate a collection sheet from the adjoining drop down list The available options are e Center e Group Center Group Code Specify the center group code The option list displays all valid center group codes maintained in the system Choose the appropriate one Account Officer Specify the account officer The option list displays all valid account officers maintained in the system Choose the appropriate one Set the filters and click OK button to generate the report To cancel the operation click on Exit button 7 25 ORACLE r N Reports_BIP_ENG_MF1_MFRCOLRP_00001215 pdf Adobe Reader DER File Edit View Document Tools Window Help 5 amp amp 622 MFI Collection Sheet Report Branch 1 User Id DEEP4 MF10079 1001961 61 Branch Date 25 MAR 2008 Date amp Time 06 2010 13 53 25 Total Amount Due LCY 0 00 MF10018 MF1001962 62 MF1MFPP07358005 USD a Level of Grouping Group Total Due in LCY
115. a valid upload source This adjoining option list displays all the upload source maintained in the system You can choose the appropriate one Sector Code Specify a valid sector code This adjoining option list displays all the valid sector code maintained in the system You can choose the appropriate one Routing Number Specify the routing number Settlement Reference Number Specify the settlement reference number Check list This contains a check list screen for the bulk payment made You need to specify the description or any remarks if any To invoke this window click Check List button This check list is provided with respect to each account The user needs to navigate to these details for each contract before saving the payment The check list details are populated on clicking Check list button You can verify all options the check list for the payment using this screen Check List Check List 1 Of 1 Description Remark 1 Remark 6 Remark 2 Remark 7 Remark 3 Remark 8 Remark 4 Remark 9 Remark 8 22 ORACLE Check this box to indicate if the check list details are to be maintained for the bulk payment made Description Specify a description of the check list item which the bulk payment is checked against Remark 1 Specify remarks for the check list if any Remark 2 Specify remarks for the check list if any Remark 3 Specify remarks fo
116. action The system will display an override message if the negotiated rate is not within the exchange rate variance maintained at the product Negotiated Reference No Specify the reference number that should be used for negotiation of cost rate in foreign currency transaction If you have specified the negotiated cost rate then you need to specify the negotiated reference number also Oracle FLEXCUBE books the online revaluation entries based on the difference in exchange rate between the negotiated cost rate and transaction rate Original Exchange Rate The base or actual exchange rate between the account currency and settlement currency gets displayed here Debit Settlement Mode Tab You can specify the debit settlement details under the Debit Settlement Mode in the Settlement Mode screen 5 31 ORACLE Settlement Mode Credit Settlement Mode Debit Payment Mode Debit Product Account External Account Number Debit Account Branch External Account Name Card Number Clearing Bank Code Instrument Number Debit Clearing Branch Code Upload Source Debit Product Category End Point Routing Number Clearing Product Code Sector Code Payer Account Auto GIRO Payer Bank Code Manual Payer Branch Exchange Rate Payer Bank Address 1 Negotiated Cost Rate Payer Bank Address 2 Negotiated Reference Payer Bank Address 3 Original Exchange Rate Payer Bank Address 4 GIRO Number BankGIRO
117. adjoining option list This adjoining option list displays all valid accounts for a selected customer id maintained at the guarantor customer level If the selected account number is already a guarantor to another primary settlement account then the system will display an override message indication the same If the guarantor and primary settlement account are interchanged for a different loan account then the system will display an error message Account Branch The current branch code of the selected guarantor account is defaulted here Currency The currency of the guarantor account is defaulted here Guarantor currency type be different from component currency type 5 2 3 3 Specifying Payment Mode Details You can specify the details of payment mode in the Settlement Mode screen To invoke the screen click Payment Mode Details button under Components tab in the Account Details screen 5 27 ORACLE Settlement Mode 1 1 Debit Settlement Mode Credit Payment Mode Credit Product Account Credit Account Branch Instrument Number Credit Upload Source Credit End Point GIRO Number Payer Account Payer Bank Code Payer Branch Payer Bank Address 1 Payer Bank Address 2 Payer Bank Address 3 Payer Bank Address 4 Bank GIRO Here you can specify the following details Branch This field is defaulted from the Main tab of the Micro Finance Account Detail screen Account
118. alculating the value of the charge To associate charges click Charges in the Event sub screen of the screen Charges Charge Component The charge type of components defined for the product in the Components sub screen of the screen are displayed in the option list Select the component you wish to associate with the event 4 2 12 Branch Currency Restriction The loan products created in the Head Office Bank HOB are available across all the branches subject to the branch restrictions maintained for the product Likewise you also restrict the products to select currencies To achieve this you can maintain a list of allowed disallowed branches and currencies Click on the Branch Currency Restriction button in the product maintenance screen 4 76 ORACLE Branch and Currency Restriction Product Code Description Currency Balances Class Code nz Class Description Currency Branch Restrictions Allowed Currency Restrictions Allowed Disallowed Disallowed Branch Restrictions Currency Restrictions 1 Of 1 Branch Description y v H Currency Code Currency Description P v V The following details are captured here Branch and Currency Restriction Under Branch and Currency Restrictions respectively two columns are displayed e Allowed List e D
119. amount that is to be settled through the selected mode in the selected currency The Total Amount gets incremented by the amount settled and displays the sum total of the amount disbursed across the various settlement modes Original Exchange Rate The base or actual exchange rate between the account currency and settlement currency gets displayed here This information is applicable if the Mode Currency is different from the Loan Currency The exchange rate that is defaulted from the Standard Exchange Rate Maintenance is used to convert the disbursement amount to the Loan Currency equivalent Exchange Rate This information is applicable if the Mode Currency is different from the Loan Currency The exchange rate that is defaulted from the Standard Exchange Rate Maintenance is used to convert the disbursement amount to the Loan Currency equivalent 29 ORACLE You can change the defaulted rate provided the change is within the variance level maintained for the underlying product Settlement Currency Equivalent As mentioned above if the Mode Currency and Loan Currency are different the system calculates the Loan Currency equivalent using the exchange rate applicable for the currency pair Additional Settlement Details You can capture the additional settlement details by clicking the Additional Settlement Details button under disbursement details E Additional Details x Settlement Product Code Clearing Bank Code
120. an service members requests of deposits withdrawal transactions on their savings accounts These details can be captured in bulk using the Bulk Savings Deposit Withdrawal screen You can invoke this screen by typing MFDBLKSA in the field at the top right corner of the Application toolbar and clicking the adjoining arrow button E MFI Bulk Saving Deposit Withdrawal El Save Branch Code 000 Bulk Reference Number 000BLDS1100400RT MFI Level Center Transaction Code Center Group Code Offset GL Date 2011 01 04 Populate Account Details 1 Of 1 Group Code Branch Code Account No Currency Transaction Type v T Deposit v Maker Date Time Status Checker Date Time Muthorization Status You can capture the following details here Branch Code The system displays the current branch code MFI Level Select the microfinance level for which you wish to capture the deposit withdrawal details in bulk from the adjoining drop down list The available options are e Center e Group Center Group Code Specify a valid ID of the Center Group against which you wish to capture the deposit withdrawal details The adjoining option list displays all valid Center Group codes maintained in the system You can select the appropriate one Date The system displays the date on which the deposit withdrawal details are being captured You can change the date if required 6 11 ORACLE Bulk R
121. ance Double click on a bank code to select it e Clearing Branch Code Click the option list to select the clearing bank branch Double click on a branch code to select it e Instrument No Enter the number on the instrument presented for clearing in this field Double click on a value to select it e Routing No Enter the routing number of the branch selected for clearing in this field e Clearing Product Code Click the option list to choose a product code if the clearing is using an Oracle FLEXCUBE clearing product Double click on a branch to select it e Point This field picks up the end point maintained in the clearing system e Sector Code Click the option list to choose the clearing sector code Double click on a sector code to select it External Account e Clearing Bank Code Click the option list to choose the external bank code as per clearing maintenance e Clearing Branch Code Click the option list to choose the external bank branch used for clearing e Ext Acc No Enter the external account number in this field e Ext Acc Beneficiary Name Enter the name of the beneficiary of the external account in this field GIRO e Auto Manual GIRO Select Auto GIRO for automatic direct debit or else select Manual e Bank Plus GIRO Select the GIRO clearing system used which can be either Bank or Plus e GIRO Number This is applicable only for corporate customers and not for individual customers You have to enter the
122. and 31 can be used for this purpose If you specify a value here the system will build the schedules based on this date even if you have indicated the Start Date for the schedule Formula You have to select the formula applicable for component value calculation The Booked and Intermediate formulae defined for the component are available in the option list With a user defined formula maintained through the rule builder you can define a schedule with multiple formulae Flag You can define a non repayment schedule or a repayment schedule This field is used to identify the schedule type e Normal This refers to a repayment schedule Repayment happens as and when the schedule falls due e Moratorium This refers to a non repayment schedule or a repayment holiday during the repayment cycle of a loan Number of schedules The value captured here determines the number of times a schedule frequency should recur For example a 12 monthly schedule would have a Monthly unit and number of schedules as 12 Capitalized Check this option to specify capitalization of the component for a particular schedule If the Capitalized option under Component Definition is checked the Capitalized option at the schedule level will also be checked for payment schedules You can however uncheck this option for a schedule Intermediate Formula Intermediate Formulae are used as building blocks for more complex formulae An inte
123. and do not select the Move Across Months option the System Ignores the holidays and the due will be scheduled on the holiday itself Use Contract Currency Check this box to include the contract currency Include Branch Holiday Check this box to include the branch holiday 4 19 ORACLE 4 2 4 4 Use Local Currency Check this box to consider the local currency Authorization Rekey As across checking mechanism to ensure that you are invoking the right loan for authorization you can specify that the values of certain fields should be entered before the other details are displayed The complete details of the loan will be displayed only after the values to these fields are entered This is called the re key option The fields for which the values have to be given are called the re key fields You can specify the values of a loan that the authorizer is supposed to key in before authorizing the same You can select the fields from the option list provided If no re key fields have been defined the details of the loan will be displayed immediately once the authorizer calls the loan for authorization The re key option also serves as a means of ensuring the accuracy of the data captured Holiday Period Select the holiday period from the adjoining option list Prepayment Penalty Component An SDE CUR_PREPAID_AMOUNT defines the formula of the prepayment penalty component This indicates the prepaid amount for the current yea
124. and is triggered both at BOD and EOD Auto Disbursements Disbursement schedules are maintained for products As part of BOD process the DSBR events for the accounts will be triggered This batch processes these schedules at BOD which enables the DSBR events of the accounts to be initiated Rate Revision As part of BOD program this batch processes the Floating Rate revision schedules for products UDE Cascade This batch is triggered at EOD in case of UDE value changes The changes in UDE values are applied to all the affected accounts In case a single account requires a UDE Change Cascade it can be performed online for that account alone Such accounts are then excluded from this batch Maturity Processing Maturity processing of loans is performed if the maturity date falls at BOD of a particular day This results in either Auto Closure or Rollover of loans e Auto Closure Loans that are liquidated on maturity are subject to Auto Closure during maturity processing e Rollover Loans that have auto rollover maintained are rolled over during maturity processing 10 3 ORACLE Status Change Processing Certain accounts have automatic status changes wherein the SDEs required for status change are evaluated In such cases this batch detects status changes at BOD Once this is done appropriate status change activities are triggered If you have selected the CIF Group level status processing option as part of the preferen
125. aphic Description 4 EG Fields Meeting Details Loan Accounts Group Change History Check List Maker Date Time Mod No Checker Date Time Record Status Authorization Status Here you need to specify the following details Group Code The group code is automatically generated by the system User Defined Group Code Specify a unique user defined group code Account Officer Specify the account officer who is responsible for managing group The adjoining option list displays all valid account officers maintained in the system You can choose the appropriate one Group Branch Specify the code used to identify the group branch The adjoining option list displays all valid group branches maintained in the system You can choose the appropriate one Group Name Specify the name of the group 3 24 ORACLE 3 6 1 Center Code Specify the center code The adjoining option list displays all valid center codes maintained in the system You can choose the appropriate one Group CIF ID Specify the group CIF ID which is used to identify the group as an individual and also to apply loans at group level Blacklisted Check this box to indicate that the group is blacklisted Source Code Specify the source code which is used to transfer data from one system to another Source Reference Specify the source reference which is used to link the old and new systems Group Narrative Specify the remar
126. applicants is the same 5 9 ORACLE User Defined Element Values The UDE values for each Account are maintained here After clicking the Product Default button the UDE values default from the UDE values maintenance for the Product Currency effective dates combination The system disables this section These can be overridden by providing account level UDE values For this you need to click the Edit UDE Details button After changing the details the system re computes the schedules On saving the contract the system prompts the changed details However the UDE are only those defined at the product level No New UDEs can be introduced at the account level The system checks whether the UDE values fall within the minimum and maximum limits specified for the UDEs linked to the product If a UDE value falls outside the permissible limits the system will throw an error message If there are no product level UDE values maintained the system will default the UDE value to Zero However at the time of saving if UDE values are zero or any invalid value then an override will be raised with an appropriate error message If required this can be configured as an error message In case of an ERROR you will have to give a valid value While if it is an OVERRIDE you can overlook the message and continue and if it is for an ONLINE AUTHORIZATION the parameter should be authorized appropriately You can specify the following details for the
127. arge basis When we apply the charge product on an account or an account class charges for the account will be calculated on this basis 5 39 ORACLE Micro Finance Account Detail X H save Product az Branch Version Number Product Description Account User Reference Product Category Alternate Account Number User Defined Status Application Number Derived Status es Linkage Details Advices Rollover CreditScore Fields Check List Main Preferences Components ff Component Name Funded During Initiation 101 HE Calculation Type E Funded During Rollover Payment Mode Details Waive Component Currency Service Branch Service Account Settlement Currency Effective Date Due Date Amount Due Amount Waived Details Event Code Amount Settled Schedule Date Promotions OtherApplicants PaymentMode Details Assets Financials Internal Rate of Return Details MIS Events GeneralLedgerQuery Installment SWIFT Message Details Statistics Securitization Details Documents Liquidation Order Maker Id Authorized By Status Date Time Date Time Authorization Status The following details are captured Component Name The component name is displayed in this field Calculation Type To specify the manner in which the component should be calculated and liquidated You can choose one of the following options Formula with schedule Co
128. as and when a change in value occurs If maintained as Periodic the values and calculations of the elements will be refreshed on the last day of the period In case of a product having main and subsidy interest components the schedule periodicity needs to be identical for both components Rate to Use Here you need to select the UDE which will define the rate to be used for computing the component The value of the selected UDE is picked up as per the maintenance in the UDE Values screen For instance you need to choose the option SUBSIDY RATE for a subsidy interest component This is applicable only for components defined with Standard Formula Type The Basis Element for computing fund interest will always be Principal Outstanding and the Formula Type will be Simple independent of the main interest component The liquidation mode for funding component will always be Auto independent of the Product Account Liquidation mode Balance Type Identify the nature of the balance that the component would hold This can be represented through this field For instance for a loan product the Principal component is expected to have a Debit balance Basis Element If you select the Standard formula type you have to specify the component upon which calculation should be performed The component is denoted by an SDE e g PRICIPAL_EXPECTED and you can select it from the option
129. ases the system will through an error once you click OK button Branch Code Specify the branch code The option list displays all valid branch codes maintained in the system Choose the appropriate one 7 12 ORACLE 7 1 6 1 Specifying Value Date Range Details From Date Specify from date To Date Specify to date Set the filters and click OK button to generate the report To cancel the operation click on Exit button je http ddhp0555 8001 FCJNeoWeb Reports BIP ENG CHO MFRBRDDT 00001671 pdf Microsoft Internet Explorer File Edit GoTo Favorites Q ua ix a JO search She Favorites 22 eum iw 58 6 Branch Due Disbursement Report Branch Branch Date 30 2007 User id MIV2 Date amp Time 21 APR 2010 17 40 07 E Code Mode Amount Branch Account 2 8073350002 PA GBP 75000 PA2 200398101 PA2ZSTLO7S38000W FOmrerwsewi cart ace se em ato carr CRETLCT ORDO 16 cc GBP GaP 5 CMT 000005 CMT ZSTLOSO15001Y MGN GBP 7500 MCN MGNOOII6701 MGNZSTL080840046 GNMLMA08084001 500 MGN MGN00116701 MGNZSTLOSOSS004E MGNMLMA08084001 5 BREPRI BPOOO 5000 000101 0 TBKZSTLO73480017 TBKZSTLO73480017 1500 FGBITELXUSSONE asi Acc 80 tam 6 17 10735002 fect ace
130. atch When prioritization rule is maintained for a L C linked to the microfinance account then bulk liquidation takes a different route during MF batch processing Liquidation is triggered based on the preference rule defined for L C Preference with respect to ALL is considered if a specific preference is not maintained for the corresponding L C This is treated as a normal payment once the respective component schedule of the loan is identified for the payment During the batch process prioritization for account liquidation takes place The batch process for liquidation takes place as follows 10 7 ORACLE e Sub process named as BLIQ is used for Bulk Payment which runs before the ALIQ Process Event code used for this Prioritized liquidation is ALIQ e Accounts linked with L C are grouped and liquidation process is done on the group e For the L C linked to the microfinance account if a prioritization rule is set the same is considered for Bulk Payment If prioritization rule is not maintained the liquidation happens as part of ALIQ e When the bulk payment happens as part of batch the prioritization rule determines which account is to be liquidated first The account is attempted like any other ALIQ except for the component prioritization e Liquidation order is as per the prioritization rules defined for L C e Verify funds facility is used as applied as part of loan processing e Missed or skipped schedules acc
131. ate Format Format zz Liquidation Frequency Frequency Days Start Date Message Type Tenor Format No of Days Transaction Code In this screen you need to maintain the preferences for Billing Notices Delinquency Notices Rate Revision Notice Direct Debit Notice and Statements Also you can associate multiple formats for the generation of notices and statements The selection of a particular format is based on the condition Rule No Condition No You can assign a unique number for each rule condition that is being maintained for notice and statement generation Condition Define the conditions rules for notice and statement generation The system will evaluate the conditions and based on the one that is satisfied the corresponding advice format is selected for notice statement generation To maintain a condition click Condition button in the screen above The Condition Builder is displayed For details on building a condition using the options available in the screen refer the section titled Defining UDE Rules in the Maintenances and Operations chapter of this User Manual Number Days The Number of days indicates the period before the due date when the system starts sending the Billing Delinquency notices to customers This period is defined as a specific number of days and will begin before the date the repayment becomes due 4 48 ORACLE Format For the
132. ate in foreign currency transaction If you have specified the negotiated cost rate then you need to specify the negotiated reference number also Oracle FLEXCUBE books the online revaluation entries based on the difference in exchange rate between the negotiated cost rate and transaction rate Original Exchange Rate The base or actual exchange rate between the account currency and settlement currency gets displayed here 5 2 3 4 Schedule wise Split Settlement for Auto Disbursement Oracle FLEXCUBE allows you to maintain split details for schedule wise auto disbursement in a loan account only if you have set the disbursement mode to Auto in the account preferences tab of the Product Maintenance screen MFDPRMNT In the Account Details MFDACCNT screen click Product Default button after entering product code customer ID currency and the amount The system defaults the product level component and schedule details of the selected product in the component tab of the account details screen After you click Product Default and Enrich buttons the system disables the schedule definition section in the component tab However you can modify the disbursal amount and the number of schedules for the disbursal by clicking Edit Schedules button You can view the disbursement schedule and maintain the schedule wise MF split details for auto disbursement in the Disbursal screen To do this first select the principal compo
133. ate the last installment is due and paid The Micro Finance MF module in Oracle FLEXCUBE captures and maintains the parameters with respect to the life cycle of the microfinance loan outlined above and this is detailed in the subsequent sections The Micro Finance module of Oracle FLEXCUBE is designed to cater to the lending needs of banks and other financial institutions It comprises of a two step process namely e Loan Origination or Application Processing e Microfinance account Processing The MF Module is also capacitated to interface with the Core Module of Oracle FLEXCUBE for Accounting Messaging and MIS related operations A brief explanation about the two stages and the various sub stages are given below Loan Origination or Application Processing This stage consists of the following two sub stages E ORACLE Application Entry During the application entry stage the loan application is received from the applicant s customers The following information of the customers is captured as part of application processing e Personal and Professional details e Details of Residence e Financial position e Asset Information e Details of loan being availed The applications will be identified by a unique application number and based on the details furnished in the application and verifications performed thereafter the loan may be approved or rejected Microfinance Account Processing The application moves to an account pr
134. aximum Renegotiations Track Receivable Intermediary Initiated auto Liquidation Manual Liquidation Intermediary Code Holiday Periods UDE Rate Plan Bill Details 10tf1 101 Trade Reference E Period E Start Date Date Bill Due Amount Amount Available Loan Statements Loan Settlement Notice Recomputation Basis Start Date Settlement Request Recomputation Basis Change Installment Frequency Notice Date Rate Change Action Change Installment 4 Frequency Units Expected Closure Date Other Applicants Assets Financials Internal Rate of Return Details MIS Events GeneralLedgerQuery Inventory SWIFT Message Details Maker Id Authorized By Status Date Time Date Time Authorization Status You can modify the following details Liquidation Mode Specify the mode of liquidation from the drop down list The following options are available for selection e Auto e Manual e Component Retries Advice Days Number of retries for an advice is defaulted here from the product maintenance level however you can modify if needed The value should be less than the value maintained for Retries Auto Liquidation Days 8 29 ORACLE Maximum Renegotiations The maximum number of renegotiation allowed for the account is defaulted here However you can modify the value if needed Qe system rejects the VAMI request if the new value of Maximum Renegotiations is les
135. between amount financed and sum of the limits of all the users involved in authorizing a transaction this case holds good when the Cumulative field is checked in the Product Transaction Limits Maintenance screen e transaction amount is greater than the authoriser s authorisation limit if the Cumulative field is unchecked in the Product Transaction Limits Maintenance screen 8 2 12 Making Bulk Payments against Microfinance or Commitment The BulkPayments screen is provided to create bulk payments against a limit or commitment for a microfinance account The microfinance commitment linked to the microfinance account for which the prioritization rules are maintained is considered for bulk payment Bulk payment is done for the microfinance accounts linked to an L C for which the bulk payment option is checked The bulk payment is always done for the current branch The Bulk payment is done only for the MF accounts belonging to the current branch from where bulk payments are made Bulk payment amount is allocated to the accounts linked to a microfinance commitment account This allocation is done based on the Prioritization rules maintained for the L C selected If a specific rule is not available for L C reference for the branch the ALL option is considered The payment is triggered based on the amount allocated per the prioritization rules To make the bulk payments for the accounts associated under an L C allocated
136. branch You need to specify the rate only when the currencies involved in the transaction are different Otherwise it will be a normal transaction The system will display an override message if the negotiated rate is not within the exchange rate variance maintained at the product Negotiated Reference No Specify the reference number that should be used for negotiation of cost rate in foreign currency transaction If you have specified the negotiated cost rate then you need to specify the negotiated reference number also Oracle FLEXCUBE books the online revaluation entries based on the difference in exchange rate between the negotiated cost rate and transaction rate Original Exchange Rate The base or actual exchange rate between the account currency and settlement currency gets displayed here Debit Settlement Mode Tab You can specify the debit settlement details under the Debit Settlement Mode in the Settlement Mode screen 8 36 ORACLE Settlement Modes Credit Product Account zz Debit Payment Mode Credit Payment Mode Credit Card Clearing Clearing External Account Debit Card Instrument External Account Cash Teller Electronic Pay Order GIRO Internal Cheque Instrument Cash Teller Debit Mode Detsils Credit Mode Details Here you can specify the following details Debit Payment Mode Select the Debit payment mode from the adjoining drop down list The list displays
137. by typing MFDBLKAU in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking on the adjoining arrow button Bulk Account Authorization E Enter Query Entity Name Generate Message 10f1 Branch Code AccountNumber CustomerID ProductCode BookDate Value Date Maturity Date AmountFinanced Currency Account Status 10f1 Event Sequence Number Override Sequence number Error Message Override Status Confirmed Remarks Here you need to specify the following details 6 29 ORACLE Entity Specify the entity either as Group or Center On the basis of the entity selected loan account which is unauthorized will be populated on query You can select account which needs to be authorized Overrides related to each account are displayed During authorization if any account fails that account will be skipped 6 30 ORACLE 7 1 7 1 1 7 BIP Reports in Oracle FLEXCUBE Introduction During the day or at the end of the day you may want to retrieve information on any of the several operations that were performed during the day in your bank You can generate this information in the form of reports for microfinance in Oracle FLEXCUBE For microfinance you can generate reports which give you data about the various events in the life of a specific contract or across contracts at a specific point in time You can have analysis reports daily reports exception reports reports on events tha
138. cade EOD Maturity processing Rollovers Auto Closures BOD EOD Automatic Status Change Processing BOD FEES BOD INTP Interest Posting BOD Billing amp Payment Notices BOD Statements generation EOD Penalty Computation BOD Forward VAMIs BOD Revaluation EOD Readjustment EOD These batch processes are factory shipped for your bank 10 2 1 Defining Batch Processes The MF batch processes are explained briefly Forward Init of Microfinance accounts Microfinance accounts maintained in the system are classified into two types e Active e Inactive When microfinance accounts become Active the BOOK event is triggered for the Loan and you can specify a Value Date for the loan during this event 10 2 ORACLE This batch identifies all the accounts that are due for initiation on that day at BOD and the INIT event is triggered for these accounts The current system date will be taken as the value date for these accounts Re Calculation Loan parameter alterations directly affect the computation of accruals This batch identifies such changes made to microfinance accounts both at BOD and EOD Further it recalculates the accruals based on the altered loan components Accruals This batch passes all the recalculated accrual changes required for the components It is triggered both at BOD and EOD Auto Liquidations This batch processes the payments that are configured as auto payments
139. cal Currency Equivalent Specify the microfinance currency equivalent for the payment 8 20 ORACLE Settlement Branch Specify the branch at which the settlement takes place You can also select a preferred value from the option list provided Exchange Rate Specify the exchange rate applicable The amount allocated is available for modification after application of the automatic allocation action Settlement Branch Specify a valid settlement branch The adjoining option list displays all the valid settlement branch maintained in the system You can choose the appropriate one Settlement Account Specify a valid settlement account The adjoining option list displays all the valid settlement account maintained in the system You can choose the appropriate one Settlement Product Specify the settlement product Instrument Number Specify the instrument number End Point Specify a valid end point This adjoining option list displays all the valid end point maintained in the system You can choose appropriate one Card Number Specify the card number External Account Number Specify the external account number External Account Name Specify the external account name Clearing Bank Specify a valid clearing bank This adjoining option list displays all valid clearing banks maintained in the system You can choose the appropriate one 8 21 ORACLE Clearing Branch Specify the clearing branch Upload Source Specify
140. can invoke this screen by typing MFDACLMT in the field at the top right corner of the application tool bar and clicking on the adjoining arrow button 3 43 ORACLE 3 11 Micro Finance Action Checklist Maintenance Detail EX New E Enter Query Action Function Id 1 Of 1 F Serial Number Item Name Maker ID Checker Id Authorization Status Date Time Date Time Here you can capture the following details Action Specify a code for the activity for which a check list is being maintained in the system Example Pending Approval Approval etc Function ID Specify a valid Function ID to which the checklist is applicable The adjoining option list displays all valid Function IDs maintained in the system You can select the appropriate one Checklist Items Here you can define the checklist items SI No The system displays the serial number of the checklist items Item Name Specify the checklist item name Example Proof of identity address proof etc Maintaining Training Details You can maintain training details using the Training Details Maintenance screen You can invoke this screen by typing MFDTRMNT in the field at the top right corner of the application tool bar and clicking on the adjoining arrow button 3 44 ORACLE Training Details Maintenance Training Code Date Entity Name Center z Entity Code 10f 1 Serial Number
141. ccount Name Specify the external account name Negotiated Cost Rate Specify the negotiated cost rate that should be used for foreign currency transactions between the treasury and the branch You need to specify the rate only when the currencies involved in the transaction are different Otherwise it will be a normal transaction The system will display an override message if the negotiated rate is not within the exchange rate variance maintained at the product Negotiation Reference Number Specify the reference number that should be used for negotiation of cost rate in foreign currency transaction If you have specified the negotiated cost rate then you need to specify the negotiated reference number also Oracle FLEXCUBE books the online revaluation entries based on the difference in exchange rate between the negotiated cost rate and transaction rate End Point Select a valid end point from the adjoining option list Routing No Specify the routing number Sector Code Select a valid sector code from the adjoining option list 8 2 3 Penalty Rates Details 8 10 ORACLE You can maintain the penalty details of the product by clicking the Penalty Rates button in the MF Payments screen The screen is displayed below Penalty Rates Penalty Rates 1 Of 1 Go Effective Date User Defined Element Name User Defined Element Value 8 2 4 Fields Details You can maintain user d
142. ccount Officer Group Branch Group Formed By You can query on records based on any or all of the following criteria e Authorization Status e Group Code e Account Officer e Group Formed By e Record Status e Center Code e Group Branch Click Search button The system identifies all records satisfying the specified criteria and displays the following details for each one of them e Authorization Status e Record Status e Group Code e Center Code e Account Officer 3 34 ORACLE 3 7 Group Branch Group Formed By Group Name Source Code Source Reference Group CIF ID Number of Group Members Blacklisted Group Type Group Formed On Group Narrative Defining Meeting Schedule You can invoke the Meeting Schedule Definition screen by typing MFDMTSCH the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking on the adjoining arrow button Meeting Schedule Definition 6 Save Meeting Code 000ZMSH1100400RT Type Group Meeting Of az Meeting Hours 0 Meeting Minutes 0 Number of Schedules Unit Daily Frequency Due Date On On Holiday Same Day Meeting Time 1 0f1 Generated Date Actual Meeting Date Meeting Status Eal E Location Description Vami Action Change Installment Start Date Last Meeting Date Meeting Phase Comments Hours Minu
143. ccounts Accounts Savings Active Of Last y Loans Loan 0 0 CHOZGRCO73343007 CHOZCNT073350043 0 3 CHOZGRO07334001 CROZCNTO7334001L 0 0 CHOZGRCO7334001Z CHOZCNT073340043 0 0 0 CH FI TI G CHOZGRCO7334007E 53RWE CHO003000 CHOZGRCO7334007V CHOZCNT073340026 CHO003089 DFSF 7 7 CHO003091 AXCASD3 CHOZGRCO7334007D CHOZCNT073340035M 2 0 op HO003128 CHOZGRCO733400U CHOZCNTOT33400IG 0o of f oJ GAND00004 CHOZGRCOT3340070 3 0 0 0 The following details get displayed when you generate reports e Customer ID e Insurance Number e Account Officer e MFI Customer Type e Current Group e Current Center e Current Accounts e Closed Accounts e Total Savings 7 22 ORACLE e Total Active Loans e Amount of Last Loan 7 1 11 Generating Account Officer Linkage Report You can set your preferences as to the output of a report using Account Officer Linkage Report screen You can invoke this screen by typing MFRAFLOR in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking on the adjoining arrow button Account Officer Linkage Report Account Officer Account Officer Report Format Printer At Client Report Output Printer as You can enter the following details in this screen Account Officer You have to indicate the account officer type The available options are e Specific If you choose this option
144. ces for your branch the status change batch picks up the worst status among all the loans and accounts savings and current accounts for a customer within the branch and updates this in all the customer s loans in the User Defined Status field Notice Generation Billing Payments For each loan the number of days prior to which a Notice is to be generated is evaluated In case of loans that carry dues the Notice is generated as specified in the notice days maintained for the product This batch is processed at BOD Statement Generation At EOD the statement is generated depending on the statement frequency and other statement based maintenance actions specified Forward VAMI At BOD this batch processes all value dated amendments that are booked with the date as Value Date Penalty Penalty computations are evaluated at BOD by this batch Any grace period maintained will have to be considered during this calculation On completion of the grace period the penalty components are computed from the due date till the current date Revaluation At EOD revaluation of assets and liabilities to the LCY are carried out Readjustment This batch is processed at EOD It is triggered in the presence of Index currencies that are not treated as a part of revaluation It handles readjustments based on new index rates 10 2 2 Initiating the Batch Process If you have opted to trigger the MF batch programs at EOD the same will be e
145. cesses essent 10 5 10 2 4 Excess Amount Allocation Batch eese esses eene nnn 10 5 10 2 5 Interest Posting INTP Event eese eene eene enne an iseen a nae N entente nre 10 6 10 2 6 Processing the MF Batch eet aree eR ERI EROR PE EP ee rete e 10 7 11 ANNEX UREA qo E 11 1 11 1 ACCOUNTING ENTRIES FOR MICROFINANCE eeeeeeeeeee rese tenter stent ens 11 1 IU EVENTS MD 11 1 11 3 ACCOUNTING ROLES enit ede tuse ries 11 3 11 4 EVENTOWISE ADVICES PITE eese ete De nosse ro iS ere eR IRE edet edes 11 4 12 SCREEN GLOSSARY 12 2 12 1 FUNCTION M IPAE m 12 2 ORACLE 1 About this Manual 1 1 Introduction This Manual is designed to help you to quickly get familiar with the Micro Finance MF module of Oracle FLEXCUBE It provides an overview of the module and takes you through the various stages in setting up and using the various features that Oracle FLEXCUBE offers You can obtain information specific to a particular field by placing the cursor on the relevant field and striking lt F1 gt on the keyboard 1 1 1 Audience This Manual is intended for the following User User Roles Role Function Back office data entry clerk Input functions for contracts Back office
146. charges related to the disbursement at the time of making the disbursement These charges are defined at the product level You have to specify the disbursement mode as a preference at the time of setting up a Consumer Lending product in the system If you have selected the Group CIF status processing option at the branch parameters level and a manual disbursal results in a status change for the account then the status change processing will be done only during the end of day batch processing The process will work as follows e The current status for the account is updated in the Derived Status field e The User Defined Status for the account is updated with the worst status that is available for all accounts and microfinances for this CIF within the branch e The required accounting entries for the status change are posted Disbursing Microfinance through Manual Mode You can initiate a manual disbursement through the Manual disbursement screen You can invoke this screen by typing MFDMNDSB in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking on the adjoining arrow button m ORACLE Micro Finance Manual Disbursement save Transaction Branch Code 000 Product Code Account Number Product Description Event Sequence Number Customer Id Default Customer Name Disbursement Details Currency Total Amount Value Date Reference Number Execution Date Amount Financed Remark
147. ciary Institution Account With Institution Receiver Correspondent Intermediary Account with Institution Receivers Correspondent Intermediary For more details on Swift message related details refer section Capturing Swift Message Details in the chapter Capturing Additional Details for a Loan in this User Manual Authorizing a Manual Disbursement After entering the details for manual disbursement in the Manual Disbursement Input screen click Save icon to save the details To authorize the manual disbursement click Authorize icon on the Application toolbar The account authorization screen is displayed Authorization Authorization Details Branch Account Number Reference Number Message Required Authorization Status Maker Maker Date Stamp The Branch and Account number is defaulted and the Xref number is generated by the system The following detail needs to be selected as required iis ORACLE 9 3 1 Message Generation Check this box if you want swift messages to be generatedt either for the customer transfer or the bank transfer along with a cover The generated message can be viewed in the messages browser Even if the box is left unchecked you can go to messages browser at a later point of time and generate the message If the message generation fails for some reason the account is authorized and you have to go to the browser to manually generate the swift message All other advices related to DSB
148. cify the group The option list displays all valid groups maintained in the system Choose the appropriate one Client Specify the client The option list displays all valid clients maintained in the system Choose the appropriate one Specifying Value Date Range Details From Date Specify from date To Date Specify to date Set the filters and click OK button to generate the report To cancel the operation click on Exit button 7 15 ORACLE n http ddhp0555 8001 FCJNeoWeb Reports BIP ENG CHO_MFRARRDT_00001 672 pdf Microsoft Internet Explorer DER Fie Edit GoTo Favorites Help ix JO search Sie Favorites a P iv LJ rel 2 5 6 gt Loan Arrears Report Branch CHO Branch Date 30 NOV 2007 User id MIV2 Date amp 21 APR 2010 17 42 10 Ce roms Code Date Settlement Date Amount ron usb e oe m CHOMLAADT34093 CHO oojo 0 95 Nov 3008 39 Nov 3007 31677 FCHOMTAADS03 CHO I0 USb 9 35 Nov 3009 55 3098 S CHOMLAA073340002 1000 USD J O 29 Nev 2000 29 2008 33330 CHONEAAO7S340002_ CHO tooo usb 0 39 Nov 2010 98 Nov 2008 680 FCEOMERAD SS CHO 526 38 293 1553907 2007 5315 07707 000 0000 00 OU a ls 2500399 COLCLP207351
149. condition defined select the format in which the advice should be generated The system will select the specific format of the message type when the condition maintained evaluates favorably Frequency Days Specify the frequency in days for generation of Delinquency Notices The first notice is sent on the basis of the Num Days maintained For instance if the Num Days is four and the payment due date is 4 April 2004 the first notice will be sent on 31 March 04 4 days before due date Subsequent generation of the same notice is based on the frequency days maintained If the Frequency Days is 2 the second notice will be sent on 2 April 04 i e the notice is sent once in two days only The following information is applicable to Statement generation Frequency Indicate the frequency in which the Statements have to be generated The available options e Daily e Monthly e Quarterly e Half Yearly e Yearly Frequency Days The frequency captured here is used to get the next date for statement generation subsequent to the first statement This will be used in combination with the Frequency explained above Start Date The date entered here is used as a reference to start generation of the statement The following example illustrates the manner in which the Frequency Frequency Days and Start Date are used together Assume that you have maintained the following preferences for Statement gene
150. count head If the mapping is not complete an error message is displayed when you attempt to save the product Dynamic Creation of Accounting Roles for a Component For each component you define for a product in the product screen six accounting roles are dynamically created by the system For example if you have defined a component MAIN_INT the following accounting roles are created MAIN INTINC Component Income e MAIN INTEXP Component Expense e MAIN INTRIA Component Received in Advance e MAIN INTPAY Component Payable e MAIN INTREC Component Receivable e MAIN INTPIA Component Paid in Advance 4 54 ORACLE For a detailed list of Events Advices Accounting Roles and Amount Tags refer Annexure 1 of this User Manual 4 2 10 Specifying Account Status Ideally when setting up a product you should identify all possible status that loans involving the product would move into A status can apply either to a loan installment or the entire loan account Installment level status change preferences are maintained in the Component sub screen of the screen For more details refer the section titled Specifying Component Details in this chapter You can maintain account level status movement preferences the Account Status sub screen of the screen Account Status Class Code Default From Class Class Description Account Status 10f1 qd EE Status Code Description Adversit
151. ct Default Click Product Default button after entering product code customer ID currency and amount financed The system defaults other details maintained for the selected product The system also defaults the schedule definitions from the product and computes the detailed schedules After clicking the Product Default button you cannot change the product code Also the system prompts you to click the Product Default button once again if you change Customer ID Currency or Amount Financed fields Enrich After product defaulting you can change the contract details which impact the schedule computation You should enrich these changed details Click the Enrich button The system displays appropriate overrides and re computes schedules and other details depending on the changed values 5 5 ORACLE Net Principal The Net Principal is the actual principal amount financed It is system calculated and excludes any other funded components Book Date In this field the current date when the loan details were entered is defaulted and cannot be modified Value Date Select the Value date of the loan in this field using the adjoining calendar First Pay by Date Specify the customer s preferred first pay by date The system will calculate the schedule due date as follows Schedule Due Date First Pay by Date The credit days maintained at product level In case the calculated first schedul
152. ct Type Loan Slogan CO Commitment Start Date End Date Remarks User Data Elements Preferences Components Role ToHead AccountStatus Notices and Statements Events Date Time Checker Date Time Mod No Record Status Authorization Status In this screen you can enter basic information about a product such as the Product Code the Description etc Information related to specific attributes of a product such as accrual details tenor account roles and heads the events etc have to be defined in the respective sub screens 4 2 4 Specifying Basic Product Details Basic details include the following 4 1 ORACLE Product Code and Description The code you enter for a product identifies it throughout the module You can follow your own conventions for devising the code However it must have a minimum of four characters When defining a new product you should enter a code This code is unique across the MF modules of Oracle FLEXCUBE For instance if you have used VA01 for a product in this module you cannot use it as a product code in any other module You should also enter a brief description of the product This description will be associated with the product for information retrieval Product Type Select the type of Micro Finance product that you are creating The options available are e Loan Select this option if you want to create a loan product e Commitment Se
153. curity History Details screen You can invoke this screen by clicking Securitization Details button in the Account Details screen Securitization History Details Account Number Securitization History Details 1 Of 1 ESN AccountStatus Status Changed On Securitization Ref No Here the system displays the securitization details such as Securitization Event Status Date and Security Reference Number on which the loan contract has been a part 5 2 20 Specifying Document Details You can capture the customer related documents in central content management repository through the Document Upload screen Click Documents button to invoke this screen 5 62 ORACLE Document Upload Document Upload 1 Of 1 F Document Category Document Document Reference Remarks Upload View Here you need to specify the following details Document Category Specify the category of the document to be uploaded Document Type Specify the type of document that is to be uploaded Document Reference The system generates and displays a unique identifier for the document Remarks Specify the additional information if any Upload Click Upload button to open the Document Upload sub screen The Document Upload sub screen is displayed below 5 63 ORACLE Document Upload Document Upload M 4 108i gt gt I i is V Document Category Docum
154. customer account Double click on a value to select it Service Account Click the option list to select the account in the service branch Double click on a value to select it 5 21 ORACLE All modes except CASA needs service account Adjustments etc will be settled through this account Settlement Currency Select the settlement currency for the option list Click the adjoining option list to choose a settlement currency from the list of currencies Double click on a value to select it In case of a subsidy loan the system displays the settlement currency based on the subsidy customer ID specified in the Main tab However you can change it The settlement currency is maintained as a default for both Credits and Debits Funded During Inititation This field indicates if the component can be funded during the INIT event Funded during Rollover Select this option if the component can be funded during the rollover process Internal Rate of Return Applicable Check this option to indicate that the component is to be considered for IRR calculation for the account This field is applicable to interest charge and fee components For adhoc charge charge penalty and prepayment penalty components the value will be defaulted from the product level and you will not be able to modify it This field will not be available for input if Accrual Required and IRR Applicable are left unchecked at the product level Note th
155. d Prepayment of Amortized Microfinance The following details are captured here Recomputation Basis You can choose the recomputation basis for prepayment of amortized microfinance The options available are Recalculated Tenor or Change EMI Choose the relevant basis from the list for recomputation basis 8 4 ORACLE Payment Details The following details are captured here Reversed This option indicates that the settlement is reversed This option is disabled in the new payment mode Payment Mode Specify the mode of microfinance payment by clicking the adjoining option list A list of payment modes is displayed Click on a value to select it The payment modes are CASA Cash Teller Instrument External Account Electronic Pay Order Internal Cheque Clearing Debit Card and Credit Card Settlement Currency Select the currency used for the specific payment mode by clicking the adjoining option list A list of currencies is displayed Click on a value to select it Settlement Amount Specify the amount paid through the specified mode of payment in terms of the settlement currency in this field The amount should be a valid amount and should not exceed the total amounts due else it is treated as a prepayment Financing Currency Equivalent The system displays the amount settled in terms of the local currency in this field Original Exchange Rate The base or actual exchange rate between the account currency a
156. d against each component with respect to limit currency Additionally reversal of payment done for a single account involved in bulk payment is permitted with an override from the manual payment screen 8 24 ORACLE 8 2 12 1 Viewing Summary Records You can view and amend details of a particular record by using the Summary screen You can invoke this screen by typing MFSBLKPT the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking on the adjoining arrow button Bulk Payment Summary ES Search q Advanced Search Reset im Clear All Case Sensitive Bulk Payment Reference Branch Bulk Entity Type Bulk Entity Reference Liability Id Currency Value Date Records per page 15 10f1 Bulk Payment Reference Branch Bulk Entity Type Bulk Entity Reference Liability Id Currency Value Date To view a particular record double click on the desired record displayed in the list of records The required record is enabled for action Microfinance Amendments Once a microfinance is entered and authorized financial changes to the microfinances can be done through the Value Dated Amendments screen These amendments are based on an effective date and hence are called Value Dated Amendments VAM You can invoke this screen by typing MFDACCVM the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking on the adjoining arrow button Booking an amendment is called VAMB and Initiating is
157. d for the underlying product Refer the section titled Exchange Rate Preferences in the Defining Product Categories and Products chapter of this User Manual for details Settlement Currency Equivalent If the Settlement Currency and Loan Currency are different the system calculates the Loan Currency equivalent using the exchange rate applicable for the currency pair Settlement Branch Specify a valid settlement branch The adjoining option list displays all valid settlement branches maintained in the system You can select the appropriate one Settlement Account Specify a valid settlement account The adjoining option list displays all valid settlement accounts maintained in the system You can select the appropriate one External Account Specify the external account External Account Number Specify the external account number Clearing Bank Specify a valid clearing bank The adjoining option list displays all valid clearing banks maintained in the system You can select the appropriate one Clearing Through Branch Specify a valid clearing through branch The adjoining option list displays all valid clearing through branches maintained in the system You can select the appropriate one Clearing Product Code Specify a valid clearing product code The adjoining option list displays all valid clearing product codes maintained in the system You can select the appropriate one Settlement Product Specify a vali
158. d here To capture the values for the UDEs defined for a product you have to use the UDE Values screen Refer the section titled Providing UDE Values in the Maintenances and Operations chapter of this User Manual for more details Preferences Preferences are the options that are available to you for defining the attributes of a loan account product These could be e The manner in which the system should handle schedules falling due on holidays e Whether rollover should be automatic or with user intervention manual e The tenor details for the loan e Whether receivables should be tracked for the loan account etc The options you choose ultimately shape the product These details are used for loan account processing Click Preferences button on the Product Definition screen to move to this section of the screen 4 5 ORACLE Preferences Product Code nt Preferences Normal variance Maximum Variance Rate Type Middle Rate Description Account Preferences Holiday Preferences STANDARD Middle Rate Buy Sell Rate Liquidation Liquidation Mode Retries Auto Liquidation Auto Allow Partial Liquidation Reset Retry Count for Reversed Auto Liquidation Rate Plan Change Frequency Tenor Unit Rate Plan Window Tenor C E C i Days Retries for Advice Liquidate All Component for Revolving Loan a Date Liquidate Each Component Across Dates lez Guarantor Account
159. d settlement product The adjoining option list displays all valid settlement products maintained in the system You can select the appropriate one PC Category Specify a valid product category The adjoining option list displays all valid product categories maintained in the system You can select the appropriate one 6 22 ORACLE Sector Code Specify a valid sector code The adjoining option list displays all valid sector codes maintained in the system You can select the appropriate one End Point Specify a valid end point The adjoining option list displays all valid end points maintained in the system You can select the appropriate one Routing Number Specify the routing number Instrument Number Specify the instrument number Upload Source Specify a valid upload source The adjoining option list displays all valid upload sources maintained in the system You can select the appropriate one 6 6 1 Viewing the Charge Details When making a bulk manual disbursement you can apply the charges applicable for the event To do this click Charges button and invoke the Charges Details screen Charges Details Disbursement Charges 1 Of 1 Ez Component Name Settlement Mode x Settlement Currency Settlement Amount SettlementBranch v Ta Select Specify the following details in this screen 6 23 ORACLE Component All disbursements are
160. d to 30 April 29 being a holiday The schedule date for May depends on whether you have chosen to cascade schedules If you have chosen to cascade schedules the schedule date for May will be set as 30 May since the frequency has been specified as monthly All subsequent schedules will be moved forward by a day If you have not specified that schedules have to be cascaded the date originally specified will be the date for drawing up the remaining schedules Even if you move the April schedule from 29th to 30th the next schedule will remain on 29 May However when you cascade schedules the last schedule at maturity will be liquidated on the original date itself and will not be changed like the interim schedules Hence for this particular schedule the interest days may vary from that of the previous schedules Move across Month If you have chosen to move the schedule date of a loan falling due on a holiday either to the next or previous working day and the movement crosses over into a different month then this option will determine whether the movement should be allowed or not Schedule Movement Forward Backward If you opt to move the schedule date falling due on a holiday across months you need to specify whether the schedule date should move forward to the next working day in the following month or move backward to the previous working day of the current schedule month itself However if you opt to ignore the holidays
161. defined in the User Policy screen are available in the option list provided Policies are used to handle special validations and operations on a loan Execution Type You can associate a policy at one of the following points in time in a loan event lifecycle e Before Event e After Event e Both The policy gets executed appropriately 4 2 10 5 Associating Charges Whenever a loan undergoes a status change you can apply charge on the loan You need to associate charge components at a status level To do this click Charges in the Account Status sub screen of the screen the following screen is displayed 4 64 ORACLE Charges Charges 1 Of 1 Charge Component The charge type of components defined for the product in the Components sub screen are displayed in the option list Select the component you wish to associate with the loan The charge is applied when the loan moves to the status and is debited to the customer account 4 2 10 6 Processing at Account Level At the account level when there is a change in the status Oracle FLEXCUBE will first check if accrual is required for the components When the accrual frequency for a component is not Daily Oracle FLEXCUBE will validate if the installment status or the account status changes before accrual execution date If it changes Oracle FLEXCUBE will trigger catchup accrual for the component till the in
162. der to make new amendments to loans The system nullifies the modified values if you try to amend loan details like amount finances maturity date etc without clicking create Amendment button From this screen you can modify the amount financed which specifies the increase in amount Rate or Principal effective a value date and also the maturity date Once you specify the amendments the relative changes with regard to the same can be viewed in the other tabs of the screen You can also select the re computation basis for amendments from this screen For example if the re computation basis is Change Installment the amendments are applied by changing the Equated Monthly Installments keeping the tenor constant If re computation basis is Change Tenor then the tenor is varied by keeping Installment constant Following are the amendments to the Value date effective loans accounts that you can perform through this screen e Value Date based changes to the Principal e Value Date based changes to the Rates e Value Date based changes to the Tenor of the Loan Changes to other parameters 8 26 ORACLE You can change the Loan Tenor Rate or Principal effective a Value Date from these screens It also displays the schedules of the account Micro Finance Value Dated Amendments Enter Query Product Branch Code User Reference Product Category Account Number User Defined Status Application Number Alternate Account Number De
163. djustment Expense Dr Accrual Adjustment Expense Cr Back valued Interest Adjustment GL Liquidation Adjustments Dr Settlement AC Cr Back valued Interest Adjustment GL Dr Back valued Interest Adjustment GL Cr Settlement Account COMP BVADJ INC COMP BVRADJ INC COMP BVRADJ EXP COMP BVRADJ EXP COMP BVADJ INC COMP BVADJ INC COMP BVADJ EXP COMP BVRADJ INC Back valued Adjustments are passed to the microfinance servicing account maintained at the microfinance level 8 2 10 Viewing Accounting Entries for Events You can view event entries in Events Dairy screen Click Events button in MF Payments Screen 8 16 ORACLE Events Dairy amp Enter Query Customer Id Product Code Value Date Account Product Category Maturity Date Branch Code User Defined Status Currency Application Number Amount Financed Position Entries Down Payment Unprocessed Advices 10f1 10f1 Event Sequence Number Event Code EventL Advice Name View Message Check List And Remarks 1 Of 1 Event Debit Credit Account Account Description AmountTag Account Currency Log Foreign Currency Amount Event Foreign Currency Amount Error Message Override Status Authorized Authorized Date Account Number Branch Code The system defaults the values for all the fields available in the screen based on the details maintained in the Main tab You can view
164. ds with the product Credit Score To maintain the rules for calculating the credit score of a customer 4 3 ORACLE 4 2 3 Sub Screen Description Minimum Amount To define the MAD formula for OLL product Due Method Product Fields To define character number and date fields specific to the product MIS To define MIS details There are some fields in the product definition screens to which input is mandatory If you try to save a product without entering details in these fields the product will not be saved When you save a product that you have created your user id will be displayed in the Input By field and the date and time at which you saved the product in the Date Time field The Status of the product will be updated as Unauthorized A product is available for use only after it has been authorized by another user User Data Elements The main details are defined in the User Data Element sub screen The header section of the screen is used to define the basis details of a product The main details include the definition of Used Data Elements and Components To define a User Data Element UDE you have to specify the following details User Data Element ID and Description Data elements like the rate at which interest has to be applied the tier structure based on which interest needs to be computed etc are called User Data Elements UDEs These are in eff
165. e COMPONENT REC Component Receivable COMPONENT PIA Component Paid in Advance BRIDGE GL Intersystem Bridge GL SETTLEMENT Customer Account Settled From To ACCOUNT FEES REC Fees Receivable CHARGES REC Adhoc Charges Receivable IN INTER STMT Intermediary Statement PRINCIPAL EXP D Principal Expense Doubt LOAN AC DOUB Microfinance account Doubt 11 3 ORACLE Accounting Role Description CONT_W_DOUB Contingent Write Off Doubt CONT_SUBS Contingent Substandard MAIN_INTEXP_DOUB Maintenance Interest Expense Doubt MAIN_INTREC_DOUB Maintenance Interest Receivable Doubt Accounting Roles for the YACR Event SI No Accounting Role Acquisition Type Role Type 1 EIMDISCRIA Discount Asset 2 EIMDISCINC Discount Asset 3 EIMPREMPIA Premium Asset 4 EIMPREMEXP Premium Asset 5 EIMINTADJREC Par Asset 6 EIMINTADJINC Par Asset 11 4Event wise Advices In this section we will discuss the suggested events and advices that should be generated for that particular event in the life cycle of Microfinance BOOK The system uses this event to enter details of a microfinance account However at this stage the account is not initialized thus there will not be a change in the balance but you can perform other activities processing fee etc for the microfinance account The accounting entries passed will be either C
166. e by a group member Total Loan Amount in LCY The system displays the total active loan amount in local currency Total Due Amount in LCY The system displays the total due loan amount in local currency Local Currency The system displays the local currency Total Savings Balance in LCY The system displays the total savings balance in local currency Total Deposit Balance in LCY The system displays the total deposit balance in local currency Reason for Removal Specify the reason for removal of members from the group Mark for Removal Check this box to remove member from the group 3 27 ORACLE Old Members Member Change Sequence Number The system displays the sequence number of the member Client ID The system displays the client ID Member Since The system displays the date on which the member was created Member Till The system displays the date on which the member was removed Reason for Removal The system displays the reason for removal of members from the group 3 6 3 Defining Comments Details You can specify unique comments defined for a group Micro Finance Group Definition E New amp Enter Query Group Code Group Name Source Code User Defined Group Center Code Source Reference Code Group CIF ID Group Narrative Account Officer Blacklisted Blacklisted Count Group Branch Group Details Group Members er 10f1 SerialNumber CommentDate Comments Fields Meeting Details
167. e due date is less than or equal to the value date of the contract then the user has to modify the first pay by date For instance if you prefer to have your payment date on 14 of every month then the first pay by date should be 14 day of the month Presuming credit days is maintained as 10 at the product level the first schedule due date will be 4th of that month i e 14 Apr 09 10 first pay by date credit days First Pay By Date Credit days Schedule due date 14 Apr 09 10 4 Apr 09 Total Principal Outstanding Total Principal Outstanding inclusive of the compounded interest or penalty is defaulted here MFi Loan You can indicate where the loan belongs to It could be any one of the following e Client Account e Group Account Number of Installments Specify the number of installments for the loan account 5 6 ORACLE Unit Enter the installment unit for the component for the schedule The units of frequency definition can be Daily Weekly Bullet Monthly Quarterly Half Yearly or Yearly Select the unit of the schedule from the option list Frequency Select the frequency at which payments are made towards the liability The following options are possible e Daily e Weekly e Monthly e Quarterly e Half Yearly e Yearly Installment Start Date Specify the installment start date for the loan account Alternatively you can select the date from the adjoining calendar button EMI Am
168. e due date of the payments and disbursements in this field Pay By Date The system will display the pay by date Pay by date Schedule due date Credit days maintained at product level On clicking the Default Method button in the Product Definition screen the MAIN_INT schedules are exploded and the system will display the pay by dates based on the value of the First Pay By Date If you have not entered the first pay by date details then the system will calculate the first pay by date as follows First Schedule Due Date of MAIN_INT component Credit days product parameter for OLL Pay by date for bullet schedule PRINCIPAL and MAIN_INT will be the maturity date of the open line loan account Amount Settled The system displays the settlement amount for the schedule in this field Amount Due The system displays the amount due for the schedule in this field EMI Amount The EMI that should be repaid in this schedule is displayed in this field Capitalize The flag is used to display that the schedule installment is capitalized Waive Select this option to indicate if this particular amount which is due will be waived or not 5 25 ORACLE 5 2 3 2 Specifying Guarantor Details Click Guarantor Details button under the Components tab in the Account Details screen to invoke Guarantor Details screen Guarantor Details Account Component Name Guarantor Customer 1 Of 1
169. e following e For bearing type of component formula this option will be enabled only if Accrual Required is checked for the component at the product level e For discounted or true discounted type of component formula this option will be allowed irrespective of whether the Accrual Required option is checked or not at the product component level e If the option Accrual Required is unchecked and IRR Applicable is checked then discounted component will be considered as a part of total discount to be accrued for Net Present Value NPV computation e f both Accrual Required and IRR Applicable are checked then discounted component will be considered for IRR computation e Upfront Fee component will be considered for IRR only when Accrual Required and IRR Applicable both are checked e For upfront fee component if IRR Applicable is checked then Accrual Required has to be checked e Post securitization the accrual event s credit and debit GL account will be pointing to the same SPV Bridge GL so that the accrual is nullified 5 22 ORACLE 5 2 3 1 Special Component Select this option to denote if the component is a special Interest type This implies that the computed value of the component can be overridden with the entered value Special Interest option Select this option to denote if the component is a special Interest type This implies that the computed value of the compone
170. e in bulk using the Consumer Lending Bulk Payments screen For more details on Bulk payments refer section Bulk Payments in the Operations chapter of Retail Lending module Statement The settlement accounts for processing lending transactions need to be specified here Specify the Bridge GL Account to be used for the settlement of the debit and credit legs of transactions that would be processed at your branch You can select the appropriate accounts from the adjoining option lists Intraday Jobs Intraday Accrual Check this box to indicate that intraday accrual is allowed Intraday Job Interval Specify the intraday job interval number Num Parallel Jobs Specify the number of parallel database jobs to be run as part of End of Day Batch Auto Generation Account Auto Generated You can select this option for automatic generation of account numbers The system generates the account numbers automatically when you create customer accounts through the Account Details screen If this option is not checked you have to capture the account number yourself 3 4 ORACLE Account Mask Accounting Mask Required and Account Mask To maintain uniformity in the account numbers generated captured across a branch you can specify a format mask for account numbers If you specify that account numbers should conform to a specific format you must specify the mask in the Account Mask field Example You may want t
171. e of the Auto GIRO for automatic direct debit You can select one of the following values e Auto e Manual Exchange Rate For a customer availing any Relationship Pricing scheme the customer specific exchange rate derived by adding the original exchange rate and the customer spread maintained for the relationship pricing scheme gets displayed here You can change the defaulted rate provided the change is within the variance level maintained for the underlying product If Relationship Pricing is not applicable Exchange Rate will be the same as the Original Exchange Rate 8 39 ORACLE Negotiated Cost Rate Specify the negotiated cost rate that should be used for foreign currency transactions between the treasury and the branch You need to specify the rate only when the currencies involved in the transaction are different Otherwise it will be a normal transaction The system will display an override message if the negotiated rate is not within the exchange rate variance maintained at the product Negotiated Reference No Specify the reference number that should be used for negotiation of cost rate in foreign currency transaction If you have specified the negotiated cost rate then you need to specify the negotiated reference number also Oracle FLEXCUBE books the online revaluation entries based on the difference in exchange rate between the negotiated cost rate and transaction rate 8 3 3 Charges Tab In order to calculat
172. e precision value if the number is to be rounded It is mandatory for you to specify the precision value if you have maintained the rounding parameter Compound Days If you want to compound the result obtained for the intermediate formula you have to specify the frequency for compounding the calculated interest The frequency can be in terms of days Compound Months If you want to compound the result obtained for an intermediate formula you have to specify the frequency for compounding the calculated interest The frequency can be in terms of months Compound Years If you want to compound the result obtained for an intermediate formula you have to specify the frequency for compounding the calculated interest The frequency can be in terms of years Condition and Result A formula or calcualtion logic is built in the form of expressions where each expression consists of a Condition optional and a Result There is no limit to the number of expressions in a formula For each condition assign a unique sequence number formula number The conditions are evaluated based on this number To define a condition click on Condition in the screen above The following screen is displayed Condition Builder Fields Operator Condition Value Element Logical Op Mathematical Op Clear Condition In this screen you can use the elements operators and logical operators to build a condition 4 37 ORAC
173. e tente entretiens 3 33 3 7 DEFINING MEETING SCHEDULE tt consent seite oisi basse onset speso s reae d d Pe vae ee eie van tore 3 35 3 8 MAINTAINING DEMOGRAPHICS eter etate 3 39 3 8 1 Viewing Demographics Summary eese eene rennen nette 3 40 3 9 MAINTAINING CODES tesserae ttes eene ra been eE E Anena eE RA eben pase aea eese van estu 3 41 3 9 1 Viewing Type Code Summary aE 3 42 3 10 IMAINTAINING CHECKLISTS Aeee EOE EPEE 3 43 3 11 MAINTAINING TRAINING DETAILS eese nennen 3 44 3 11 1 Viewing Training Details Summary eese nennen nennen 3 46 Al PRODUC RB ise M 4 1 4 1 INTRODUCTION iei E RERO 4 1 42 SELING UPA PRODUCT 5 osa DR PRAE TERRE ERU 4 1 4 2 1 Specifying Basic Product Details icsi tete ettet tete stet oec cute 4 1 4 2 2 Defining Other Attributes for a Product eee eene nennen eene ee eene 4 3 ORACLE 6 4 2 3 se 4 4 4 2 4 4 5 4 2 5 Specifying Credit Score Details
174. e the charges that we would like to levy on an account we have to specify the basis on which we would like to apply charges The Charges tab is displayed where you can view modify the charges to be levied on the account 8 40 ORACLE 8 3 4 Micro Finance Account Detail E New Enter Query Product Product Description Product Category Application Number Main Preferences Components Component Name Calculation Type Formula With Schedule Component Currency Service Branch Service Account Settlement Currency Effective Date Details 1 Of 1 Event Code Amount Settled Branch Version Number Account User Reference Alternate Account Number User Defined Status Derived Status Linkage Details Advices Rollover Credit Score Fields Check List Funded During Initiation 10f1 Funded During Rollover Payment Mode Details Waive Due Date Amount Due Amount Waived Schedule Date Promotions OtherApplicants PaymentMode Details Assets Financials Internal Rate of Return Details MIS Events GeneralLedger Query Maker Id Date Time Authorized By Status Date Time Authorization Status You can capture the following details in this screen Amount Waived The amount displayed here is the amount that needs to be waived as the discount offered to the customer For more details on the field explanation of each tab refer section Creating a Microfinance Account in
175. e the individual entities under which the product should be reviewed To associate a group check the Link Group option If a group is linked the entities defined for the group will be displayed Only the Transaction MIS Code will be applicable to a product The specific MIS entity in the form of an MIS Code will be picked up by default only if you have defined them for the group If not you have to indicate the appropriate MIS code for each applicable MIS class 4 82 ORACLE 5 1 5 2 5 Account Creation Introduction Microfinance Loan Accounts in the Micro Finance module represent the receivable accounts that you create while disbursing a loan These accounts derive their feature from the Microfinance Loan Product Microfinance Loan Accounts are mapped to the Asset GL through the accounting Role MICROFINANCE LOAN ACCOUNT This role has to be mapped to the respective Asset GL of the Bank You can override some product features at the account level The system allows you to do the following actions on the Microfinance Loan accounts e Account Main Details Maintenance Light Loans e Liability details and UDE Values Maintenance e Account Preferences Defaults e Account Component schedules e Charges Maintenance and Settlement details e Linkages Information e Events Events Due and Events Overdue Creating a Loan Account You can capture the Customer Currency and Amount Financed and create a Light Loan This is a default Loan
176. ecified here the system sets the EMI for the customer to the Maximum EMI amount Base End Date Specify the date beyond which the EMI Change EMIC will not be processed Alternatively you can also select the date from the calendar button Collateral Taken Over This check box is checked if the collateral linked is been taken over Click Takeover Details button to view details of the takeover You can view the following details in this screen e Collateral Code The system displays the collateral code e Amount Settled The system displays the amount settled e Date of Take Over The system displays the taken over date e Branch Code The system displays the branch code e Account Number The system displays the account number e Taken over reference The system displays the taken over reference number e Event Sequence Number The system displays the event sequence number of MLIQ event fired during takeover process Effective Date This field is used to capture the date from which the 96 interest split among co applicants of the loan will be taken into consideration During the initiation of the loan the value date of the loan will be defaulted as the effective date During VAMI the same effective date will be retained you can however edit it The effective date cannot be a date prior to the loan initiation date It is also necessary that there is one record for the initiation date The effective date for all the
177. ecifying the Bulk Entity details and date click the Populate Due button Payment Details and Component Details options are enabled to list all active microfinance accounts linked to the L C selected and the component wise amount due respectively After providing the bulk payment amount click Allocate button to display the payment details and component wise details with all the applicable accounts including the total amount due and total amount allocated against each as per the bulk payment preference maintenance Payment Details Specify the following details Account Number Specify the account number The applicable microfinance accounts under payment details with total amount due and amount allocated against under bulk payment preference are displayed Payment Mode Select the payment mode from the drop down list This list displays the following values e AccountCash Teller e Clearing e Instrument e Electronic Pay Order e Credit Card e Debit Card e External Account Details e Internal Cheque Settlement Currency Specify a valid settlement currency in which payment is to be made This adjoining options list contains all the valid settlement currencies maintained in the system You can choose the appropriate one Amount Settled Specify the amount settled The total amount due and allocated against each microfinance account is displayed based on the clicking of the Allocate button these can be however changed Lo
178. ect elements for which you can capture the values You have to specify a unique ID to identify the UDE in the system For instance you can have a UDE SUBSIDY RATE to indicate the rate to be used for calculating the subsidy interest amount The UDE maintained here will be available for defining product rules You can also provide a brief description of the UDE being defined UDE Type UDE Type will describe the nature of the UDE An UDE can fall into one the following types e Amount e Number e Rate 4 4 ORACLE 4 2 4 e Rate Code UDE Currency If the UDE type is Amount you should specify the currency of the UDE The currencies maintained in the Currency Definition screen are available in the option list provided You can select a currency from this list Minimum UDE Value You need to specify the floor limit for the UDE value This means that the actual UDE value cannot be less than the rate specified here Note that this amount has to be less than the maximum UDE value The system will throw an error message if the minimum UDE value is greater than the maximum UDE value Maximum UDE Value You need to specify the ceiling limit for the UDE value This means that the actual UDE value cannot be greater than the rate specified here Note that this amount has to be greater than the minimum UDE value The system will throw an error message if this value is less than the minimum UDE value The UDE names alone are capture
179. ective date Once you have entered the new effective date click P button The system will default the latest UDE values maintained for the account However you may delete or modify the default UDE values If you click the P button after making some changes to the UDE values the system will ignore your changes and default the UDE values from the product again 8 27 ORACLE 8 3 1 Amount Waived Specify the amount which can be provided as the discount to the customer This will be waived from the charge computed This amount cannot be greater than the charge amount Maturity Date You can modify the maturity date and enter the new maturity date for the retail lending account Once you change the maturity date and click E button next to maturity date field The system updates the schedule date for the bullet schedule based on the new maturity date After the change in the maturity date if the incremental tenor matches the frequency of the last schedule in all the components then the system will generate the remaining schedules based on the new maturity date If the change in maturity date is not in multiples of the last defined frequency then the system will update the bullet schedule only The other schedules will not change However you can change the schedules from the Schedule Definition frame of the Components tab of this screen You need to click Edit Schedules and Explode Schedules bu
180. ed and Principal Outstanding Amount is greater than the Linked Amount maintained at collateral linkage details level If the sum is greater then the system tracks the remaining amount against the liability ID of the customer automatically e lf the Liability ID does not have sufficient available balance then the system displays the override message as The liability does not have enough available balance Do you want to continue e f you de link the attached commitment and link the new commitment then the system displays the error message as Account is already Linked Cannot Delete While deleting an account amendment the system re instates the collateral if it is utilized by the account and closes the collateral created new automatically If the linked reference number is not utilized you can delete the linkage details and modify the linked amount and linked percentage For more details and the field explanation of each tab refer to the section Creating a Loan Account in Account Creation chapter of this User Manual 8 42 ORACLE 8 3 5 VAMI Simulation Value Dated Amendment simulation calculation function is used to get the details of the VAMI charge before applying the same You can invoke this screen by typing CLDSIMVD in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking on the adjoining arrow button The Value Dated Amendment Simulation screen is similar to Amendments screen
181. ed on the Value Date of the account For instance if an account is created on 15 Sept and the schedule frequency is Monthly then the schedule due date would be 15 October 15 Nov and so on For a component you can define schedules based on both value date and calendar date Frequency Unit Here you have to capture the unit to define the schedule The unit can have the following values e Daily e Weekly e Monthly e Quarterly e Half Yearly e Yearly e Bullet If the schedule unit is Weekly you should also capture the Start Day Similarly for units Quarterly Half Yearly and Yearly you should also specify the Start Month Frequency This is used in combination with Unit explained above to define non standard frequencies For instance a Monthly unit and frequency 2 implies that the schedule is bi monthly occurring every two months Start Day If the schedule unit is Weekly you should specify the start day to initiate the schedule The drop down box lists the days of the week Start Month This is applicable if the schedule unit is one of the following e Quarterly 4 34 ORACLE e Half Yearly e Yearly The drop down box lists the months in a year Start Date Here you can specify a value between 1 and 31 This is applicable if the schedule unit is Monthly Due On You can use this to define a schedule on a particular date of the month A value between 1
182. ediary Liquidation based on the product event class maintenance It provides basic information about the Intermediary and charge collected because of pre payment and late payment by the customer Advice Name Description Format Name IN_INTER_DR Intermediary Debit INTER_DR_ADV 11 6 ORACLE IMST This event is triggered as per the statement frequency maintained at the Intermediary Level It provides basic information about the Intermediary and the corresponding commission charge settlements Advice Name Description Format Name IN_INTER_STMT Intermediary Statement IN_INTER_STMT ALIQ and MLIQ Depending on the mode of liquidation opted for whether automatic or manual the appropriate event is triggered A batch process will be triggered at EOD for payments that are marked for auto liquidation ALIQ Advice Name Description Format Name DR_ADV Debit Advice CL_DR_ADV DELINQYADV Del inquency Advice CL_DELQ_ADV MLIQ Advice Name Description Format Name BILNOTC Billing Advice CL_BILL_ADVC DELINQYADV Delinquency Advice CL_DELQ_ADV PAYMENT_ADVICE Payment Advice CL_PMT_ADV The accounting entries for these events will be as follows Principal Repayment Accounting Role Amount Tag Dr Cr DR_SETTLEMENT_BRG PRINCIPAL_LIQD Dr LOAN_AC PRINCIPAL_LIQD Cr ORACLE
183. edule Report Account Number Account Number LBL_VALDATRANGE From Date To Date ReportFormat PDF Printer At Client x Report Output Print Printer az You can enter the following details in this screen Account Number You have to indicate the account number type The available options are e Specific If you choose this option you are allowed select value from the option list e All If you choose this option all the values get selected 7 9 ORACLE In case of Specific option if you do not select any value from the option list and in case of All option if you select any of the value from the option list In both the cases the system will through an error once you click OK button Account Number Specify the account number The option list displays all valid account numbers maintained in the system Choose the appropriate one 7 1 5 1 Specifying Value Date Range Details From Date Specify from date To Date Specify to date Set the filters and click OK button to generate the report To cancel the operation click on Exit button 7 10 ORACLE B http ddhp0555 8001 FCJNeoWeb Reports BIP ENG CHO MFRSCHDT 00001670 pdf Microsoft Internet Explorer DER Fie Edit GoTo Favorites Help Back ix C Search S Favorites 2 8 0 Mcafee 58 6 Client Loan Repayment Schedule Report Branch CHO Branch Date 30 NOV 2007 User
184. eference Number This is auto generated and used as a reference to identify the transaction in the system Click Populate button The system will now list all the active savings accounts for each customer related to the selected Group Center under Account Details Transaction Code The system defaults the transaction code from the MFi Branch Parameters maintenance screen Offset GL The system defaults the Offset GL to which the deposit withdrawal entries should be offset from the MFi Branch Parameters maintenance screen Account Details Group Code The system displays the group code of the member Branch Code The system displays the branch code of the account Account No The system displays the account number of each member coming under the selected Group Center Currency The system displays the currency in which the account is operated Transaction Type Select the transaction type from the adjoining drop down list The available options are e Deposit e Withdrawal Amount Specify the deposit withdrawal amount 6 4 14 Viewing Bulk Deposit Withdrawal Summary 6 12 ORACLE You can view a summary of all bulk deposit withdrawal transactions performed on savings accounts using the Bulk Savings Deposit Withdrawal Summary screen You can invoke this screen by typing MFSBLKSA in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking the adjoining arrow button M
185. efined fields for the product by clicking the Fields button in the CL Payments screen The screen is displayed below 8 11 ORACLE CL Payments Character Fields 1 Of 1 m Field Name Field Value Number Fields 1 0f 1 7 Field Name 1 0f 1 Field Value Field Name Field Value o 8 2 5 Checklist Details Click the Check List button to maintain the check lists and remarks for the product The screen is displayed below Check List Check List 101 Description 1 Remark 2 Remark 3 Remark 4 Remark 5 Remark 6 Remark 7 Remark 8 Remark 9 Remark 10 8 2 6 Linkage Details Click the Linkage Details button to maintain the linkage details and remarks for the product The screen is displayed below Linkages Collateral Linkage Details 101 F Linkage Type Linked Reference No Description Linkage Branch Linkage Currency Overall Amount Collateral C You can maintain the following parameters here Re instatement Order no Specify a valid order in which you need to re instate the linkage linked to the account The system re instates the linkage in an ascending order Auto Close Collateral Check this box if you need to auto close collateral during partial payment only if the partial payment is equal to the linked amount of the collateral If
186. el Suppress This field allows the user to suppress the generation of the advice for a particular event The options are Yes or No Priority Click the option list to select the priority of generation A list of values is displayed Double click on a value to select it The options are High Medium or Low 5 47 ORACLE 5 2 6 1 Supplier Advices across the Account The generation of an advice across the life of the account can be suppressed Message Type Click the option list to select the type of advice the generation of which can be suppressed across the account A list of values is displayed Double click on a value to select it The list includes advices defined at the product level You can suppress the Payment Message defaulted in case you do not need a credit through swift message The message is automatically suppressed if the Principal Credit Settlement account is changed to a GL or if the receiver in Swift Msg Details screen is not valid to receive the message i e if the Customer Type of the Receiver party is not a Bank Also if the settlement mode for PRINCIPAL component is anything other than CASA the swift message is automatically suppressed If the Transfer Type is chosen as blank i e neither Customer Transfer nor Bank Transfer then PAYMENT_MESSAGE will become CREDIT_ADVICE by Swift MT910 if the Receiver is a bank and the credit settlement account is a current account 5 48 ORACLE 5 2 7 Rollover Tab
187. em 5 37 ORACLE Customer Once you choose the account number the customer id gets defaulted It is mandatory to re enter the split settlement details during VAMI if there is a change in the disbursement schedule For the disbursed schedules the split settlement amendment would be ignored during VAMI During BOD the system checks the MF split settlement details before taking the Credit Settlement details of the principal component The credit settlement details of the principal component Service account would be considered only in the absence of split settlement details for that particular schedule 5 2 3 5 Viewing Disbursals Select the Principal Component Click Disbursals to see the Disbursal schedule This gives the list of Schedules for the disbursements and their corresponding Disbursement amounts Disbursals Disbursals 1 Of 1 Schedule Date Total Disbursement Amt AmountToDisburse Already Disbursed Amt Split Details 101 E Split Sequence No Settlement Currency SplitPercentage SplitAmount PaymentMode SettlementBranch Setti You can check the details of the due date of the schedule and the Amount to be disbursed from the Schedule Due date field and the field respectively If any disbursal results in a status change for the account the system will update the current status for the account in the Derived Status field During end of day batch processing it
188. enerated package Apart from Z INTRMDT the system will not allow you to define a UDE that starts with Z Oracle FLEXCUBE uses the following formats to display the derived interest rate Formats CL AMD ADV CL LOAN DETAIL CL CONTR STMT CL UDE ADVC CL RTCH ADV 4 38 ORACLE 4 2 6 1 Booked Formula Booked Formula refers to the formula used to compute a component value for a particular schedule You can use intermediate formulae to create a Booked formula To create the formula click Book in the Component sub screen of the screen The following screen is displayed Book Formula JAmortized Amortization Basis Element Principal Formula Name _FRM_1 Compound Days Round Up Down decimal Compound Months Rounding Factor decimal Compound Years Due Date On Start Month Result Condition Form Type AMORT_RED DAY 2 B The SDEs available will be shown in the Condition Builder You can use the relevant ones to build the formula For instance you need to use the SDE TOTAL SCHODUE in the formula to compute schedule amount for subsidy loan products The Booked formula so created will be linked to a schedule These are some of the examples of the formulae generated by the system on its own by choosing the formula type and the basis elements Si
189. ent Details 10f1 RD Account No Maturity Date Payment Currency Installment Amount Product Code Payment Branch bail bail r Payments Against Rd Account Populate Payment Details 10tf1 v Due Date Payment Amount Payment Date Due Days V Date Time Mod No Checker Date Time Record Status Authorization Status You can capture the following details here 6 14 ORACLE Branch Code Specify a valid code of the branch under which the center group for which you wish to capture bulk RD details is listed The adjoining option list displays all valid branch codes maintained in the system You can select the appropriate one MFI Level Select the microfinance level for which you wish to capture the RD payment details in bulk from the adjoining drop down list The available options are e Center e Group Center Group Code Specify a valid code of the Center Group against which you wish to capture the RD payment details The adjoining option list displays all valid Center Group codes maintained in the system You can select the appropriate one Bulk Reference Number This is used as a reference to identify the transaction in the system and is generated automatically upon saving the record Transaction Date Specify the date of transaction Click Populate button The system will now list all the active RD accounts for
190. ent Type Document Reference Remarks Upload ADORESSPROOF 28 BANKSTATEMENT a8 eB E Document Upload Document Path D FCUBS12 Accessibility Browse the Document Upload sub screen specify the corresponding document path and click the Submit button Once the document is uploaded through the upload button the system displays the document reference number View Click View to view the document uploaded 5 2 21 Maintaining SWIFT Message Details You can capture the SWIFT related details in this screen You can invoke this screen by clicking the SWIFT Message Details button in the Account Details screen E SWIFT Message Details Account Branch Code Beneficiary Institution Sender To Receiver Information Message Details fi FICover Required Beneficiary Institution Senderto Receiver Information Payment Details Payment Details 010000 o harge Details Ordering Institution Ordering Customer fi 9 99 9 Account Currency Ordering Institution Ordering Customer Our Correspondent Receiver Transfer Type Remitter All Charges Charges Charges ORemitter 1 intermediary Reimbursement Institution Ultimate Beneficiary Beneficiary Institution for Cover fi 0 0 0 Intermediary Institution Ultimate Beneficiary Beneficiary Institution Recei
191. eparate GL This income is the interest which you pay to the customer who has a microfinance account On the interest posting date a transaction occurs to move the receivable and the income from one GL to another This transaction distinguishes between receivables from the income which is due and not due Also this interest posting is applicable for the main interest component only The INTP event runs at the BOD for a loan product against which it has been defined The following points are noteworthy 10 6 ORACLE e You pick the INTP event during the loan product definition and maintain the accounting entries against this event To recall you need to click on the Events tab in the Consumer Lending Product screen where you specify the various events which need to be run Atthe time of microfinance account creation Oracle FLEXCUBE populates the events diary with one record of the INTP event for each schedule due date This has the status as Unprocessed This is done for the main interest component schedule only e The system also creates a record for the end of each calendar quarter during the moratorium period in the case of amortized loan products e Any rebuilding of repayment schedules results in the rebuilding of records in the events diary e The batch process picks up all the unprocessed INTP records from the events diary having the execution date on or before the current application date The process i
192. er Customer Name The system displays the customer name corresponding to the selected customer ID Viewing Account Officer Summary You can view a summary of MF customers linked to account officers using the Account Officer Summary screen You can invoke this screen by typing MFSACCOF in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking the adjoining arrow button 5 78 ORACLE Account Officer Maintenance E gt search Ct Advanced Search 49 Reset Y Clear All Case Sensitive Authorization Status Record Status Account Officer zz Account Officer Name zz Records per page 15 x 10f1 Authorization Status Record Status Account Officer Account Officer Name Ooo ARE ee So You can query on records based on any or all of the following criteria e Authorization Status e Account Officer e Record Status e Account Officer Name Click Search button The system identifies all records satisfying the specified criteria and displays the following details for each one of them e Authorization Status e Record Status e Account Officer e Account Officer Name 5 79 ORACLE 6 1 6 2 6 Bulk Operations Introduction This chapter gives an account of various bulk operations that can be performed on microfinance accounts The prominent operations include bulk payment against loans capturing deposit withdrawal RD payment and manual disbursement details Collect
193. er Date Time Wisutnorized You can capture the following details here Branch Code The system displays the current branch code MFI Level Select the microfinance level for which you wish to capture the loan payment details in bulk from the adjoining drop down list The available options are e Center e Group Center Group Code Specify a valid ID of the Center Group against which you wish to capture the payment details in bulk The adjoining option list displays all valid Center Group codes maintained in the system You can select the appropriate one 6 5 ORACLE Bulk Reference Number This is auto generated and used as a reference to identify the transaction in the system Date The system displays the date on which the bulk payment details are being captured You can change the date if required Click Populate Due button The system will now list all the active accounts for each customer coming under the selected Center Group code Payment Details Here you can capture the payment details for each customer Account Number The system displays the loan account number Payment Mode Select the mode of payment from the adjoining drop down list The available options are e CASA e Cash Teller e Clearing e Instrument e External Pay Order e Credit Card e Debit Card e External Account Details e Internal Cheque Settlement Currency Specify a valid currency in which the settlement is being made The adjoining opt
194. es at an installment level Policies are user defined validations that are fired when an event is triggered To link a policy click Policies in the Component Installment Status screen the following screen is displayed 4 44 ORACLE Policies Policies 1 Of 1 Policy Code Execution Type P Specify the following in this screen Policy Code The Standard Policies defined through the Policy Maintenance screen and the Policies associated with the product category are available in the option list provided Policies are used to handle special validations and operations on a loan Execution Type You can associate a policy at one of the following points in time in a loan event lifecycle e Before Event e After Event e Both The policy is executed appropriately For details on maintaining policy details refer the section titled Maintaining User Defined Policies in the Maintenances and Operations chapter of this User Manual 4 45 ORACLE 4 2 6 5 Processing at Installment Level 4 2 7 At the installment level if there is a change in the installment status Oracle FLEXCUBE will first check if accrual is required for the installment components When the accrual frequency for a component is not Daily Oracle FLEXCUBE will validate if the installment status changes before accrual execution date If it changes Oracle FLEXCUBE will trigger catchup accrual for the compo
195. essage Type System automatically supresses the payment message under the following conditions e Ifthe Principal Credit Settlement account is changed to a GL or if the receiver in Swift Msg Details tab is not valid to receive the message i e if the Customer Type of the Receiver party is not a Bank e If the settlement mode for PRINCIPAL component is changed to anything other than CASA If the Transfer Type is chosen as blank i e neither Customer Transfer nor Bank Transfer and if the Receiver is a bank and the credit settlement account is a current account then the PAYMENT MESSAGE becomes CREDIT ADVICE by Swift MT910 9 2 4 Viewing the Swift Message Details The swift message details are picked up from the Settlement Instructions maintenance and are displayed in the Swift screen To invoke this screen click Swift button on the Manual Disbursement screen a ORACLE 9 3 E SWIFT Message Details harge Details Sender to Receiver Information Message Details Transfertype sd Sender to Receiver cover Required Remitter All Charges Charges Information Charges ORemitter 1 Payment Details Payment Details Our Correspondent Receiver Beneficiary Institution Ordering Institution Ordering Customer Beneficiary Institution Ordering Institution Ordering Customer intermediary Institution Ultimate Beneficiary Beneficiary Institution For Cover Intermediary Institution Ultimate Beneficiary Benefi
196. f a moratorium schedule and a normal schedule The moratorium schedule if defined for a component should necessarily be the first schedule You cannot have moratorium schedules in between normal schedules Type This is the kind of schedule you want to define The options are e Payment This is used to define a repayment schedule You can capitalize a payment schedule If the Capitalized option under Component Definition is checked the Capitalized option at the schedule level will also be checked for payment schedules You can however uncheck check this option for a schedule e Disbursement You can maintain a disbursement schedule for loan disbursal if the Disbursement Mode is automatic this is maintained on the Preferences sub screen For auto disbursement you have to maintain at least one disbursement schedule 4 33 ORACLE e Rate Revision schedules This will capture the schedule at which the rates applicable to the component should be revised Start Reference This is used to capture the reference to arrive at the due date of the schedule The options are e Calendar If you select this option you should also specify the Start Date for the schedule For example if an account is created on 15 Sept with a Monthly schedule frequency and the Start Date is 1 then the schedule due dates would be 1 Oct 1 Nov and so on e Value Date If you select value date the schedule due dates will be bas
197. f the Payment By is Message then the settlement mode is defaulted to CASA and the settlement account branch and currency are defaulted from the Settlement Instructions maintenance Product Code The product code is displayed in this field Product Description The description of the product is displayed in this field Customer ID The customer identification is displayed in this field Customer Name The customer name of the corresponding customer ID is displayed in this field Disbursement Details Currency The currency is defaulted in this field Value Date This is the date when the credit entry for the disbursement amount is posted to the Cr Settlement Bridge The current system date is displayed here Execution Date This is the date on which the disbursement is booked in the system The current system date is displayed here You may change the date to a date in the future before the maturity date of the loan Remarks Capture any additional information about the disbursements if required Total Amount This displays the sum total of the amount disbursed across the various settlement modes It gets incremented by the amount settled Te ORACLE Reference Number This is auto generated and used as a reference to identify the transaction in the system Amount Financed Specify the amount financed Amount Disbursed Specify the amount disbursed The following disbursement details have to be captured in t
198. fective after authorization of the operation e For addition of new status modification or deletion of existing status modification or deletion of status rules at the product level system shall read the product level liquidation order unless the liquidation order for the same status is maintained at the account e The system shall void all the account level liquidation preferences when there is a rollover of the account from one product to other and after that you need to maintain any change in the liquidation order manually e The operations of account which this shall be applicable are account creation account simulation inactive accounts value dated amendment rollover inactive rollover renegotiation and reassignment 5 2 23 Capturing Asset Details You can capture the details corresponding to the collateral being provided for the current loan in the Assets screen To invoke this screen click Assets button in the Account Details screen Valuations Tab You can capture valuation details of the asset in this tab Asset Branch Account Be EIE Vehicle Home Others Mortgage Asset Value 10f1 Value Date Source Supplement Edition Wholesale Retail Usage UsageValue Total Transaction Value Here you can specify the following details related to your assets like vehicle home etc Assets Select the type of asset from the drop down list The following values are provided for
199. field Alternate Account Number Specify the alternate account number in this field It can be an account number in the existing system from which the account has migrated to Oracle FLEXCUBE Version Number The system displays the current Version Number of the account A new version number is created when changes like Roll over Amendment are made to a loan This is displayed in the top right corner of the Account Details screen User Reference Number A 16 digit User Reference Number is autogenerated and displayed here if the Auto Generate User Ref No option is checked in the Branch Parameters The format of the user reference number is BranchCode ProductCode Sequence number You are allowed to modify the auto generated User Ref No If the Auto Generate User Ref No in Branch Parameters is not checked then the User Ref No will be blank by default and you have to specify it manually Validations are done by the system not to save the account if an unsuppressed payment message is present which has the User Ref No as blank User Defined Status After you enter the account number the system displays the status of the account in this field This is based on the products status maintenance rules If you have opted for status processing at the Group CIF level as part of your branch preferences the system defaults the value of CIF status as available in the Customer Maintenance screen This status is the wors
200. g Loan Arrears Report screen You can invoke this screen by typing MFRARRNT the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking on the adjoining arrow button Loan Arrears Report Group Specific 9 All Group Client CO Specific Client LBL_VALDATRANGE From Date To Date Report Format Printer At Client Report Output Printer az You can enter the following details in this screen Group You have to indicate the group type The available options are e Specific If you choose this option you are allowed select value from the option list e All If you choose this option all the values get selected 7 14 ORACLE 7 1 7 1 In case of Specific option if you do not select any value from the option list and in case of All option if you select any of the value from the option list In both the cases the system will through an error once you click OK button Client You have to indicate the client type The available options are e Specific If you choose this option you are allowed select value from the option list e All If you choose this option all the values get selected o In case of Specific option if you do not select any value from the option list and in case of Al option if you select any of the value from the option list In both the cases the system will through an error once you click OK button Group Spe
201. ge should always be greater than the value date of the contract During value dated amendments it is possible to change the EMI amount of the customer from the new Effective Date However the Effective Date should be greater than the VAMI effective date o is mandatory to specify either Change EMI Percent or Change EMI Amount along with the Effective Date 5 2 2 Preferences Tab 5 11 ORACLE Micro Finance Account Detail Fl save lt i Hold Product Product Description Product Category Application Number Branch Account Alternate Account Number Components Charges Linkage Details Advices Rollover Credit Score Fields Check List Minimum Amount Due Calculation Method Rate Change Action Loan Statements 7ICheque Book Facility Passbook Facility ATM Debit Card 7lLiquidate Back Valued Schedules Allow Bulk Payment Amend Past Paid Schedules Project Account Change Installment Edit Holiday Periods Maximum Renegotiations Renegotiation No Bill Details Trade Reference Bill Due Amount Amount Available UDE Rate Plan 10f1 Start Date End Date Loan Settlement Notice IStop Disbursement MRecalculate Annuity On Disbursement Packing Credit Use Guarantor for Repayment Loan Statement Required For Loan Against Salary Notary Pre Confirmed Version Number User
202. gerous applications including applications that may create a risk of personal injury If you use this software or hardware in dangerous applications then you shall be responsible to take all appropriate failsafe backup redundancy and other measures to ensure its safe use Oracle Corporation and its affiliates disclaim any liability for any damages caused by use of this software or hardware in dangerous applications This software and related documentation are provided under a license agreement containing restrictions on use and disclosure and are protected by intellectual property laws Except as expressly permitted in your license agreement or allowed by law you may not use copy reproduce translate broadcast modify license transmit distribute exhibit perform publish or display any part in any form or by any means Reverse engineering disassembly or decompilation of this software unless required by law for interoperability is prohibited The information contained herein is subject to change without notice and is not warranted to be error free If you find any errors please report them to us in writing This software or hardware and documentation may provide access to or information on content products and services from third parties Oracle Corporation and its affiliates are not responsible for and expressly disclaim all warranties of any kind with respect to third party content products and services Oracle Corporation and its aff
203. he Disbursement Details section of the screen Reversed When you reverse a manual disbursement the system automatically checks this option to denote that the particular settlement mode has been reversed For reversing a disbursal a different event REVD Reverse Disbursement is triggered Settlement Mode You can make disbursements either through a single mode or by using multiple modes of settlement depending on the customer s requirement The settlement details that need to be captured depend on the mode you select The list of modes and the applicable settlement details are given below e CASA e Settlement Branch e Settlement Account e Clearing e Upload Source e Instrument Number e Clearing Product e End Point e Routing Number e Clearing Bank e Clearing Branch e Sector Code e External Account a ORACLE e Upload Source e Product Category e Clearing Bank Code e Clearing Branch Code e External Account Name e External Account Number e Instrument e Instrument Number e Settlement Branch e Settlement Account e Cash Teller e Upload Source e Settlement Product Atleast one mode is mandatory to make a disbursement Settlement Currency After specifying the settlement mode for the disbursement select the currency in which the disbursement is to be made The currencies allowed for the branch are available in the option list provided Settlement Amount Here you have to capture the disbursement
204. he Liability Split 96 This will include the overdue amount if any e Allocate the excess amount of each member to his loans with the earliest unpaid schedule first e The due date of the schedule will be considered by the allocation batch for allocating the payments The batch will ensure that the available amount is used to make advance payment for the immediate next component due before considering the next e While allocating the amount for the next schedule the available amount will be available amount minus the amount already allocated against the previous schedule e With this info MF payment will be triggered for each microfinance account This will be an advance payment not Pre payment for an aggregate amount and will be initiated according to the liquidation order maintained for the components e On successful payment process status will be changed to P for all the records with this Microfinance account number e Status will be changed to E in case of any error during the payment As per the current functionality the error details will be available in the exception table e After correcting the errors you can re initiate the process which will exclude the already processed microfinance accounts e Further generation of Payment advice will derive the amount after considering the amount paid through this batch process 10 2 5 Interest Posting INTP Event You need to make a provision to post an income into a s
205. he Maximum Loan Amount with respect to the loan currency You can save the record only upon satisfying the above criteria Rate Plan Change Frequency You can change the rate plan frequency of a loan account in the Preferences sub screen Tenor Specify the amount of time to be given to the customer for rate change plan option 4 10 ORACLE Unit Select the unit for the specified tenor from the drop down list The following options are available for selection e Monthly e Yearly Rate Plan Window Tenor Specify the amount of time that the customer can take to decide on the rate plan and intimate the bank about the decision Unit Select the unit for the rate plan tenor from the drop down list The following options are available for selection e Monthly e Yearly MFi Preferences Default from Meeting Schedule Check this box to indicate that the contract inherits all the schedules maintained at the Meeting Schedule Definition screen During End of Day EOD VAMI is triggered automatically only if Cascade Change to loans and deposits is enabled at Meeting Schedule Definition screen and if Default from meeting schedule is enabled at product level Revolving Loan The following options are available to specify a revolving loan Revolving Type Check this box to facilitate the reset of credit for loans availed under this category as and when payment is received Open Line Loans Check t
206. he Settlement Amount by the total tax amount applicable During ALIQ event the amount available in the customer s settlement account is taken up as the basis for allocation In case the settlement account does not have full funds the amount present is taken up as customer portion and the relevant tax portion is added up on top of that The amount tag which is used to pass accounting entries corresponding to the tax portion for MLIQ and ALIQ events is lt Component name gt _WHLD For eg MAIN_INT_WHLD Settlement Details Depending upon the mode of payment the following settlement details are captured For CASA e Settlement Branch e Settlement Account For Credit Card and Debit Card e Card No For Clearing e Upload Source e Instrument Number e Clearing Product e End Point e Routing Number e Clearing Bank e Clearing Branch e Sector Code 8 6 ORACLE For External Account e Upload Source e PC Category e Clearing Bank e Clearing Branch e External Account Name e External Account Number For Electronic Pay Order e Upload Source e PC Category e Clearing Bank e Clearing Branch e External Account Name e External Account Number For Internal Check Instrument Number Settlement Branch Settlement Account For Instrument Instrument Number Settlement Branch Settlement Account For Cash Teller Upload Source e Settlement Product On saving a manual
207. he account numbers of your branch to be a combination of e Branch Code 3 Characters e Product 4 Characters e Currency 3 Character currency code 5digit running sequence number The account mask in this case would be BRN PROD CCY SEQ 5 An example of an account number conforming to the above mask would be DOCSROLUSD60021 If you opt for auto generation of account numbers but do not specify a mask the generated number will by default conform to the following format e character Branch Code e 4 character Product Code e Date in Julian format YYDDD e 4 digit running sequence number An example of an account conforming to the above format is DOCVSIM040960021 where e DOC is the Branch Code e VSIM is the Product Code e 04096 is the date equivalent to 5 April 2004 04 Year and 096 is the number of days that have elapsed in the year e 0021 is the running sequence number Also if you maintain an account mask but do not opt to auto generate the account numbers then during account capture you have to conform to the account mask maintained for the branch If the account is not as per the mask the following error message is displayed Account number entered is not conforming to the account mask 8 5 ORACLE 3 2 1 3 3 User Reference User Reference number in Msgs Check this box to indicate that the User Reference Number provided in the account screen has to be used i
208. help the underprivileged become financially stable at the same time ensuring that financial institutions continue to make profits Microfinance is the process of providing financial services such as loans savings etc at a micro level or small scale to individuals with little or no income A microfinance loan passes through various stages or events from the moment it is given till the time it is repaid The process begins with a loan application form in which the borrower is asked to furnish their details and the kind of facility requested The bank s loans or credit department appraises the application and takes a decision whether the applicant is eligible for the loan asked and whether loan can be extended to that customer The bank will apply its own parameters in arriving at this decision Assuming that the loan is sanctioned the bank gives a commitment and stipulates terms and conditions governing the same The bank may levy a processing charge at this stage The loan amount is then disbursed and credited to the settlement account of the borrower who draws the amount uses it for the purpose for which it was taken Interest accrues on the account which has to be serviced by the borrower besides repaying the principal amount as per the repayment schedule If the loan is not repaid or there is a delay the loan asset s status is changed to reflect its deterioration On the other hand if the microfinance account is conducted well it will close on the d
209. his box to indicate that the product type is Open Line Loans Open Line Loans should always be revolving type Open Line Loans product will support only Manual disbursement 4 11 ORACLE Credit Days The system will display the repayment date pay by date The repayment date pay by date should be X number of days after the billing date OLL account will arrive the pay by date based on the credit days entered here plus schedule due date You can calculate the minimum amount due based on the formula chosen maintained in the Product Maintenance 4 2 4 2 Account Preferences On the Product Preferences sub screen click Account Preferences tab to enter details of account preferences Preferences Product Code Rate Account Preferences Bess ndi icit Readjustment Entry Preferences Disbursement Mode 9 Adjust Manual Authorization Rekey Allow Rollover Rollover Rollover Type Roll By Custom Special User Defined Element Schedule Basis Product Contract Description Holiday Preferences Accrual Preference Frequency Handling of Foreclosure Acquisition Type Interest Preference Interest Only Period Unit Rate Change Action Rollover Components 101 F Component Change Installment Default Maximum Tenor Unit Account Opening Installment Calculation Type Account Open
210. hould identify all possible statuses that loans involving the product would move into By default the NORM Normal status is defined for the product You can select the relevant status codes from the option list provided The status codes defined through the Status Codes Maintenance screen with Status Type as Account is available in this list When you select a status the associated description is also displayed in the adjacent field Adversity Level This signifies the adversity level of the status The Status NORM has an adversity level of 1 and is the most favorable This is the default status for a loan Accrual Preference For a status you have to indicate the manner in which accounting entries should be posted when the loan moves to the status The options are e Stop Accrual accruals are frozen e Reverse Accrual accruals till date are reversed by transferring them to an expense GL e Continue Accrual accruals continue as in the previous status as per the Role to Head maintained for the status and as per the accounting entries defined After you specify the status codes applicable for the product you need to specify the manner in which the status movement should occur Compound on Status Change Check this box if you need to compound on status change 4 56 ORACLE Specifying Reverse Income Interest Details You can maintain reverse interest income details for MF product Click
211. ibutes for a Product After specifying the basic details of a product you can define the other finer attributes for a product in the appropriate sub screens provided From the Microfinance Product screen you can move to the sub screen of your choice to define these details Click on the buttons provided at the bottom of the screen for this purpose Each button is explained briefly in the table below Sub Screen Name Description User Data Elements To define the UDEs and Components relating to the product Preferences To indicate your preferences specific to the product Components To specify the component details schedule definition and formulae for the product Notices amp To specify details of account statements and notices Statements to be issued to customers These have to be generated for different events in the life cycle of a loan Role to Head To specify accounting roles and account heads for the product The concept of accounting roles and heads is explained later Account Status To indicate the status preferences for the product Events To specify events Branch Currency To define the branch and currency restrictions for the Restrictions product Customer Category To Define the Customer Category Restrictions and Restriction Customer Access Restrictions for the Product Fields To associate User Define Fields UDFs i e Character Fields Number Fields and Date Fiel
212. ice generation You can specify a definite format for advice generation The formats maintained through the Format File Maintenance are available in the option list Select the appropriate format from this list For a detailed list of Events Advices Accounting Roles and Amount Tags refer Annexure 1 of this User Manual 4 2 11 3 Defining User Defined Policies Policies are user defined validations that will be fired when any event is triggered These can even be policies which govern the firing of an event under certain conditions For example if an operation called payment is being done and the customer is paying an amount greater than his current overdue and one additional installment you can associate a policy to disallow the payment Therefore you have to associate policies to an event Click on Policies in the Events sub screen of the screen to define the policies that should be executed for an event Policies Policy Code Execution Type You can select the appropriate policy from the option list provided The policies defined in the User Policy screen are available in this list You should also specify the instance when the policy should be triggered for the event The options are e Before Event e After Event 4 75 ORACLE e Both 4 2 11 4 Associating Charges You can associate charges to an event Linking a charge to an event implies c
213. id MIV2 Date amp 21 APR 2010 17 36 01 cone Settlement Date GBILCTIUSPEXUT 7300016871 5 Xir2008 GBILCTi073340007 G81 75000 GBP 4 29 Nov 2008 02 Nov 2008 ci GBILCTIU334x07 E GBP 1 2 E 00 T 1 9 0 CORLCT1073380018_ COR _ 20000 GBP 4 03 Dec 2008 03 Jun 2008 I 3f Of 500 Se EEE COR 20000 E 1 2 E 000 500 0 CORLCT1073380018_ COR _ 20000 GBP 4 03 Dec 2007 03 70 2007 TST 5660 5000 CORLCT1073380018_ COR 20000 GBP 4 03 Ju 2008__ 03 Dec 2007 1 amp s ofj 50 073280018 20000 GRP 4 03 hun 2008 03 Dec 2007 1 1 0 so CORLCT1073380018 COR 20000 GBP TS 03 Dec 2008 03 Jun 2008 POT 500 CORICIIU3800S COR 20000 GRP T 4 3 hm 2007 rDecz 1 1 399 000_ CORLCT10733800018 COR _ 20000 GBP 1 4 03 Dec 2007 03 Jun 007 1i 1 5000 5000 CAICIPI034 00 CAI T0000 e 3 122m 95 Uim2xs T Too00 1999 CAICLPIU34 0008 CAI Too000 GRP 4 13 ran 2008 Um ws 9 T0000 1009 CAICLP1073490003 car 100000 GBPS 13 Jan 2008 02 Jan 2008 CAICLP1073490005 CAI 100000 GBP 4 02 Dec 2007 29 Nov 2007 2f 1f 10000 10000 CAICLPi073450008 CAI 100000 GRE __ 02 Dec 2007 35 Nov 2007 9 10000 100 1073490003 CAI 100000 GBP TS 02 Dec 2007 29 30 2007 3f 1f 10000 10000 calctpio7ss90003
214. ient which is a part of a group The system will validate this before processing If the meeting schedule falls on a holiday you can define whether to hold it on the same day or shift to the next working day This applies to all holidays declared by the HO and other offices Location Specify the location code of the meeting The adjoining option list displays all valid location codes maintained in the system You can choose the appropriate one Description Specify a brief description associated with the location 3 16 ORACLE VAMI Action Select the VAMI action on change in schedule from the adjoining drop down list The options available are e Change EMI e Existing EMI Start Date Specify the date on which the meeting schedule should begin by using the adjoining calendar Last Meeting Date The system displays the date based on the number of schedules and frequency selected Meeting Time You can specify the meeting time details as follows Generated Date The system displays the date based on the start date number of schedules and frequency selected Acutal Meeting Date Specify the latest meeting schedule date which is in effect by using the adjoining calendar Meeting Status Select the current status of the meeting from the adjoining drop down list The options available are e Pending e Processed Meeting Phase Specify the meeting phase The adjoining option list displays all valid meeting phases mainta
215. ient funds in the account you can instruct the system to perform partial auto liquidation to the extent of funds available in the account However if this option is not selected the schedule amount due will not be liquidated if sufficient funds are not available in the account Reset Retry Count for Reversed Auto Liquidation If you have maintained a limit on the number of retries for auto liquidation this option will reset the retries count to zero during reversal of auto liquidation This will be applicable from the date of reversal of payment Hence the system will once again attempt auto liquidation till the number of retries allowed The system will update the status of the reversed payment to Unprocessed after which it again attempts auto liquidation 4 7 ORACLE Retries Auto Liquidation Days Capture the number of working days for which the system should attempt auto liquidation The number of retries per day will depend on the configuration maintained for the Liquidation Batch Process during BOD EOD or both For instance if the batch is configured for both EOD and BOD and the number of retry days is 1 then auto liquidation is attempted twice on the same day i e once during BOD and another retry at EOD Retries for Advice Specify number of times you want to retry generation of advice The number of retries should be less than Retries Auto Liquidation Days When auto liquidation fails and advice retry co
216. if you maintain Monthly in the Unit field On Holiday Select the day on which meeting can be scheduled from the adjoining drop down list The options available are e Same Day e Next Working Day Individual meeting schedule cannot be maintained for a client which is a part of a group The system will validate this before processing If the meeting schedule falls on a holiday you can define whether to hold it on the same day or shift to the next working day This applies to all holidays declared by the HO and other offices Location Specify the location code of the meeting The adjoining option list displays all valid location codes maintained in the system You can choose the appropriate one Description Specify a brief description associated with the location VAMI Action Select the VAMI action on change in schedule from the adjoining drop down list The options available are e Change EMI e Existing EMI Start Date Specify the date on which the meeting schedule should begin by using the adjoining calendar Last Meeting Date The system displays the date based on the number of schedules and frequency selected Meeting Time You can specify the meeting time details as follows 3 37 ORACLE Generated Date The system displays the date based on the start date number of schedules and frequency selected Actual Meeting Date Specify the latest meeting schedule date which is in effect by using the adjo
217. iliates will not be responsible for any loss costs or damages incurred due to your access to or use of third party content products or services ORACLE Micro Finance Contents 1 ABOUT THIS MANUAL p 1 1 1 1 INTRODUCTION rr M 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 EE 1 1 IP GLOSSARY OF ICONS ES 1 1 1 2 1 ITI TBDUUIITI ER 1 2 2 MICROFINANCE AN OVERVIEW cssssssssssssssscsscssessssssnssscsnessssessssssenessssscesessssossssssessssnessosssssosees 2 1 2 1 INTRODUCTION P M T 2 1 2 1 1 Loan Origination or Application 2 1 2 1 2 Interface with other Modules O 2 3 KRBUEVRMUDP VIO D 3 1 3 1 INTRODUCTION ciencia overdue PII Ode ROI EHE UR 3 1 3 2 MAINTAINING BRANCH PARAMETERS eiie TEE EE EE easi tetas tein eniin ensi tas tenait 3 1 321 Capturing User Defined Field Details a a 3 6 3 3 MAINTAINING OFFICE T YPES TE ES ESEE OR REPORT RE RERO E EAE ERES 3 6 3 3 1 Viewing Office Type Summ ry aan EE ETENE E EN AE 3 7 SA CAPTURING CENTER DETAILS eei er eR ERE 3 8 3 4 1 Defining Center Details seii YE
218. ils refer the Making Manual Disbursements chapter of this User Manual Accrual Preference Frequency Specify the frequency at which IRR accrual should be performed This can be either Daily or Monthly Choose the appropriate option from the adjoining drop down list Handling of Foreclosure Specify how foreclosures in respect of the loan contracts under the product must be handled You can opt for complete accruals or refund Choose the appropriate option from the adjoining drop down list In case of pre closure of the loan prepayment of the total outstanding amount the fund interest will also get liquidated and thus the accrual entries will get reversed Acquisition Type Specify the acquisition type for the product You can specify any of the following options 4 13 ORACLE e e Par Discount e Par Premium e Par Discount Premium Tenor Preferences You can set the minimum and maximum tenor limits for a product You can also specify a standard or a default tenor Minimum Tenor You can fix the minimum tenor of a product The tenor of the loan account that involves the product should be greater than or equal to the Minimum tenor that you specify Maximum Tenor Likewise you can also specify the maximum tenor for a product The tenor of the loan accounts that involve the product should be less than or equal to the Maximum tenor that you specify Default Tenor The default tenor is the tenor that is
219. ined in the system You can choose the appropriate one Comments Specify the comments on the meeting Hours Select the hour of the meeting from the adjoining drop down list 3 17 ORACLE Minutes Select the minutes of the meeting from the adjoining drop down list Attendance Expected Specify the expected attendance on meeting The system will default this value as Group Strength for the group However you may modify it at the group level Attendance Specify the number of clients who attended the meeting 3 4 6 Viewing Group Click Groups button in the Microfinance Center Definition screen to invoke the Groups screen In this screen you can view current and old groups attached to the center E Groups Current Groups 1 Of 1 Go Group Code Member Since Old Groups 1 Of 1 Go Group Code Group Change Sequence Number Member Since Member Till Here you can view the following details 3 18 ORACLE 3 4 7 Current Groups Group ID The system displays the group ID associated with this center Member Since The system displays the date when the center was associated with this group Old Groups Group ID The system displays the group ID associated with this center Group Change Sequence Number The system displays the group change sequence number Member Since The system displays the date when the group was associated with this center Member Till The system displays
220. ined in the Currency Definition screen for the component currency will become applicable to the loan By default this option is checked Grace Days The grace days refer to the period after the repayment date within which the penalty interest if one has been defined for the product will not be applied even if the repayment is made after the due date This period is defined as a specific number of days and will begin from the date the repayment becomes due However if the customer fails to repay even within the grace period penalty will be applied and calculated from the repayment due date However in case a penalty charge is defined for a penal basis component under a microfinance product the Grace Days is defined as part of itself The schedule due date for the penalty charge is then computed by adding the Grace Days to the corresponding schedule due date of the penal basis component IRR Applicable Check this option to indicate that the chosen component needs to be considered for Internal Rate of Return IRR calculation This option is applicable to interest charge adhoc charge prepayment penalty penalty and upfront fee components This option should not be checked for Commitment products If a charge component is to be considered for IRR the charge will be accrued using the FACR Upfront Fee Accrual batch 4 31 ORACLE The following components cannot be considered for IRR calculation e Off balance sheet com
221. ing Installment Calculation Type C 1 Advance Recomputation of Amortization Loan at Amendments Change Tenor Value Dated Amendment Action Value Dated Amendment Installment Calculation Type Prepayment of Loan Recomputation Basis Prepay Equated Monthly Installment Type Minimum Equated Monthly Installment Currency Minimum Equated Monthly Installment Amount As part of specifying the account preferences you can indicate the following 4 12 ORACLE Readjustment Entry Preferences You have to specify the manner in which adjustment entries passed due to back dated adjustments should be handled The options are e Settlement This means that the adjustment is settled directly e Adjust In this case the entries are tracked as a receivable Cr or a payable Dr to be settled later The following options are available to make a disbursement e Auto Choose this option to instruct the system for automatic disbursal of loan In this case disbursement happens based on the disbursement schedule maintained for the product This is defined in the Components sub screen By default the system does an auto disbursal e Manual Choose this option to manually disburse the loan Here disbursement happens on demand In this case disbursement schedules need not be maintained for the PRINCIPAL component The Manual Disbursement screen is used for this purpose For deta
222. ing maintenance The adjoining option list maintains all valid banks maintained in the system You can choose the appropriate one Clearing Branch Code Specify the branch code of the specified external bank that should be used for clearing The adjoining option list displays all valid codes maintained in the system You can choose the appropriate one Product Category Specify the category of the product The adjoining option list displays all valid products maintained in the system You can choose the appropriate one Routing Number Specify the routing number of the specified branch for clearing Clearing Product Code Specify the product code that should be used for clearing The adjoining option list displays all valid code maintained in the system You can choose the appropriate one 5 33 ORACLE Sector Code Specify the code of the sector that should be used for clearing The adjoining option list displays all valid codes maintained in the system You can choose the appropriate one Payer Account Specify the account from which the amount should be paid Payer Bank Code Specify the code of the payer s bank that should be used for the payment of amount Payer Branch Specify the branch of the specified payer s bank that should be used for the payment of amount Payer Bank Address 1 4 Specify the address of the bank that should be used for the payment of the amount GIRO Number Specify the GIRO number of the corporate cust
223. ining calendar Meeting Status Select the current status of the meeting from the adjoining drop down list The options available are e Pending e Processed Cascade Status Select the cascade status from the adjoining drop down list The options available are e Processed e Unprocessed Meeting Phase Specify the meeting phase The adjoining option list displays all valid meeting phases maintained in the system You can choose the appropriate one Comments Specify the comments on the meeting Hours Select the hour of the meeting from the adjoining drop down list Minutes Select the minutes of the meeting from the adjoining drop down list Attendance Expected Specify the expected attendance on meeting The system will default this value as Group Strength for the group However you may modify it at the group level Attendance Specify the number of clients who attended the meeting 3 38 ORACLE 3 8 Maintaining Demographics You can maintain demographics using the Demographics Maintenance screen You can invoke this screen by typing MFDDEMOG in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking on the adjoining arrow button Demographics Maintenance H save Demographic Code Sequence Demographic Description Allow Free Text Applicable For Group x 1 Of 1 Values Date Time Checker Date Time Mod No Record Status Authori
224. ink an accounting role to only one accounting GL head one to one mapping e User Defined For a user defined map type you can maintain multiple linkages under different conditions using a case result rule structure one to many accounting 4 52 ORACLE Accounting Role and Description Accounting role is used to denote the accounting function of a GL or Account This is defaulted as per the mapping done using the Role To Head Mapping Class Maintenance screen The description maintained for the role is also displayed in the adjacent field If you do not want to select a role from the option list you can also create an accounting role for a product and specify a brief description for the same The GLs Account Heads for the Dr Cr Settlement Bridge Role will default as per your selection in the Branch Parameters screen Account Head and Description The account head identifies the GL or Account to which the accounting entries would be posted Based on the type of accounting role you select Asset Liability etc the list of Account Heads General Ledger heads that are of the same type as that of the accounting role becomes available in the option list provided You can select an accounting head from this list and thus create a role to head mapping On selection of the Account Head the description is also displayed in the adjacent field Click Add icon to create subsequent mappings for the product If you would like t
225. inkage Sequence Number Linkage Type Linkage Branch Customerld Linked Reference Linkage Amount Promotions OtherApplicants PaymentMode Details Assets Financials Internal Rate of Return Details MIS Events GeneralLedgerQuery Installment SWIFT Message Details Statistics Securitization Details Documents Liquidation Order Maker Id Authorized By Status Date Time Date Time Authorization Status Collateral Linkage Details You can specify the following Linkage details Linkage Type Click on the list item to choose the details of the linkage type A list of values is displayed Linkage Ref No Select the linkage reference number be used for corresponding field from the adjoining option list Description Specify a description of the linkage type Branch Select the branch from the adjoining option list All valid branches maintained in the system are displayed here 5 43 ORACLE Select a currency code from the adjoining option list All valid currency codes maintained in the system are displayed here Overall Amount Specify overall amount of the collateral if you have selected Linkage Type as New Collateral The system displays values of different parameters based on the linkage type e lf the linkage type is Collateral then the system displays the collateral value as the overall amount e If the linkage type is Collateral Pool then the system di
226. io Specify ratio in which the loan has been initiated by the intermediary Holiday Periods You can specify the following detail here Period Select the period for which repayment holiday is to be given to the customer The holiday periods maintained in the system are displayed in the adjoining option list If the selected repayment holiday period exceeds Interest Only Period field in the Product screen the system will display an appropriate error message Loan Statements Start Date Specify the start date from which loan statements need to be generated Frequency Select the frequency at which loan statement are to be generated The following options are possible e Daily e Weekly e Monthly e Quarterly e Half Yearly e Yearly Frequency Unit Specify the number of times the loan statement needs to be generated as per the frequency selected 5 18 ORACLE 5 2 3 Loan Statement Notice The system displays the following loan settlement details based on the values specified at Value Dated Amendments level e Loan Settlement Request e Notice Date e Expected Closure Date Status Change Mode Select the status change mode The options available are e Auto e Manual The system defaults Auto as the status change mode Components Tab Clicking against the Components tab in the Account Details screen invokes the following screen 5 19 ORACLE Micro Finance Acco
227. ion Sheet You can access the collection details of a center group of each branch to facilitate collection of dues by the collection officer using the MFI Collection Sheet screen You can invoke this screen by typing MFDCOLSH in the field at the top right corner of the Application toolbar and clicking the adjoining arrow button Collection Sheet H Save Branch Code MFI Level Center Center Group Code Loan Groups Loan Members Account Groups Account Members Group Hierarchy Details 1 Of 1 m Group Code CustomerNo Customer FirstName Customer Middle Name Customer Second LastName Customer Last Name The system displays the following details Branch Code The system displays the current Branch Code MFI Level Select the microfinance level for which you wish to generate a collection sheet from the adjoining drop down list The available options are e Center e Group Center Group Code The system displays the center group s code 6 1 ORACLE The system identifies all records satisfying the specified criteria and displays the following details for each one of them Under the Group Hierarchy Details tab the system populates the following fields e Group Code e Customer No e Customer First Name e Customer Middle Name e Customer Second Last Name e Customer Last Name Under the Loan Groups tab the system populates the following fields e Customer No e Na
228. ion list displays all valid currencies maintained in the system You can select the appropriate one Amount Settled Specify the amount settled Local Currency Equivalent If the Settlement Currency and Loan Currency are different the system calculates the Loan Currency equivalent using the exchange rate applicable for the currency pair 6 6 ORACLE Exchange Rate Specify the exchange rate of the local currency against the settlement currency Check List This contains a check list screen for the bulk payments made You need to specify the description or remarks if any To invoke this screen click Check List This check list is provided with respect to each account The user needs to navigate to these details for each contract before saving the payment The check list details are populated on clicking Check list button Check List Remarks You can capture the following details here e Description If check list items are maintained at the maintenance level those items are displayed under Description e Checked Select the box under Checked corresponding to each item you have verified as part of payment collection e Remark 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 Enter remarks if any against each verified check list item Settlement Branch Specify a valid settlement branch The adjoining option list displays all valid settlement branches maintained in the system You can select the appropriate one Settlement Account
229. iple modes of settlement depending on the customer s requirement The settlement details that need to be captured depend on the mode you select The list of modes and the applicable settlement details are given below e CASA e Settlement Branch e Settlement Account e Clearing 6 20 ORACLE e Upload Source e Instrument Number e Clearing Product e End Point e Routing Number e Clearing Bank e Clearing Branch e Sector Code e External Account e Upload Source e Product Category e Clearing Bank Code e Clearing Branch Code e External Account Name e External Account Number e Instrument e Instrument Number e Settlement Branch e Settlement Account e Cash Teller e Upload Source e Settlement Product At least one mode is mandatory to make a disbursement Settlement Currency Specify a valid currency in which the settlement is made The adjoining option list displays all valid currencies maintained in the system You can select the appropriate one Settlement Amount Specify the amount that is to be settled through the selected mode in the selected currency Exchange Rate This information is applicable if the Mode Currency is different from the Loan Currency The exchange rate that is defaulted from the Standard Exchange Rate Maintenance is used to convert the disbursement amount to the Loan Currency equivalent 6 21 ORACLE You can change the defaulted rate provided the change is within the variance level maintaine
230. is caged ege oe EE enin E Mas Ee IER 5 66 32 224 Capturing Financial iii ep egere oe ie p EP 5 70 5 2 25 Repayment Holiday for Amortized Loans eese eene nennen eene enne enne 5 74 5 3 LINKING MF CUSTOMERS TO ACCOUNT enne en enne nennen trennen 5 77 5 31 Viewing Account Officer 5 78 BULK OPERATIONS 6 1 6 1 pe 6 1 627 COLLECTION iil 6 1 6 3 MAKING BULK PAYMENTS AGAINST LOAN OR COMMITMENT eee nene een en en en ener nnns 6 4 6 3 1 Viewing Bulk Loan Payment Summary eese eese 6 9 6 4 CAPTURING DEPOSIT WITHDRAWAL DETAILS IN eene 6 11 6 4 1 Viewing Bulk Deposit Withdrawal Summary eese nee 6 12 6 5 CAPTURING RD PAYMENT DETAILS IN nnn 6 14 6 5 1 Viewing Bulk RD Payment 6 17 6 6 CAPTURING DETAILS OF MANUAL LOAN DISBURSEMENT IN ee 6 19 6 6 1 Viewing the Charge Details 6 23 ORACLE 10 6 6 2 Verify CHECK List tM 6 25 6 6 3 Capturing values for the Event level UDFs esses nennen renes 6 26 6 6 4 Capturing Advice related Details eese eee 6 27 6 6 5 Viewing Bulk Manual Loan Disbursement Summa
231. is supported by the system only when product is amortized 4 2 5 Specifying Credit Score Details 4 21 ORACLE You need to maintain the rules for calculating the credit score of a customer You do this in the Credit Score screen which can be invoked by clicking Credit Score in the Product Maintenance screen Credit Score Rule Name Default Rule Credit Score Rule Expression 1 Of 1 Line Result Condition Condition Rule Name You can maintain the following details in this screen Rule Name Specify a suitable name for the credit scoring rule Default Rule Check this box if you want to select this rule as the default rule which gets defaulted to the account You can maintain only one rule as the default rule Line Specify a sequence number to keep track of the number of expressions maintained for that rule name Condition You need to specify the condition to be satisfied for the rule by clicking the Condition button You can specify the condition in the Condition Builder screen which gets invoked 4 22 ORACLE Condition Builder Fields Operator Condition Value Element for Logical Op Mathematical Op To specify the condition you need to select the field name operator and the value and click Accept Result Specify the expected result of the condition to be satisfied 4 23 ORACLE 4
232. isallowed List The allowed or disallowed column that is displayed would depend on the list type that you choose to maintain For instance if you choose to maintain an allowed list of branches the column would display the branches that you can opt to allow In the Branch Restriction and Currency Restriction Section click on the adjoining option list to invoke a list of bank codes and currencies codes respectively that you have maintained in your bank Select an appropriate code Using the Add or Delete icons you can add delete a branch or currency from the corresponding allowed disallowed column that you have maintained When you create a product it is by default available to all the branches of your bank in all currencies and for all customers unless restrictions are explicitly specified for the product 4 77 ORACLE Minimum Amount Specify the minimum amount for all the allowed currency maintained at the product level Maximum Amount Specify the maximum amount for all the allowed currency maintained at the product level System checks the following e Atthe product level if the minimum amount is less than the maximum amount e Atthe Loan Contract screen if the amount financed falls in the range of minimum and maximum amount derived from product for the currency same as the loan currency Currency Balance Details You can maintain the following currency balance details Currency You can specify the transaction lim
233. ist displays all valid codes maintained in the system You can choose the appropriate one Giro Number Specify the GIRO number of the corporate customer Payer Account Specify the account from which the amount should be paid Payer Bank Code Specify the code of the payer s bank that should be used for the payment of amount Payer Branch Specify the branch of the specified payer s bank that should be used for the payment of amount Payer Bank Address 1 4 Specify the address of the bank that should be used for the payment of the amount Bank GIRO Indicate the type of bank GIRO that should be used for corporate customers You can select one of the following e Bank GIRO e Plus Auto GIRO Indicate the type of the Auto GIRO for automatic direct debit You can select one of the following values e Auto e Manual Exchange Rate For a customer availing any Relationship Pricing scheme the customer specific exchange rate derived by adding the original exchange rate and the customer spread maintained for the relationship pricing scheme gets displayed here 8 35 ORACLE You can change the defaulted rate provided the change is within the variance level maintained for the underlying product If Relationship Pricing is not applicable Exchange Rate will be the same as the Original Exchange Rate Negotiated Cost Rate Specify the negotiated cost rate that should be used for foreign currency transactions between the treasury and the
234. ist of branch codes is displayed Click on a value to select it 8 2 ORACLE Account Number Select the customer s account number by clicking the adjoining option list A list of values is displayed Click on a value to select it Event Sequence Number The system displays the event sequence number of the payment in the account s life history Product Code The product code is displayed in this field Product Description A description of the product code is displayed in this field Customer ID The customer identification is displayed in this field Customer Name The customer name corresponding to the customer ID is displayed in this field Payment Details Value date Enter the date on which the payment affects the account balance in this field o The value date can be a Back Valued Current or Future Date Execution Date This is the application date on which the payment is entered into the system If the Execution date is in the future the payment is tanked and released on the Future Value date of the payment else it is applied immediately as of the value date of the payment By default it is the current system date but can be modified Advance Installment Payment If you select this option then the amount due includes schedules till limit date If not then the amount due is the same as on the value date Payment Due Till Date Select the payment due till date from the available schedules that can be included as
235. it for a currency while defining currency restrictions for a product Choose the currency code from the option list Residual amount Here you have to capture the minimum amount by which if a component of a schedule becomes overdue the system will consider it as paid Neg Residue Amount If the difference between the amount paid COMPONENT EXPECTED and the amount due is less than the residue amount specified here then the difference is treated as an income otherwise the transaction is rejected In the case of an income the installment schedule is marked as completely settled paid and the income is posted to the residual suspense GL This triggers the event called RESD Residual and the following entries are passed Accounting Role Amount Tag Dr Cr Loan Account RESIDUAL AMOUNT Cr Residual Suspense RESIDUAL AMOUNT Dr ATM Cash limit Here you can enter the maximum non Cash transaction amount for the currency that you have defined The ATM transaction amount cannot exceed the value given here 4 78 ORACLE Rounding Factor EMI Specify the rounding factor if the EMI is to be rounded It is mandatory for you to specify the rounding factor if you have maintained the rounding parameter Emi Round Up Down Indicate whether the EMI should be rounded up or down e Choose UP in case you want to round the number to the next decimal value e Choose DOWN if you want to truncate the n
236. ive date An outstanding component breakup of prepayment penalty charges if applicable is sent to the customer e Condition4 If the request for interest rate revision is made much before the scheduled revision date you can change the interest rate code of the loan account by value dated amendment with effective date as requested The rate revision will be applicable on the total principal outstanding amount Role to Head You can define the accounting roles for a product in the Role to Head sub screen of the Product Maintenance screen 4 51 ORACLE Role To Head Mapping Product Code Product Description lass Details Class Code Class Description Role To Head Mapping 1 0f 1 1 Accounting Role Role Description Account Head Head Description Static zz The following details are captured this screen Class Code Select a class code from the adjoining option list The option list displays all the valid classes maintained in the system Click Default from Class button to default the role to head mapping details for the selected class You can select and modify the required role to head mapping details to suit the product you are defining You can also define new role to head mapping by clicking the button Map Type The mapping between an accounting role and account head can be of the following types e Static If the map type is static you can l
237. ks of the group Blacklisted Count The system displays the number of times the group was blacklisted Defining Group Details The following details need to be maintained for a Group Group Type Specify the group type The adjoining option list displays all valid group types maintained in the system You can choose the appropriate one Group Formed By Specify the account officer who formed the group The adjoining option list displays all valid account officers maintained in the system You can choose the appropriate one Group Formed On Specify the date on which the group was formed by using the adjoining calendar Number of Group Members The system displays the number of group members 3 25 ORACLE Maximum Members Allowed The system displays the maximum number of members allowed for a group Minimum Members Required The system displays the minimum number of members required for a group Demographic Code Specify the demographic code The adjoining option list displays all valid demographic codes maintained in the system You can choose the appropriate one Description Specify a brief description associated with the demographic code You can specify the values if it is not maintained in Demographics Maintenance screen You can also select the values from LOV if the values for Demographic Code are maintained in Demographics Maintenance screen Training The system displays the training code conducted for a
238. l option if you select any of the value from the option list In both the cases the system will through an error once you click OK button Centre Code Specify the centre code The option list displays all valid centre codes maintained in the system Choose the appropriate one 7 19 ORACLE Set the filters and click OK button to generate the report To cancel the operation click on Exit button http ddhp0555 8001 FCJNeoWeb Reports BIP ENG CHO MFRCNPFM 00001674 pdf Microsoft Internet Explorer File Edit GoTo Favorites x 2 Search She Favorites a iw Fel 3 McAfee ili Center Performance Report Branch Branch Date 30 NOV 2007 User id MIV2 Date amp 21 APR 10 17 40 10 CHOZCNTO07334000L CHOZCNT07334000C 8188000 1 56537337113718 25390 3270104444756685 86951431500 CHOZCNT073340002 Done Unknown Zone E The following details get displayed when you generate reports e Center Code e Number of Active Groups e Number of Active Clients e Total Outstanding Loan Portfolio e Portfolio at Risk e Total Savings 7 20 ORACLE 7 1 10 Generating MFi Customer Related Information Report You can set your preferences as to the output of a report using MFi Customer Related Information Report screen You can invoke this screen by typing MFRCRINF in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar a
239. lays the date on which the account was closed Status The system displays the status of the account 3 6 6 Viewing the Group Changes History Click Group Changes History button in the Microfinance Group Definition screen to invoke the Group Changes History screen Group Change History 1 Of 1 Change Date Change Sequence Number Change Old Value New Value Here you can view the following details 3 32 ORACLE Change Date The system displays the modification date of the group Change Sequence Number The system displays the modification sequence number of the group Change Type The system displays the changes made to the group Old Value The system displays the value before modification New Value The system displays the new modified value 3 6 7 Viewing Group Definition Summary You can view a summary of all group definition using the Group Definition Summary screen You can invoke this screen by typing MFSGROUP in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking the adjoining arrow button 3 33 ORACLE Micro Finance Group Definition Summary E search C Advanced Search 49 Reset K Clear All Case Sensitive Authorization Status Record Status Group Code Center Code Account Officer Group Branch Group Formed By Records per page 15 z 10f1 Authorization Status Record Status Group Code Center Code A
240. lect this option if you want to create a commitment product Slogan You can enter a marketing punch line for every product you create This slogan will be printed on all advices that are sent to customers who avail of the product For example if you set up a borrowings product called Money Multiplier you could enter the slogan Watch your money grow with Money Multiplier Product Category Products can be categorized into groups based on the common elements that they share For example Vehicle Loans Personal Loans Home Loans and so on You must associate a product with a category to facilitate retrieval of information for a specific category The categories defined through the Product Category Maintenance are available in the option list provided Start Date and End Date A product can be defined to be active for a specific period When you create a product you specify a Start and End Date for it The product can only be used within the specified period i e within the Start Date the date on which the product is created and End Date If you do not specify an end date for a product it can be used for an indefinite period and the product becomes open ended in nature Refer Annexure 1 provided at the end of this chapter for details on default product creation You can however change the default values for a new product 4 2 ORACLE Remarks Specify remarks about the product if any 4 2 2 Defining Other Attr
241. level These fields are available in the UDF button at the time of account creation o Finance Account Deta save fh Hold Product 22 Branch Version Number Product Description Account User Reference Product Category Alternate Account Number User Defined Status Application Number Derived Status Main Preferences Components Charges Linkage Details Advices Rollover Credit Score 89 Check List 1 Of 1 zm Field Name Field Value Y m 10f 1 Field Name Field Value gt 10f1 E Field Value Promotions OtherApplicants PaymentMode Details Assets Financials Internal Rate of Return Details MIS Events GeneralLedgerQuery Installment SWIFT Message Details Statistics Securitization Details Documents Liquidation Order The following details are displayed or captured here Field Name The UDF descriptions defaulted from the Product screen are displayed The system displays all the UDF descriptions defined at the Product level Field Value Specify the UDF value in this field This is applicable only if the user input or list of values is defined at the time of creation of the UDF 5 52 ORACLE 5 2 10 Check List Tab The Check lists are maintained in the Check List Maintenance screen and are linked to different events of the contract The checklist maintained for the BOOK event is available in the Checklist tab at the time of account creation
242. light a status from the list of status codes maintained for the product the selected status becomes the From Status In the option list provided for the To Status the status codes applicable for the product is displayed Select the relevant status into which a loan should move from the From Status Movement Type You have to indicate the type of movement of a loan from the current status From Status to the next status To Status The movement can be e Automatic e Manual e Both Movement Rule You have to define the status derivation rule which will determine the movement of a loan from one status to the other This is the condition based on which the status movement occurs If a loan satisfies all the rules defined due to which it can move to several statuses at a time it will identify the most adverse status and move to that status To define a derivation rule click Condition button in the screen above The Condition Builder is displayed 4 58 ORACLE Condition Builder Fields Operator Condition Value And Element Logical Op Mathematical Op Clear Condition You can build the conditions using the elements SDEs operators and logical operators provided in the screen above For details on building a condition using the options available in the screen refer the section titled Defining UDE Rules in the Maintenances and Operations chapter of this User
243. list provided For an overdue penalty component this is the element on which penalty is applied This is not applicable if Formula Type is User Defined Form Type You can specify the type of formula to be used for calculating the component This formula is applied for the component across all its schedules It can be one of the following e User Defined This can also include a combination of standard formulae for different schedules of the component or can have a completely user defined formula 4 29 ORACLE e Standard e Simple e Amortized Rule of 78 e Discounted e Amortized Reducing e True Discounted e Rate Only You can choose the option Amortized Reducing for subsidy component Note the following e This is not applicable for the PRINCIPAL component e Foracommitment product the formula type cannot be Amortized Discounted or Simple Moratorium Preferences The following parameters have to be specified Moratorium Period and Period Units If you wish to provide a moratorium on a loan you need to mention the moratorium period and moratorium unit for each component This refers to a repayment holiday at the beginning of the loan When you input a loan in Oracle FLEXCUBE the repayment start date of each component will be defaulted based on your specifications here The moratorium unit should be in terms of e Days e Months e Years Component Defaults For computi
244. loan has two formulae for the slots of simple and the amortized Simple and amortized formulae can occupy any position in schedules definition During principal repayment holiday period interest is calculated on the simple interest formula specified The customer needs to repay only the interest component Principal is amortized for the remaining period or tenor of the loan Principal schedule will not be present during repayment holiday period The system treats instances of overdue and default as per the liquidation order maintained Example Consider the following details Loan Amount 24000 Tenor of Loan 24 months Rate of Interest 20 Simple Calculation 06 Period Amortized 18 Calculation Period 5 74 ORACLE Loan start Date 01 Sep 2008 Loan End Date 01 Sep 2010 Interest Calculation From 01 Sep 2008 to 01 Sep 2009 Amortized Interest Calculation From 01 Sep 2009 to 01 Mar 2010 Simple Interest Calculation From 01 Mar 2010 to 01 Sep 2010 Amortized SI instalment Loan Outstanding Instalment Repayment No Schedule Date Amount Amount Principal Interest 1 10 1 2008 9482 13 601 2 517 87 83 33 2 11 1 2008 8962 58 601 2 519 55 81 65 3 12 1 2008 8436 07 601 2 526 51 74 69 4 1 1 2009 7907 51 601 2 528 56 72 64 5 2 1 2009 7374 4 601 2 533 11 68 09 6 3 1 2009 6830 56 601 2 543 84 57 36 7 4 1 2009 6288 18 601 2 542 38 58 82 8 5 1 2009 5739 38 601 2 548 8 52 4 9 6 1 2009 5187 6 601 2 551 78 49 42 10 7 1 2009 4629 63 601 2 557 97
245. ls Summary Search amp Advanced Search Reset T Clear All Case Sensitive Authorization Status Record Status Training Code 2 Date Entity Name x Entity Code Records per page 15 z 10f1 Authorization Status Record Status Training Code Date Entity Name Entity Code You can query on records based on any or all of the following criteria e Authorization Status e Training Code 3 46 ORACLE e Entity e Record Status e Date e Entity Code Click Search button The system identifies all records satisfying the specified criteria and displays the following details for each one of them e Authorization Status e Record Status e Training Code e Date e Entity e Entity Code 3 47 ORACLE 4 Product 4 1 Introduction You can define different types of microfinances and distinguish the various services based on their characteristics You need to key in relevant information in the product screen to create and categorize microfinance products This chapter explains the methods to set up and organize microfinance products in Oracle FLEXCUBE 4 2 Setting up a Product You can capture product details in the Product Maintenance screen You can invoke this screen by typing MFDPRMNT the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking on the adjoining arrow button Product Maintenance Ei Save Product Code Product Category Product Description Produ
246. made towards the PRINCIPAL component You cannot change the component Settlement Mode You can use multiple modes of settlement for charge settlement also The list of modes applicable is same as the one allowed for loan disbursal Settlement Currency After specifying the settlement mode select the currency in which the charge is to be collected The currencies allowed for the branch are available in the option list provided Settlement Amount Specify the settlement amount Settlement Branch Specify a valid settlement branch The adjoining option list displays all valid settlement branches maintained in the system You can select the appropriate one Settlement Account Specify a valid settlement account The adjoining option list displays all valid settlement accounts maintained in the system You can select the appropriate one Settlement Product Specify a valid settlement product The adjoining option list displays all valid settlement products maintained in the system You can select the appropriate one Sector Code Specify a valid sector code The adjoining option list displays all the valid sector codes maintained in the system You can select the appropriate one External Account Specify the external account External Account Number Specify the external account number Clearing Bank Specify a valid clearing bank The adjoining option list displays all valid clearing banks maintained in the system You can select
247. me CLAMDADV Amendment Advice CL AMD ADV CL ROLL ADV Rollover Advice CL ROLL ADV 11 10 ORACLE Advice Description Format Name PAYMENT_ADVICE Payment Advice CL_PMT_ADV The entries passed for rollover of the Principal are as follows Accounting Role Amount Tag Dr Cr CR_SETTLEMENT_BRG PRINCIPAL_ROLL Cr LOAN_AC PRINCIPAL_ROLL Dr For liquidation of Principal the following entries are passed Accounting Role Amount Tag Dr Cr DR_SETTLEMENT_BRG PRINCIPAL_LIQD Dr LOAN_AC PRINCIPAL_LIQD Cr For liquidation of Interest and Penalty Interest the entries are Accounting Role Amount Tag Dr Cr DR_SETTLEMENT_BRG LIQD_AMT Dr INT_REC INT_LIQD Cr PENAL_INT_REC PENAL_INT_LIQD Cr INTERNAL_GL MAIN_INT_WHLD Dr MAIN_INTREC MAIN_INT_WHLD Cr You may encounter the following cases Case 1 Rollover only Principal Outstanding Pay Interest amp Penalty Outstanding In this case both PRINCIPAL_LIQD and PRINCIPAL_ROLL will be zero and hence the MICROFINANCE ACCOUNT balance is not affected The Outstanding Interest and Principal will be liquidated Referring to the accounting entries above e Interest Outstanding e PENAL_INT_LIQD Penalty Interest Outstanding e INT LIQD PENAL INT LIQD If Netting is ON and
248. me e Loan Account Number e Currency e Amount Due e Amount Overdue e Total Due e Original Loan Amount e Amount To Close The Loan e Original Installment Number e Current Installment Number If you generate a query based on the Center the loans booked for group CIFs are displayed Amount Due Details e Component e Amount Due Amount Overdue Details e Component e Amount Overdue 6 2 ORACLE Group Total Under the Loan Members tab the system populates the following fields Amount Due Amount Overdue Total Due Customer No Name Loan Account Number Currency Amount Due Amount Overdue Total Due Original Loan Amount Amount To Close The Loan Original Installment Number Current Installment Number If you generate a query based on the Group the loans booked for client CIFs are displayed Amount Due Details Component Amount Due Amount Overdue Details Component Amount Overdue Group Total Under the Accounts Groups tab the system populates the following fields Amount Due Amount Overdue Total Due ORACLE Saving Accounts Details e Customer No e Customer Account Number e Currency e Balance If you generate a query based on the Center then the Savings RD accounts booked for Group CIFs are displayed RD Account Details e Customer No e Customer Account Number e Currency e Amount Due e Total Under the Accounts Members tab the sy
249. mer is not being able to honor the terms and conditions of the credit In such a situation the client re negotiates the terms and conditions of the credit before maturity date Advice Name Description Format Name CLAMDADV Amendment Advice CL AMD ADV PAYMENT ADVICE Payment Advice CL PMT ADV NOVA Novation This event is triggered when a primary customer is changed Advice Name Description Format Name CLAMDADV Amendment Advice CL AMD ADV REVC Loan Reversal This event is triggered when a loan is withdrawn This will pass the DSBR entries with a reversal of signs ve for the amounts as follows Accounting Role Amount Tag Dr Cr LOAN AC PRINCIPAL Dr CR SETTLEMENT BRG PRINCIPAL Cr REVP Payment Reversal The latest payment made both auto and manual will be reversed during this event This will pass the ALIQ or MLIQ event selected with a reversal of signs for the amounts Reversal of Principal Repayment Accounting Role Amount Tag Dr Cr DR SETTLEMENT BRG PRINCIPAL LIQD Dr LOAN AC PRINCIPAL LIQD Cr Reversal of Interest Repayment Accounting Role Amount Tag Dr Cr 11 13 ORACLE Accounting Role Amount Tag Dr Cr DR_SETTLEMENT_BRG INT_LIQD Dr INT_REC INT_LIQD Cr Reversal of Penalty Interest Repayment Accoun
250. mmitment amount Currency Associate the component with a currency The component is expressed in the currency selected here You can select the currency of your choice from the option list provided Calculation Type Specify the manner in which the component should be calculated and liquidated You can choose one of the following options the applicable Component Type is also provided e Formula with schedule Component Type Interest e Formula without schedule Charge e Penal Interest e Prepayment Penalty e Discount e Schedule without formula Principal e No schedule No formula Ad Hoc Charges e Penalty Charges e Savings Note the following e Penalty Charges are calculated only once for a Penal Basis schedule Penal Basis is explained later in this user manual 4 25 ORACLE e The component Savings is used for interest calculation on the value dated balance of the savings account This component needs to be defined as simple interest component with its basis element as CUSTAC_BAL and rate to use as INTEREST Formula for this component is as shown SIMPLE CUSTAC_BAL INTEREST_RATE DAYS YEAR COMPOUND_VALUE Include in EMI Check this box to indicate that the selected component should be included in EMI calculation Main Component This option is used to designate a component as the Main Interest component If you enable the Main Component option for a
251. move ACCRUED_AMOUNT from one GL into another GL and also build one parallel entry for the same in OFF BALANCE sheet then in such case for the movement pair you will maintain split balance as Y for the credit leg For the new balance into OFF BALANCE sheet you will maintain the split balance as N for both the legs When you need to reverse the contingents for both the credit and debit leg the GLs will be governed by the GLs where the balances are currently lying then you need to set it to CONTRA This means that if the accounting entry setup is like this Dr Cr Role Settlement Reqd Amount Tag Spilt Balance Dr CONT 001 N MAIN INT OVD1 REAL N Cr CONT 002 N MAIN INT OVD1 REAL Y And if balances say 50 for the component for MAIN INT OVD1 REAL are lying in CONT 003 AND CONT 004 GLs This kind of setup means while doing status movement you are building one parallel set of entry into contingents With this setup system will pass the entry like this e DrCONT 003 50 e CrCONT 004 50 If for both the legs split is set to NO then system will pass the following entries instead 4 72 ORACLE e DrCONT 001 50 e CrCONT 002 50 Balance Check in Batch Indicate whether the balance check is required for the batch operations online processing The options available are e Reject The transaction is rejected if there is insufficient fund to process the transaction e Delinquency Tracking The
252. mple SIMPLE PRINCIPAL_EXPECTED INTEREST_RATE DAYS YEAR COMPOUND VAL UE Amortized Reducing AMORT_RED PRINCIPAL_EXPECTED INTEREST_RATE DAYS YEAR Discounting DISCOUNTED PRINCIPAL_EXPECTED INTEREST_RATE DAYS YEAR Amortised Rule 78 AMORT_78 PRINCIPAL_EXPECTED INTEREST_RATE DAYS YEAR True Discounted TRUE DISC PRINCIPAL EXPECTED INTEREST RATE DAYS YEAR 4 39 ORACLE The parameters required to create a Booked formula are similar to the ones explained for Intermediate formula The formula for calculation of Provision Amount is defined based on the following conditions Line Condition Result 1 CUSTOMER CREDIT RATING AAA PRINCIPAL_OUTSTAND 0 0015 2 CUSTOMER CREDIT RATING AA PRINCIPAL OUTSTAND 0 0025 3 CUSTOMER CREDIT RATING 2 AA PRINCIPAL OUTSTAND 0 0035 4 CUSTOMER CREDIT RATING 2 A PRINCIPAL OUTSTAND 0 0045 5 CUSTOMER CREDIT RATING A PRINCIPAL OUTSTAND 0 0055 6 CUSTOMER CREDIT RATING BBP PRINCIPAL OUTSTAND 0 0065 7 CUSTOMER CREDIT RATING BB PRINCIPAL OUTSTAND 0 0075 8 CUSTOMER CREDIT RATING BB PRINCIPAL OUTSTAND 0 0085 Amortized Select this option to specify that the schedules of the component should be amortized For Commitment products do not select this option Amortization Basis If you opt to Amortize the schedules of the component you have to identify the element based on which the componen
253. mponent Type Interest e Formula without schedule Charge e Penal Interest e Prepayment Penalty e Discount e Schedule without formula Principal e No schedule No formula Ad Hoc Charges 5 40 ORACLE e Penalty Charges Component Currency The system displays the currency associated with the component The component currency is defaulted from the Product level Service Branch The branch that services the account Any Valid Open Branch Service Account This field denotes the account in the service branch The service account is needed for all modes apart from CASA The adjustments etc will be settled through this account Settlement Currency Click the option list to choose the details of the currency in which the payments are to be made in this field A list of currencies is displayed Double click on a value to select it Effective Date Enter the details of the date from which the charge is applicable in this field Funded during Initiation Select this option if the component can be funded during loan initiation Funded during Rollover Select this option if the component can be funded during the rollover process For each component the following details are displayed e Event Code e Component Name A component will be of type Charge e Amount Due The amount due for repayment in this field e Amount Settled The settled amount in this field e Schedule Due Date The scheduled date for repayment in this field
254. n if you do not select any value from the option list and in case of All option if you select any of the value from the option list In both the cases the system will through an error once you click OK button Group Specify the group The option list displays all valid groups maintained in the system Choose the appropriate one Client You have to indicate the client type The available options are e Specific If you choose this option you are allowed select value from the option list e All If you choose this option all the values gets selected In case of Specific option if you do not select any value from the option list and in case of All option if you select any of the value from the option list In both the cases the system will through an error once you click OK button 7 2 ORACLE Client Specify the client The option list displays all valid clients maintained in the system Choose the appropriate one Product You have to indicate the product type The available options are e Specific If you choose this option you are allowed select value from the option list e All If you choose this option all the values get selected In case of Specific option if you do not select any value from the option list and in case of All option if you select any of the value from the option list In both the cases the system will through an error once you click OK bu
255. n Tag 20 of MT103 and Tag 21 of MT202 If the box is unchecked the loan account number will be used instead of the User Ref no Auto Gen User Reference Check this box to indicate that system should auto generate user ref no during account creation Capturing User Defined Field Details You can associate values to all the User Defined fields created and attached to the MF Branch Parameters screen You can view a list of User Defined fields associated with it by clicking the Fields button The screen appears as shown below Fields Fields 1 Of 1 Field Name Value For more details on how to create user Defined fields refer chapter Creating custom fields in Oracle FLEXCUBE in the User Defined Fields User Manual under Modularity Maintaining Office Types You can maintain different office types of a bank using the Office Type Maintenance screen You can invoke this screen by typing MFDOFTYP in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking on the adjoining arrow button 3 6 ORACLE 3 3 1 E Office Type Maintenance Office Type Level Office Description Fields Maker Date Time Checker Date Time Mod No Record Status Authorization Status Here you can capture the following details Office Type Specify the office type of the bank Example Head Office Office Description Provide a brief description of the office
256. n against salary should be allowed for a MF Product The system defaults this value to loan account details screen ATM Facility Check this box to indicate Loan account accessible for ATM operations Cheque Book Check this box to if you wish to write cheques against the Loan account 4 9 ORACLE Interest Statement You have to select this option to facilitate interest statement generation for the account Limit Product Check this box to indicate that the product is for limits If you check this option the product will be available for limits linkage during line creation Amount You can specify the minimum and maximum loan amount for each currency Currency Specify a valid currency for which you wish to specify the minimum and maximum loan amount The adjoining option list displays all valid currencies maintained in the system You can select the appropriate one Maximum Loan Amount Specify the maximum loan amount allowed for this currency Minimum Loan Amount Specify the minimum loan amount for this currency Note the following While saving the record the system validates whether the Minimum Loan Amount is e Less than or equal to the Loan Amount Financed e Less than or equal to the Maximum Loan Amount with respect to the loan currency While creating a loan account based on an existing product the Minimum Loan Amount must be e Less than or equal to the Loan Amount Financed e Less than or equal to t
257. n be maintained in the Settlement Details screen You can invoke this screen by clicking the Payment Mode button in the Main tab Payment Mode Account 3 Debit Settlement Mode Credit Payment Mode Account Credit Account Branch Credit Product Account Upload Source Credit Clearing Branch Code Clearing Bank Code Routing Number Instrument Number Credit Sector Code Clearing Product Code External Account Name End Point External Account Number Product Category Fis fi is ih 5 56 ORACLE The options for debit mode are CASA Credit Card Debit Card Clearing External Account Electronic Pay Order Internal Check Instrument GIRO and Cash Teller The options for credit mode are CASA Clearing External Account Instrument and Cash Teller You can maintain the following details here e CASA e Branch Click the option list to choose the branch in which the customer account resides Double click on a branch to select it e Account Click the option list to choose the account in the branch selected Double click on an account to select it Credit Card Debit Card e Card Number This field captures either the Credit No or the Debit No details based on the selection The card must be a valid card whose number can be checked with a modulo logic or maintenance file Clearing Network e Clearing Bank Code Click the option list to select the bank code as per clearing mainten
258. nd clicking on the adjoining arrow button MFI Customer Related Information Report Customer Customer Report Format Printer At Client z Report Output Printer az You can enter the following details in this screen Customer You have to indicate the customer type The available options are e Specific If you choose this option you are allowed select value from the option list e All If you choose this option all the values get selected In case of Specific option if you do not select any value from the option list in case of All option if you select any of the value from the option list In both the cases the system will through an error once you click OK button Customer Specify the customer The option list displays all valid customers maintained in the system Choose the appropriate one 7 24 ORACLE Set the filters and click OK button to generate the report To cancel the operation click on Exit button P http ddhp0555 8001 FCJNeoWeb Reports BIP ENG CHO MFRCRINF 00001675 pdf Microsoft Internet Explorer DER Fie Edit GoTo Favorites Help x 2 Search she Favorites a T rel m ON McAfee MFI Customer Related Information Report Branch Date 30 2007 Date amp Time 21 APR 2010 18 05 54 Customer Id Insurance Account Current Closed Total Total Amount Number Officer A
259. nd settlement currency gets displayed here Exchange Rate Specify the exchange rate to be used between the microfinance currency and settlement currency in this field The exchange rate is defaulted but be overridden The final value should be within the exchange rate variances maintained in the account preference 8 5 ORACLE Settlement Component Each settlement is apportioned against a component due based on the Liquidation order The order in which the settlements are picked is ordinal as entered in the screen Click Set Comp button to view change the component settlement details in the Component Details screen For more details on the Component Details screen refer section titled Viewing Component Settlement Details in this chapter During payments based on the Witholding tax percent specified in the Withholding Tax Pct in the Customer Maintenance screen system internally calculates the applicable tax portion based on the Settlement Amount and passes the accounting entries for the tax For more details on setting up Witholding tax percentage refer Maintaining Customer Basic Record section of Maintaining Customer Information Files chapter of Core Entity User Manual During MLIQ event you need to input the Settlement Amount after discounting the tax amount and the system allocates the amount to Interest component after adding the tax amount In addition system also tops up t
260. ned in the system You can select the appropriate one Bulk Savings Offset GL Specify a valid Offset GL to which the savings deposit withdrawal entries should be offset Note that this GL should be the same GL that was used when the field officer was issued an advance to be disbursed to a group of members Netting Specify the netting preference for posting entries during Accrual Liquidation and Status Change 3 3 ORACLE If you opt to net the system posts a single consolidated entry for GL and Currency combination If you do not select this option entries are posted individually for each account The GL Netting Status Change option can also be used to indicate installment level status change The Netting of Notices Across Accounts can be used to indicate that for or all accounts for which the payments falls due on a particular date the requests for invoice generation should be consolidated The loan accounts for which the reminder or demand note should be sent is tracked based on the status of the account The SDE Next Schedule Date is set up to arrive at how many number of days in advance the payment notice should be generated Based on the status of the loan account the corresponding payment invoice format is set up The Auto Allocate Part Payment option can be used if you want to do a partial payment through auto allocation For accounts which are marked for manual allocation of partial amount the payment can be don
261. nent in the component tab and then click on Disbursals button The screen is as shown below 5 35 ORACLE Disbursals Disbursals 10f1 E Schedule Date Total Disbursement Amt Disburse Already Disbursed Amt Split Details 10tf1 Go Split Sequence No Settlement Currency SplitPercentage SplitAmount PaymentMode SettlementBranch The system displays the list of Schedules for the disbursements and their corresponding Disbursement amounts Schedule Date The system displays the due date of the schedule Total Disbursement Amt The system displays the total disbursement amount for the specified MF account Amount to Disburse The system displays the amount to be disbursed Already Disbursed Amt The system displays the amount which has been disbursed Oracle FLEXCUBE allows auto disbursal only for the principal component Split Details You can maintain the following split details 5 36 ORACLE Specify the split percentage of the disbursement amount Amount Specify the split amount for the schedule Split amount is calculated based on the percentage and the disbursal amount If you specify only the amount and not the percentage the system calculates the percentage of the amount to be disbursed and displays it in the percentage field during save note the following e The system validates if the amount and
262. nent till the installment status change date Subsequent to this Oracle FLEXCUBE will process the installment status change The following example will explain the Complete Pending Accrual functionality This is applicable for both Installment Level as well as Account Level Status change Example Let us assume an accrual frequency for a component MAIN_INT The schedules for this component are as follows e Value Date 05 Jan 06 e Schedule Dates gt 05 Jan 06 gt 05 Feb 06 gt 05 Mar 06 e Accrual Execution Dates gt 31 Jan 06 gt 28 Feb 06 If the installment status or account status changes on 15 Jan 06 Oracle FLEXCUBE will trigger catch up accrual if Complete Pending accrual is checked Note the following e An installment status change will not change the next execution date of unprocessed ACCR events e status change is applicable for both manual and automatic installment status e f you delete an Installment level status change it will delete the catch up accrual accounting entries also e You can reverse an installment level status change by inputting another installment level status change For example if installment status changes from NORM to OVD1 reversal of the same can be done by doing installment status change from OVD1 to NORM In this case no processing will be done Product Fields You can define the details of fields specific to the product using Product Fields screen
263. ng interest you have to specify the following Days in Year You can specify the number of days to be considered for a year during computation of a particular component This could be e 360 This means that only 360 days will be considered irrespective of the actual number of calendar days e 365 In this case leap and non leap year will be 365 4 30 ORACLE e Actual In this case leap year will be 366 and non leap year will be 365 This value corresponds to the denominator part of the interest method Days in Month Here you have to specify the number of days to be considered in a month for component computation The options available are e Actual This implies that the actual number of days is considered for calculation For instance 31 days in January 28 days in February for a non leap year 29 days in February for a leap year and so on e 30 EURO In this case 30 days is considered for all months including February irrespective of leap or non leap year e 30 US This means that only 30 days is to be considered for interest calculation for all months except February where the actual number of days is considered i e 28 or 29 depending on leap or non leap year The value selected here corresponds to the Numerator part of the Interest method Interest Method Default from Currency Definition You also have the option to use the interest method defined for the currency of the component In this case the interest method def
264. ning for the components you have to specify the frequency for the same The frequency can be one of the following e Daily e Monthly e Quarterly e Half yearly e Yearly 4 32 ORACLE Start Month If you set the accrual provisioning frequency as quarterly half yearly or yearly you have to specify the month in which the first accrual has to begin besides the date Start Date In the case of monthly quarterly half yearly or yearly frequencies you should specify the date on which the accrual provisioning has to be done For example if you specify the date as 30 accruals will be carried out on the 30th of the month according to the frequency that you have defined Prepayment Threshold This includes the threshold amount and currency explained below Amount Here you can maintain the minimum limit for allowing prepayment of schedules If the residual amount after prepayment against a schedule is less than the threshold amount you specify here the system will disallow the prepayment Currency If you specify the threshold amount you also have to indicate the currency in which the amount should be expressed You can select the currency from the option list provided Schedule Sequence Number You can define more than one schedule for a component The sequence number determines the order in which the individual schedule should be applied on a component For instance you can define a schedule structure consisting o
265. ns under a common transaction code The transaction codes maintained in the Transaction Code Maintenance screen are available in the option list provided Netting Specify whether accounting entries should be netted at an event You can net the accounting entries that are generated at an event by selecting Yes from the drop down list The system will then net the entries and show the resultant value in account statements If you do not net the entries will be shown separately in the statements MIS Head An MIS Head indicates the manner in which the type of entry should be considered for profitability reporting purposes This classification indicates the method in which the accounting entry will be reported in the profitability report It could be one of the following e Balance e Contingent Balance e Income e Expense You can also link a product to an MIS Group if you do not want to define individual entities for the product Refer the section titled Associating an MIS Group with the product in this chapter for more details Revaluation Required Online Revaluation refers to revaluation done on transaction amounts during transaction posting and not as part of an end of day process The Revaluation profit loss are booked to the Online Profit GL or Online Loss GL that you maintain for the GL being revalued You can opt for online revaluation by selecting the Reval Reqd option 4 70 ORACLE Pr
266. nt can be overridden with the entered value Maintaining Schedule Details This section is disabled both on product defaulting and enriching You can modify any component details by clicking Edit Schedules button The following details are captured here Schedule Type Select the type of schedule from the option list Schedule can be a payment a disbursement or a rate revision schedule Schedule Flag Select the option for the Schedule flag from the option list The options are Normal or Moratorium Select the option Moratorium if there are no scheduled repayments for the component for the Moratorium period However the component is accrued for a certain Moratorium period Formula Enter the formula used to compute the component for that schedule First Due Date Enter the first due date for the schedule for the component The first due date can be defined based on the value date for the loan or a calendar date Number of Schedules Enter the number of times the schedule is repeated for a chosen frequency for the schedule If the Frequency is Monthly and Number is 1 it implies once a month Frequency This implies the number of times the schedule will repeat for a Unit If it is 2 and the Unit is Monthly it implies twice a month 5 23 ORACLE Unit Enter the installment unit for the component for the schedule The units of frequency definition can be Daily Weekly Bullet Monthly Quarterly Half Yearly or Yearly
267. o delete a role to head mapping click Delete icon Rule If the Map Type is User Defined you can create a case result rule structure based on which the entries are posted to the appropriate account head To create a rule click Rule in the Role to Head sub screen of the product screen Role Mapping Expression 1 0t 1 Line Condition AccountHead Condition 4 53 ORACLE You can define multiple conditions and for each condition you can specify the resultant Account Head This way you can maintain one to many mappings between an accounting role and an account head Depending on the condition that is evaluated favorably the corresponding account head is used for posting the entries To build a condition click on Condition in the screen above The Condition Builder is displayed Condition Builder Fields Operator Condition Value Element Logical Op Mathematical Op Clear Condition You can build the conditions using the elements SDEs operators and logical operators available in the screen above For details on building a condition using the options available in the screen refer the section titled Defining UDE Rules in the Maintenances and Operations chapter of this User Manual The system ensures that all accounting roles that are applicable for the Product and which have been used in the definition of the accounting entries are necessarily linked to an ac
268. ocessing stage when the applicant becomes a customer of your bank The customer s record will now be available in the bank s customer database Microfinance account is created which will be used to service the customer Microfinance account creation involves capturing the details of the final loan application into the features of the Loan Microfinance Accounts in Oracle FLEXCUBE will be created under Account Templates called Products The system resolves the product category and product on the basis of the application details The Microfinance Account thus created reports to the Asset GL of the bank Disbursements will debit the microfinance account and hence a loan with outstanding balances will be in debit Payments are credited to the microfinance account At the end of complete re payment the account becomes zero balanced and is closed On sanction a microfinance account will be created under a specific microfinance account product Hence its features would default from the account product The Microfinance account so created will be used for further servicing such as disbursements The microfinance account balance will represent the outstanding Principal that was advanced to the Customer Interests will be calculated on this balance based on the schedule and pricing setup The Account processing stage involves the following e Microfinance Account Creation e Initiation amp Schedule setup e Payments of Schedules e Collection
269. ofit GL and Loss GL If you have opted for online revaluation and the result of revaluation is a profit the profit amount is credited to the Profit GL you select here Similarly if the result of revaluation is a loss the loss amount is credited to the Loss GL you specify here Reval Txn Code If you opt for online revaluation you need to associate the transaction code to be used for booking revaluation entries The system will use this transaction code to track the revaluation entries Holiday Treatment Specify whether holiday treatment is applicable for processing accounting entries falling due on holidays Select one of the following e Yes e No GAAP Indicate the GAAP indicators for which the accounting entry is required for reporting under multi GAAP accounting The adjoining option list shows all the GAAP indicators maintained in the system Choose the appropriate one The system will then post entries into the specified books GAAP indicators during the different events that occur in the lifecycle of the loan You can retrieve the balance for a certain component in an account in a specific status for a given GAAP indicator in a certain branch reporting to a certain GL The system will show the real and contingent balances accordingly Split Balance Specify whether you need the balances to be split or not If you check this option the system will store the balance break up for the specified GAAP indicators You can then
270. omer Bank GIRO Indicate the type of bank GIRO that should be used for corporate customers You can select one of the following e Bank GIRO e Plus Auto GIRO Indicate the type of the Auto GIRO for automatic direct debit You can select one of the following values e Auto e Manual Exchange Rate For a customer availing any Relationship Pricing scheme the customer specific exchange rate derived by adding the original exchange rate and the customer spread maintained for the relationship pricing scheme gets displayed here You can change the defaulted rate provided the change is within the variance level maintained for the underlying product If Relationship Pricing is not applicable Exchange Rate will be the same as the Original Exchange Rate 5 34 ORACLE For more details on customer specific exchange rates refer the section titled Specifying Pricing Benefit Details in Relationship Pricing user manual Negotiated Cost Rate Specify the negotiated cost rate that should be used for foreign currency transactions between the treasury and the branch You need to specify the rate only when the currencies involved in the transaction are different Otherwise it will be a normal transaction The system will display an override message if the negotiated rate is not within the exchange rate variance maintained at the product Negotiated Reference No Specify the reference number that should be used for negotiation of cost r
271. ommitment Amount unutilized Refer the section titled Maintaining Role to Head mapping preferences for details on creating a Role to Head mapping 4 2 10 3 Specifying Advices You can also specify the advices that should be generated when a status change occurs For instance when a loan moves from an ACTIVE status to an OVERDUE status you can choose to send an advice to inform the customer of the status change and request for payment The advices can be maintained in the Product Event Advices Maintenance screen click Advices in the Account Status sub screen to invoke it 4 62 ORACLE Advices 1 Of 1 Message Type P Description Generation Time Ts Suppress Priority Charge Required Iz You can associate advices at an event level also For more details on maintaining advice preferences refer the Maintaining Event details section of this User Manual 4 2 10 4 Specifying Policy Preferences Just as you associate policies at an installment level you can also associate policies for a loan account status To do this click Policies in the Account Status sub screen of the product screen the following screen is displayed 4 63 ORACLE Policies 1081 Policy Code Execution Type P Specify the following in this screen Policy Code The policies
272. ommitment should be considered for bulk processing Various disbursements are allowed for a corporate customer and these are treated as loans with separate products and EMI schedules Assigning individual payments as Bulk payments provides the facility of viewing multiple loans under a single commitment Amend Past Paid Schedule Allowed This preference determines if you can modify any feature such as interest rate installment amount which affects already paid schedules If you select this option then the paid schedules are recalculated and liquidations on them are recognized as pending as appropriate Note that this option is applicable only to term loans Project Account Check this box to track the working capital of the project Minimum Amount due Calculation Method Specify the minimum amount due calculation formula name maintained at the product level On clicking the Default Method button in the Product Definition screen the system will display the Min Amount Due Calc Method with the formula name For open line loans e The schedule due dates of MAIN_INT component will be the billing dates the date on which the account will be picked for calculating minimum amount due e The service branch and service account are mandatory for PRINCIPAL Component to handle the excess payment e The Pay By Date is schedule due date plus the credit days maintained at product level e On click of the default button the MAIN INT schedules
273. on 8 14 ORACLE Microfinance payment simulation calculation function is used to arrive at an agreement with the client The Payment Simulation screen displays the effect of making payments across components across schedules You can invoke this screen by typing CLDSIMPT in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking on the adjoining arrow button The results are used to arrive at a negotiated amount that can be used to settle outstanding loss Payment Simulation E New E Enter Query Account Details Branch Account Number Value Date Execution Date I Installment s Outstanding Balance Report Collection Agent Id Amountto be paid back Outstanding Amt Advice Document Number Prepayment of Amortized Loan Recomputation Basis Change EMI Payment Details B Reversed PaymentMode Settlement Currency Event Sequence Number Customer Number Main Interest Rate Limit Date Recomputation Effective From Amount Settled Loan Currency Equivalent Component Details HEEJ Original Exchange Rate Exchange Rate Settlement Branch Simulate Input By Date Time Reversal Authorized By Date Time Input By Date Time Authorized By Date Time Contract Status W authorized You can change specific UDE values to simulate the effect of changing prepayment penalty rates Payments can be saved from the simulator Once the payment simulati
274. on is saved if you enter simulation account number in the payments screen and click on the Populate Due button then the system displays all the details entered in the payment simulation screen Only users with rights to input payments are allowed to save payments from the simulator Click Simulate button to view the account details after the current payment An account screen is launched to view the updated account after the payment You can also print an advice from the simulation screen 8 15 ORACLE 8 2 9 Back Dated Payments Oracle FLEXCUBE supports back value dating only upto the last payment date Only those back dated payments whose value date is before the last payment date are allowed If the product preference allows for Allow back valued entries then the following functionalities are relevant e Oracle FLEXCUBE supports back dated payments till the Microfinance Initiation Value date e Whenever a back valued event such as Principal Increase Rate Change or Payment Reversal is made the system recalculates Interest based on the new conditions and passes the difference as back valued adjustments e Back valued Adjustments accruals and Liquidations are passed on the same day e Entries passed will be as follows e Accrual Adjustments for a Component COMP Case 1 Favorable Adjustment Income earned Dr Back valued Interest Adjustment GL Cr Accrual Adjustment Income Case 2 Unfavorable A
275. on the Reverse Interest Income button to invoke Reverse Interest Income screen Reverse Interest Income Reverse Interest Income for the Period Tenor Unit Least of Interest Income for current financial year and chosen period You can specify following details here Tenor Specify period for which you need to reverse interest income Unit Select unit for which interest income has to be reversed from the adjoining drop down list This list displays the following values e Days Select if you need to reverse days income e Months Select if you need to reverse months income e Years Select if you need to reverse years income e Current Financial Year Select if you need to reverse current financial years income If you chose Current Financial Year then Least of Interest Income for Current Financial Year and Chosen Period and Tenor will not be available Least of Interest Income for Current Financial Year and Chosen Period Check this box if you need least of interest income for current financial year and chosen period 4 57 ORACLE If the check box is checked and Current Financial Year is selected then the system computes the amount based on the least of the two Current Financial Year and Chosen Period However this reversing of income and accounting entries are processed only for Write off status From Status and To Status When you high
276. ontingent Entries for disbursement or component liquidations entries Advice Name Description Format Name CL CONT ADV Contract Advice CL CONTR STMT On BOOK event of a commitment contract the following accounting entries are passed Accounting Role Amount Tag Dr Cr Indicator CONTGL PRINCIPAL FWD Debit CONTOFF PRINCIPAL FWD Credit 11 4 ORACLE INIT The system uses this event to initiate a loan with a value date as the date of initiation However you can not disburse the loan under this event Advice Name Description Format Name CL_INIT_ADV Initiation Advice CL_INIT_ADV CL_CAP Capitalization Advice CL_CAP_ADV CL CONT ADV Contract Advice CL CONTR STMT CLST SUMMARY Loan Summary Statement Advice CL LOAN SUMMARY COUPON Coupon Advice ADV COUPON DSBR This event is marked by the disbursement of the loan amount The disbursement may be done manually or can be triggered by a disbursement schedule The microfinance account will have debit balances after total disbursement Advice Name Description Format Name CR ADV Credit Advice CL CR ADV CLST DETAILS Loan Detailed Statement Advice CL LOAN DETAIL CLST SUMMARY Loan Summary Statement Advice CL LOAN SUMMARY TAX ADVICE Tax Advice CL TAX ADVICE The entries passed are Accounting Role Amount Tag Dr Cr
277. operty GEO code Geospatial Entity Object Code for the asset BNA Specify the census tract BNA code Block Numbering Area for the asset MSA Specify the metropolitan statistical area MSA code for the asset Click Ok to save the details 5 2 24 Capturing Financial Details You can capture the income or liability details of the customer in the Financials screen To invoke this screen click Financials button in the Account Details screen Financials Tab You can specify the following details related to the customer s income here 5 70 ORACLE Financials Branch Account Liability Other Incomes Financials 1 Of 1 Go F Sequence Number Finance Type Finance Source Currency Amount Comments The following details are captured here Type Select the type of the income from the option list provided Source Specify the source of the income Currency Select the currency associated with the income from the option list provided Amount Specify the amount associated with the income Comment Specify any remarks or comments for the income Liability Tab Here you can specify the following details related to the customer s liability 5 71 ORACLE Financials Branch Financials 9 Other Incomes Liabiliti 10t1 Sequence Number Liability Type AccountType Currency Amount Frequency AccountBalance Comments The
278. option you are allowed select value from the option list e All If you choose this option all the values gets selected o In case of Specific option if you do not select any value from the option list and in case of All option if you select any of the value from the option list In both the cases the system will through an error once you click OK button Group Specify the group The option list displays all valid groups maintained in the system Choose the appropriate one Client You have to indicate the client type The available options are e Specific If you choose this option you are allowed select value from the option list 77 ORACLE e If you choose this option all the values get selected In case of Specific option if you do not select any value from the option list in case of All option if you select any of the value from the option list In both the cases the system will through an error once you click OK button Client Specify the client The option list displays all valid clients maintained in the system Choose the appropriate one Set the filters and click OK button to generate the report To cancel the operation click on Exit button http ddhp0555 8001 FCJNeoWeb Reports BIP ENG CHO_MFRCSIDT_00001 669 pdf Microsoft Internet Explorer DAR Fie Edit GoTo Favorites Help Q Be Q M Search Sf Favorites Br 2 2 fw
279. or is applicable only for amortized accounts Rate Change Action is applicable for ARVN and REVN operations 8 3 2 Components Tab In this tab you can modify the schedule preferences of your account Select the components that you wish to modify from the list provided You can amend the details of the selected component after you click the Edit button The schedules are defaulted from Product maintenances at the time of account opening Micro Finance Value Dated Amendments E Enter Query Product Branch Code User Reference Product Category Account Number User Defined Status Application Number Alternate Account Number Derived Status Main Preferences Charges Linkage Details Advices Rollover Credit Score Fields Check List Component Name Penal Basis Component Calculation Type Service Branch Formula With Schedule Service Account Component Currency Settlement Currency Special Interest Amt Internal Rate of Return Waive Applicable Main Component Special Component Coverity Funds Funded During Initiation Sonequie D Icapitalized Funded During Rollover Guarantor Details Liquidation Mode Auto gt t Details Schedule Definition 10f1 F Schedule Type Schedule Flag Formula FirstDue Date NoofSchedules Frequency Units DueDateOn EndDate Amount Other Applicants Assets Financials Internal Rate of Return Details MIS Events GeneralLedgerQuery
280. ou check this option the moratorium interest amount is added to the first installment amount and collected along with the schedule on the day the schedule falls due 4 41 ORACLE If you do not check this option the moratorium amount is allocated from the Installment due The principal component of the EMI is liquidated towards the moratorium Therefore Principal repayment does not begin until complete settlement of the moratorium amount Default Moratorium Formula If you want to create a default moratorium formula check this option By default the system will attach this formula to a moratorium schedule You can however change it to a different moratorium formula 4 2 6 3 Installment Level Status For a component you can maintain Schedule Installment level status change parameters You can also specify the account Heads and Roles to be used whenever an installment changes from one status to the other To define the installment level status change details click Installment Status in the Components sub screen of the screen the Installment Status screen is displayed installment Status installment Status Status Rule Sequence Number Status Code az complete pending Accruals Description Accounting Entry 1 Of 1 Entry Pair Number Accounting Role Amount Tag Debit Credit Netting Indicator Tran az az Yes
281. ount The EMI that should be repaid in this schedule is displayed in this field Due Date On This option may be used to schedule an installment on a particular date of the month Maturity Type Select the Fixed or Call option to specify the type of loan maturity The system by default selects the option Fixed For the Call option the maturity date will not be computed upfront Maturity Date Select the maturity date in this field using the adjoining calendar If you are not sure of the maturity date enter the tenor of the loan in either days or months or years as say 3M for 3 Months etc The system automatically calculates the date after you press the Enter button Alternatively you can calculate the maturity date by entering certain details in the Maturity screen You need to click the Q button to invoke the Maturity screen 5 7 ORACLE Disbursement Occurrence Select the category of loan disbursed from the adjoining drop down list The options available are e New e Repeat e Repeat and Enhanced Net Principal The Net Principal is the actual principal amount financed It is system calculated and excludes any other funded components Maintaining the Applicant information Loan to Value Specify the loan to value here Index Exchange Rate Specify the exchange rate for index currency here Subsidy Customer ID Specify the unique identifier of the agency or the third party included in the subsidy
282. ounts during Bulk liquidation due to specified preferences are picked up during ALIQ process and are allowed to succeed individually Accounting entry netting is not available as part of Bulk Payment There are multiple debits to the customer account for different MF account involved in the Bulk Payment 10 8 ORACLE 11 Annexure 11 1 Accounting entries for Microfinance This section contains details of the suggested accounting entries that can be set up for the Microfinance module of Oracle FLEXCUBE The details of the suggested accounting entries are given event wise 11 2Events The following is an exhaustive list of events that can take place during the lifecycle of a microfinance contract In the subsequent paragraphs we shall examine the accounting entries and advices for each of the events listed below Event Code Event Description ACCR Accrual ADCH ADHOC charge application ALIQ Auto liquidation ARVN Automatic Rate Revision BADJ Back Dated Adjustment BNTC Billing Notice Event BOOK Booking Of Contract CAMD Contract Amendment CLOS Closure for off balance sheet comp CLOC Closure of Commitment DLINK Payment made against a loan linked to a revolving commitment contract DNTC Delinquency Notice Event DSBR Disbursement INIT Contract Initiation ISTM Interest Statement Event LCYP LCY update processing LIQB Liquidation Tanking ORACLE Event
283. owed list or a disallowed list of customer categories Only customer categories that are a part of an allowed list maintained for a product can avail the product Likewise customer categories that are part of a disallowed list cannot avail the product service The allowed or disallowed column that you view depends on the list type that you choose to maintain For instance if you choose to maintain an allowed list the column would display those customer categories that you choose to allow You can move a category to the allowed disallowed column using the Add or Delete icons 4 2 13 1 Allowing Access to Special Customers Depending on the customer restriction you specify allowed or disallowed you can further maintain a list of customers who are allowed for a Disallowed list or specific customers who are not allowed to use the product in the case of an Allowed list For example you may disallow the customer category CORPORATES from availing a certain loan product However you may want to allow Cavillieri and Barrett belonging to the category CORPORATESY to avail the product Select the name of the customer from the option list provided The Customer Name is displayed after you select the customer id 4 80 ORACLE If the selected customer belongs to a category which is Disallowed for the product but you want to allow the customer check the Allowed option Similarly if the custome
284. p Type zz Group Category Gender Type Records per page 15 10f1 Authorization Status Record Status Group Type Group Category Gender Type Maximum Members Allowed Minimu You can query on records based on any or all of the following criteria e Authorization Status e Group Type e Gender Type e Record Status e Group Category Click Search button The system identifies all records satisfying the specified criteria and displays the following details for each one of them e Authorization Status e Record Status e Group Type e Group Category e Group Type e Maximum Members Allowed e Minimum Members Required 3 23 ORACLE 3 6 Capturing Group Details You can capture the details of the group using the Microfinance Group Definition screen You can invoke this screen by typing MFDGROUP in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking on the adjoining arrow button Micro Finance Group Definition E New Enter Query Group Code Group Name Source Code User Defined Group Center Code Source Reference Code Group CIF ID Group Narrative Account Officer Blacklisted Blacklisted Count Group Branch Members Comments No Of Group Members Group Formed By Maximum Members Group Formed On Allowed Minimum Members Required 1 Of 1 3 013 Training Code Trained On Demographic Code Demogr
285. part of the Rollover Batch executed at BOD or EOD depending on your requirement Rollover Type The following options are available e Custom This determines if the Rolled over amount will include the unpaid components of the product The option list provided will display the components relevant to the product from which you can choose the components that are to be rolled over e Special Choose this option to indicate that a special amount is to be rolled over The amount is captured at the account level when the actual rollover is initiated Rollover Comp This allows the user to select the components that are to be rolled over only for auto rollover Rollover By This is applicable if you have opted for automatic rollover You have to specify the unit based on which Rollover will be triggered The options are e Days e Months e Quarters e Semi Annuals e Years UDE Type Here you need to specify whether UDE Values for the new rolled over loan should be defaulted from the product or from the original loan account contract that is being rolled over Schedule Basis You should also specify the schedule basis for the rolled over loan The new loan can inherit the schedules from the loan product or you can apply the schedules maintained for the original loan itself 4 15 ORACLE Prepayment of Loan The following are the preferences based on which prepayment of amortized loan should be processed Recomputation Basis
286. percentage are not entered and if split for the same disbursement schedule is available e f one disbursement schedule maintains one split with percentage and other split with amount system maintains either amount or percentage for the disbursement schedule e Ifthe total amount is less than the amount to disburse for the schedule system adjusts the rest of the amount in last split of the particular schedule and percentage gets calculated based on the amount e The system displays an error if you specify an amount greater than that of the disbursement schedule e The system displays an error if the total amount or total percentage maintained exceeds the amount to disburse or 100 percent Settlement Account Branch Specify the branch of the customer account The adjoining option list displays the list of valid open branches maintained in the system You can choose the appropriate one Settlement Account Number Specify the settlement account number The adjoining option list displays the valid accounts maintained for the given branch You can choose the appropriate one The system displays the following split details Split sequence number The sequence number for each split is auto generated by the system on save Payment Mode The system displays ACC as the payment mode for disbursal Settlement Account Currency The system defaults the currency of the specified settlement account based on the details maintained in the syst
287. ponent e Provision component If you check this option then you have to check the Accrual Required option For bearing type of component formula you can check this option only if the Accrual Required option is checked For discounted or true discounted types of component formula this option will be enabled irrespective of the whether the Accrual Required option is checked or not If this option is checked and Accrual Required is not the discounted component will be considered as a part of the total discount to be accrued for Net Present Value NPV computation If both Accrual Required and IRR Applicable are checked then discounted interest will be considered for IRR computation Verify Funds You can indicate whether the system should verify the availability of sufficient funds in the customer account before doing auto liquidation of the component Accruals Provisioning To perform accrual of the components you have to capture the following details Accrual Required You can use this option to indicate that the component has to be accrued and provisioning is applicable For the components that have been marked for accrual you need to specify the accrual frequency start month and start date in the respective fields W If the Calculation Type is Penalty Charges for a component the Accrual Required option is disabled Frequency If you have opted for accrual and provisio
288. preferences Amount Waived Enter the amount waived by the bank after negotiations with the customer in this field Amount Capitalized Enter the amount capitalized in this field Viewing Component Settlement Details Each settlement is apportioned against a component due based on the Liquidation order The order in which the settlements are picked is ordinal as entered in the screen Click Settlement Component button to view change the component settlement details in the Component Details screen 8 8 ORACLE 1 Of 1 Go ComponentName Component Currency Equivalent 8 2 2 Additional Settlement Details You can capture the additional settlement details by clicking the Additional Settlement Details button under payment details Additional Details Additional Details Settlement Product Code Instrument Number Card Number External Account Number Clearing Bank Code External Account Name Clearing Through Branch End Point Negotiated Cost Rate Routing No Negotiated Reference Sector Code Settlement Product Code Specify the settlement product code Instrument Number Specify the instrument number 8 9 ORACLE Card Number Specify the card number Clearing Bank Code Select the clearing bank code from the adjoining option list Clearing Through Branch Specify the clearing through branch External Account Number Specify the external account number External A
289. ption UDE Rate Plan Dates Start Date The start date from which the rate plan change can be done is displayed here However you can modify this value at loan account level End Date The end date till which the rate plan change can be done is displayed here However you can modify this value at loan account level Based the product maintenance the Rate Plan Change details are defaulted to the loan account and this can be modified Intermediary Details You can capture the Intermediary Details at the loan account level to keep track of the accounts created through Intermediaries Intermediary Initiated Check this box to indicate that the loan has been initiated by an intermediary Intermediary Code If you have checked the box Intermediary Initiated you need to specify the code of the intermediary who has initiated the loan The adjoining option list displays all valid intermediary codes maintained in the system You can select the appropriate one 5 17 ORACLE WU Both the fields are disabled after the first authorization of the loan The fields cannot be modified during value dated amendment and rollover operation Note that adjustment of commission and charge computed for the intermediary in the past cycle should be done manually in case of a reversal of any transaction done by the intermediary post the computation Intermediary Name The name of the intermediary is displayed here Intermediary Rat
290. r This SDE picks its value from the system CUR_PNLTY_COLLECTED is an SDE that indicates the prepayment penalty already collected for the financial year CUR PRINCIPAL OUTSTND is an SDE that defines the formula of the prepayment penalty component This indicates the principal outstanding amount at the beginning of the current year You can use the following formula to base the ceiling percentage on original disbursement amount CUR PREPAID AMOUNT s MAX PREPAID PCT AMOUNT DISBURSED 100 You can use the following formula to base the ceiling percentage on the opening principal outstanding amount for the current year CUR PREPAID AMOUNT MAX PREPAID PCT CUR PRIN OUTSTND 100 The result of the above formulae is as follows CUR PREPAID AMOUNT MAX PREPAID PCT AMOUNT DISBURSED 100 PREPAY RATE 100 CUR PNLTY COLLECTED 4 20 ORACLE After the collection of pre payment penalty if there is any additional disbursement to the customer which leads to the increase in limit of the prepaid amount system will not pass on the benefits back to the customer However for subsequent calculations the disbursed amount and the pre payment penalty paid till date for the financial year is considered based on the formula defined If SDE CUR PRINCIPAL OUTSTND is the basis for calculation the additional disbursement will not be considered in calculation for current year It is used for calculation only from next year onwards 4 2 4 5 Calculating NPV
291. r Defined Status Account Status Alternate Account Number Authorization Status Records per page 15 10f1 Account Branch Customerld Product Value Date Maturity Date AmountFinanced Currency User Defined S You can click Search button to view all the pending functions However you can to filter your search based on any of the following criteria Account Number Select the account number from the option list Application Number Select the application number from the option list Product Select the product code from the option list Value Date Specify the value date Amount Select the contract amount 8 44 ORACLE Contract Status Select the status of the contract from the drop down list Branch Code Select the branch code from the option list Customer Id Select the customer Id from the option list Alternate Account Number Select the alternate account number from the option list Maturity Date Specify the value date Currency Select the currency of the transaction from the option list Authorized Select the authorization status of the contract from the drop down list When you click Search button the records matching the specified search criteria are displayed For each record fetched by the system based on your query criteria the following details are displayed e Account Number e Branch Code e Application Number e Customer Id e Product
292. r belongs to a category that is Allowed but you want to disallow the customer do not check the Allowed option 4 2 14 Defining User Defined Fields UDFs are additional fields that are available for use depending on the bank s requirement You can define UDFs in the User Defined Fields screen Click Fields button You can associate these custom fields with the product User Defined Fields Field Name Value Description Here you can capture the following details Product Code and Description The system displays the product code and its description from the main screen Field Number The system displays the field number Field Name Specify the name of the UDF The adjoining option list displays all UDFs maintained in the system You can select the appropriate one 4 2 15 Associating an MIS Group with the Product You can associate MIS details with a product in the MIS screen Click MIS button in the Product screen to invoke it 4 81 ORACLE MIS Details Product Code MS Group Pool Code MIS Classes Cost Code 10f 1 50 MIS Class MIS Code 7 COS_CENTR LOAN_TERM LOAN TYPE F MIS1 MIS2 F MIS CBR MIS UDF TEST TEST MIS Bio Ria P Ba P a e ia In this screen you can associate an MIS Group to which the product should be linked if it is applicable if not you can defin
293. r credit payment Upload Source Credit Specify the upload source that should be used for credit payment End Point Specify the end point maintained in the clearing system The adjoining option list displays all valid end points maintained in the system You can choose the appropriate one External Account Number Specify the external account number External Account Name Specify the name of the beneficiary who is holding the external account Clearing Bank Code Specify the code of the external bank that should be used for clearing maintenance The adjoining option list maintains all valid banks maintained in the system You can choose the appropriate one Clearing Branch Code Specify the branch code of the specified external bank that should be used for clearing The adjoining option list displays all valid codes maintained in the system You can choose the appropriate one Product Category Specify the category of the product The adjoining option list displays all valid products maintained in the system You can choose the appropriate one Routing Number Specify the routing number of the specified branch for clearing 8 34 ORACLE Clearing Product Code Specify the product code that should be used for clearing The adjoining option list displays all valid code maintained in the system You can choose the appropriate one Sector Code Specify the code of the sector that should be used for clearing The adjoining option l
294. r in this field 5 55 ORACLE Responsibility Select the details of the co applicants and their responsibility as a Co signer or as a guarantor from the option list You can enter the details like the guarantor co signer main addressee advice notice receiver and borrower etc who is relevant to a joint account relationship During initiation of the account the primary customer is defaulted to Borrower with 100 Liability and value date as the effective date You are allowed to maintain multiple applicants customer id for a loan with the same responsibility Borrower While there is no processing impact the difference will become important when the original debtor is absconding and the loan is unpaid etc Liability Specify the contribution of the co applicants to the Loan You can specify the Liability of the co applicant if any in case of a Loan default You can also specify the percentage of interest split among different co applicants It is not made mandatory to maintain Liability for the responsibility Borrower There could be borrowers with 0 liability The sum of Liability for all the customers of a loan to be equal to 100 Liability Amount The system calculates and displays the upper limit of the liability in terms of the amount in this field You may override the computed value 5 2 13 Maintaining Payment Mode Details The debit and credit settlement mode details for the account ca
295. r the check list if any Remark 4 Specify remarks for the check list if any Remark 5 Specify remarks for the check list if any Remark 6 Specify remarks for the check list if any Remark 7 Specify remarks for the check list if any Remark 8 Specify remarks for the check list if any Remark 9 Specify remarks for the check list if any Remark 10 Specify remarks for the check list if any 8 23 ORACLE Component Details Specify the following details Account Number Specify the account number Component Name Specify the name of the component Currency Specify the component currency Amount Due Specify the amount to be paid Amount Paid Specify the amount that is paid Amount Overdue Specify the overdue amount Amount Waived Specify the amount that is waived You can choose the amount to be waived here You can perform the following operations in this screen e Save e Delete e Authorize Against each account populated settlement fields are enabled to capture the details required for the particular settlement mode that has been chosen against the account The different modes of payment applicable in the manual microfinance payment screen are made available here as well Multiple modes of settlement for the same account are not supported You can change the allocated amount after the automatic allocation System validates the data on saving to compare the total payment amount and the sum of amount settle
296. ration Frequency Monthly Frequency Days 2 Start Date 1 Jan 2005 You open a loan account on 15 Jan 2005 The first statement for this loan will be generated on 1 February 2005 Based on the Start Date and at a Monthly frequency The second statement will be generated on 1 April 2005 once in two months based on the frequency days Message Type Specify the type of Statement that should be generated Statements are of the following types 4 49 ORACLE e Interest Statements e Loan Statements Generic Notice Notice Select the notice type of the rate plan from the list of options Rule Number Specify the unique number for the rule maintained for notice It is a running number starting from 1 Condition Specify the condition for notice generation The system will evaluate the conditions and based on the one that is satisfied the corresponding advice format is selected for notice Click Condition button to maintain a condition in Product screen The Condition Builder is displayed Format Select the format of the advice to be generated from the list of options Number of Days Specify the number of days required to intimate the customer in advance about the UDE rate change period Frequency Select the frequency at which the notice has to be generated from the adjoining drop down list This list displays the following values e Daily e Monthly e Quarterly e Half Yearly e Yearly
297. retrieve the balances separately for the different GAAP indicators to which accounting entries are posted for the loan If you need to move the balances from multiple Single GLs where the balances are currently lying check this box In such case the credit leg will be governed by the GLs from where component balances need to move and not the GL maintained at the product level for the event For partial write off PWOF event you need to check this box to split balance for all the credit legs of PWOF event For example For ALIQ event the maintenance is as follows Dr Cr Role Settlement Amount Tag Spilt Reqd Balance Dr DR_SETTL_BRIDGE Y MAIN_INT_LIQD N 4 71 ORACLE Dr Cr Role Settlement Amount Tag Spilt Reqd Balance Cr INTEREST RECEIVABLE say N MAIN_INT_LIQD Y GL 000 However the balance for interest is lying like this 500 GL 001 and 200 GL 002 Lets say we are liquidating 700 against MAIN_INT component In this scenario finally system will pass the following entries e Dr Customer A c 700 e CrGL 001 500 e CrGL 002 200 In case Split balance is set to NO for Cr leg the entry would have been e Customer A c 700 e Cr GL 000 700 When you are building new balances into GLs you need to uncheck this option for the credit leg also In such cases accounting will go by the maintenance of the GLs account done for the event For Example If you want to
298. rge Comp RIA EIM ADJ Dr CR SETTL BRIDGE EIM_ADJ Cr DR SETTL BRIDGE EIM ADJ Dr Charge Comp PIA EIM ADJ Cr CLIQ Charge Liquidation This event triggers the liquidation of charges applicable to the microfinance accounts You need to set up the following entries for this event Accounting Role Amount Tag Dr Cr DR SETTL BRIDGE Charge Comp LIQD Dr Charge Comp RIA Charge Comp LIQD Cr CR SETTL BRIDGE Charge Comp LIQD Dr Charge Comp PIA Charge Comp LIQD Cr CLOC Event Accounting Role Amount Tag Dr Cr Indicator CONTGL COMM UNUTIL Credit CONTOFF COMM UNUTIL Debit Accounting Entries for RML Reverse Mortgage Loan DSBR Event Accounting Role Amount Tag Dr Cr 11 15 ORACLE Accounting Role Amount Tag Dr Cr LOAN_ACCOUNT PRINCIPAL Dr CR_SETTL_BRIDGE PRINCIPAL Cr ACCR Event Accounting Role Amount Tag Dr Cr MAIN_INTREC MAIN_INT_ACCR Dr MAIN_INTINC MAIN_INT_ACCR Cr MLIQ ALIQ Event Accounting Role Amount Tag Dr Cr DR SETTL BRIDGE PRINCIPAL LIQD Dr LOAN ACCOUNT PRINCIPAL LIQD Cr DR SETTL BRIDGE PRINCIPAL EXCESS Dr PRINCIPALPAY PRINCIPAL EXCESS Cr PRINCIPALEXP PRINCIPAL WAVD Dr LOAN ACCOUNT PRINCIPAL WAVD Cr DR SETTL BRIDGE MAIN INT LIQ
299. rived Status Preferences Components Charges Linkage Details Advices Rollover Credit Score Fields Check List Customer Id No of Installments Net Principal Customer Name Unit Bullet Loan To Value Currency Frequency Index Exchange Rate Amount Financed Installment Start Date Subsidy Customer Id Book Date Due Date On Calculate Gross Principal Value Date Maturity Type Fixed Effective Date Edit User Defined Element Det C Amendment Maturity Date MFlLoan Client Account Group Account Disbursement Occurrence Details EMI Frequency Unit Minimum EMI EMI Frequency Maximum EMI Base End Date Effective Date User Defined Element Values 10f1 1 0f 1 5 Effective Date User Defined Elementid User Defined Element Value Rate Code Codeusage Resolvedvalue Account Change Other Applicants Assets Financials Internal Rate of Return Details MIS Events GeneralLedgerQuery Inventory SWIFT Message Details Statistics Unapplied Amendments Liquidation Order Maker Id Authorized By Status Date Time Date Time Authorization Status The following information is captured Effective Date This is the date as of when the changed values should be applicable UDE Effective Date The effective date is used to pick the UDE value You can add an effective date when you make some amendment to the UDE values Click add button to enter the eff
300. rmediate formula is used to create a Booked Moratorium formula as an intermediate step It will not be associated directly to any schedule 4 35 ORACLE To define an intermediate formula click Intermediate in the Components sub screen of the screen The Intermediate Formula Expression Builder screen is displayed intermediate Formula Round Up Down decimal Formula Name Rounding Factor decimal Compound Days Compound Months Compound Years Expression 1 Of 1 Condition Condition Form Type Formula Name Specify a suitable name to identify the formula that you are defining After you specify the name you can define the characteristics of the formula in the subsequent fields You have to use the name captured here to associate a formula with a schedule The name can comprise of a maximum of 27 alphanumeric characters Round Up To If you want to round off the results of an intermediate formula you can indicate the number of digits upto which the results should be rounded off to Compound Days Months Years If you want to compound the result obtained for the intermediate formula you have to specify the frequency for compounding the calculated interest The frequency can be in terms of e Days e Months e Years If you do not specify the compound days months or years it means that compounding is not applicable 4 36 ORACLE Rounding Factor Specify th
301. rnal Account Number Specify the external account number External Account Name Specify the name of the beneficiary who is holding the external account Clearing Bank Code Specify the code of the external bank that should be used for clearing maintenance The adjoining option list maintains all valid banks maintained in the system You can choose the appropriate one Clearing Branch Code Specify the branch code of the specified external bank that should be used for clearing The adjoining option list displays all valid codes maintained in the system You can choose the appropriate one Product Category Specify the category of the product The adjoining option list displays all valid products maintained in the system You can choose the appropriate one 5 29 ORACLE Routing Number Specify the routing number of the specified branch for clearing Clearing Product Code Specify the product code that should be used for clearing The adjoining option list displays all valid code maintained in the system You can choose the appropriate one Sector Code Specify the code of the sector that should be used for clearing The adjoining option list displays all valid codes maintained in the system You can choose the appropriate one Giro Number Specify the GIRO number of the corporate customer Payer Account Specify the account from which the amount should be paid Payer Bank Code Specify the code of the payer s bank that should be u
302. rocessed If you select this option events scheduled for a holiday will be processed on the last working day before the holiday Example Assume that the current system date is 15 May 05 Further 16 and 17 are holidays If you select Process Till Next Working Day 1 when you execute the batch program during EOD of 15 May the events due on 16 and 17 will also be processed If you do not select this option processing will be done upto the system date i e the current date The automatic events due on a holiday will be processed as part of the batch program run at BOD on the next working day after the holiday Consider the example discussed above if you do not check this option the events due on 16 and 17 will be processed as part of BOD operations on 18 May 05 which the next working day after the holidays Center Hierarchy Check this box to indicate that the branch hierarchy belongs to the center Office Type Specify a valid office type of the branch The adjoining option list displays all valid office types maintained in the system You can select the appropriate one Note that this field displays office types maintained in the system using the Office Type Maintenance screen Bulk Savings Txn Code Specify a valid transaction code to be used while processing accounting entries from the Bulk Savings Deposit Withdrawal The adjoining option list displays all valid bulk savings transaction codes maintai
303. ry eese nennen nemen en 6 28 6 7 VIEWING BULK AUTHORIZATION OF LOAN ACCOUN T nennen 6 29 REPORTS IN ORACLE FLEXJQC UBBE eeeeeeeeee eese ee ense tn sene 7 1 Job INTRODU TON s cet cepit edes ete Ud aoreet ode ei 7 1 7 1 1 Generatii TED OPES 7 1 7 1 2 Generating Client Summary and History Report eese eene 7 1 7 1 3 Generating Client Fees Charges and Penalties Report eese 7 5 7 1 4 Generating Clients Settlement info 7 7 7 1 5 Generating Client Loan Repayment Schedule Report eene 7 9 7 1 6 Generating Branch Due Disbursement Report eese tne 7 12 7 1 7 Generating Loan Arrears Report sees esee eee enne entente teen nenne 7 14 7 1 8 Generating Group Performance Report eese eene nennen nennen rennen entren 7 17 7 1 9 Generating Center Performance Report eese eene enne entere 7 19 7 1 10 Generating MFi Customer Related Information Report eene 7 21 7 1 11 Generating Account Officer Linkage Report eese eene teen eene nennen trennen 7 23 7 1 12 Generating MFI Collection Sheet E ERR nenne 7 24 UUonOn
304. s Amount Disbursed Reversed Settlement Mode Settlement Currency Settlement Amount Original Exchange Rate Exchange Rate Settlement Currency Equi az Compute Charges 1 Of 1 7 Component Name Settlement Mode Settlement Currency Settlement Amount Exchange Rate Settlement Currency Equivalent Seti bal SWIFT Message Details Advices Fields Checklist Maker Id Date Time Status Authorized By Date Time Authorization Status To begin the disbursement click on the New icon in the toolbar of the screen or select New from the Actions Menu The following information gets defaulted to the screen Transaction Branch Code The code of the login sign on branch is displayed here However you can select a different branch from the option list provided It is the branch where the loan account of the customer resides Account Number Select the Loan Account of the customer to which the disbursement is made All valid accounts are available in the option list Select the appropriate one from this list Event Sequence Number Specify the event sequence number ia ORACLE Default The defaults are maintained by the bank for the account can be viewed by clicking the Default button The defaults primarily are based on product definition and the account but it can be overridden I
305. s after which the next sub process is taken up and so on There is also an option to run it purely sequentially as shown above 10 2 4 Excess Amount Allocation Batch The Excess Amount Allocation batch is run to allocate the transfer amount available for each member against the outstanding balance in the corresponding microfinance accounts A member account is owned by a single member but a microfinance account can be co owned by several members in a certain ratio Each member could be a borrower in multiple loans For these reasons the amount allocations are necessitated The allocation process considers the following important parameters 10 5 ORACLE e 9 liability of each member in each loan where he is the borrower e Transfer amount available per member e Amount due based on liability per member To enable this fund allocation the rebate batch is run at the bank level Common Settlement Account maintained in Rebate Account Preferences screen is used as the Common Bridge Account This will have the combined balance of all the member accounts which can be utilized for loan re payment The Rebate account processing batch will provide the details like the member account number CASA account the member CIF number and the excess amount for the member This data will act as the input for this batch program The batch does the following operations e It will get the due details for the next schedule of each loan along with t
306. s and Delinquency Management e Status Change Processing is ORACLE e Amendments to Loans e Disbursements 2 1 2 Interface with other Modules The MF Module interfaces with the following sub systems Modules of Oracle FLEXCUBE e Security Management System SMS e Core Services like Currency General Ledger End of Day Accounting e Central Liability Limits e Bills Cobranzas Guarantees through uploads m ORACLE 3 Maintenance 3 1 Introduction Before you begin using the Microfinance module you must maintain the following information in the system e Branch Parameters e Office Types e Center Details e Group Types e Group Details e Groups and Center Positions e Meeting Phase e Demographics e Training Types e Poverty Status e Business Activities e Activity Checklist e Literacy Levels e Training Details e Products e Loan Accounts 3 2 Maintaining Branch Parameters You can maintain branch parameters using the MFi Branch Parameters screen You can invoke this screen by typing MFDBRPMT in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking on the adjoining arrow button 3 1 ORACLE MFI Branch Parameters EX New 5 Enter Query Branch Details Branch Code Branch Name CIGL Netting Accrual CIGL Netting Liquidation GL Netting Status Change Netting of Notices across Accounts lauto Allocate Part Payment Processing Office Type Bulk
307. s for a Loan Account you can capture different values for UDFs for different disbursements Click Ok button to return to the Bulk Manual Disbursement screen Capturing Advice related Details You can view the advices defaulted which also include the Payment Message in the Event Advices screen To invoke this screen click Advices button in the Bulk Manual Disbursement screen You can also choose to suppress the messages as required You can opt to suppress the Payment Message defaulted in case you do not need a credit through swift message The defaulted details can be overridden at this stage and if the settlement mode is changed to anything other than CASA the swift message is automatically suppressed Event Advices Advices 101 Message Type Suppress Priority Yes v High Suppress Advices 1 Of 1 Message Type lez System automatically suppresses the payment message under the following conditions 6 27 ORACLE 6 6 5 e Ifthe Principal Credit Settlement account is changed to a GL or if the receiver in Swift Msg Details tab is not valid to receive the message i e if the Customer Type of the Receiver party is not a Bank e If the settlement mode for PRINCIPAL component is changed to anything other than CASA If the Transfer Type is chosen as blank i e neither Customer Transfer nor Bank Transfer and if the Receiver is a
308. s limited to the active accounts belonging to the current branch e The amount and date of due for the main interest component is fetched from the component schedule due details e The accounting entries get passed on the schedule due date or the calendar quarter end as defined for the event INTP through the Consumer Lending Product screen under the Events tab pertaining to a loan product maintenance e For term loans the transaction posting date is the same as schedule due date of the main interest component The same is followed for amortized loans also e Foran amortized loan with a moratorium period the transaction posting date is the end of the calendar quarter and the end of the moratorium period If the moratorium period is different from the end of the calendar quarter the entries passed will not tally with the actual amount due This difference gets passed on the schedule due date of the moratorium period e There are no changes in the INTP event execution behaviour in case of a partial pre payment e Ifa loan is getting pre closed with a complete settlement the system does not wait till the schedule due date or calendar quarter end for passing the INTP entries It posts the interest accrued till the current date on the date of the pre closure e Incase of any failures during the INTP batch process the system logs the error details for the account and processes the subsequent accounts 10 2 6 Processing the MF B
309. s made The adjoining option list displays all valid currencies maintained in the system You can select the appropriate one Exchange Rate The system displays the exchange rate maintained for the currency Contract Status The system displays the contract status Receipt ID Specify the receipt ID 6 16 ORACLE Payments Against RD Account Click Populate Payment Details button Due Date The system displays the due date by which the payment needs to be made Payment Amount The system displays the payment amount Payment Date Specify the date on which the RD payment is made Due Days The system displays the number of days for which the payment has been due 6 5 1 Viewing Bulk RD Payment Summary You can view a summary of all bulk RD payments using the Bulk RD Payment Summary screen You can invoke this screen by typing MFSBLKRD in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking the adjoining arrow button 6 17 ORACLE Reccuring Deposit Bulk Payment E gt search Ct Advanced Search Reset Y Clear All Case Sensitive Authorization Status Record Status Bulk Reference Number az Transaction Date E gt Records per page 15 10f1 Authorization Status Record Status Bulk Reference Number Transaction Date MFI Level Center Group Code Brar ES 3 ENE JE Pur You can query on records based on any or all of the
310. sed for the payment of amount Payer Branch Specify the branch of the specified payer s bank that should be used for the payment of amount Payer Bank Address 1 4 Specify the address of the bank that should be used for the payment of the amount Bank GIRO Indicate the type of bank GIRO that should be used for corporate customers You can select one of the following e Bank GIRO e Plus Auto GIRO Indicate the type of the Auto GIRO for automatic direct debit You can select one of the following values e Auto e Manual 5 30 ORACLE Exchange Rate For a customer availing any Relationship Pricing scheme the customer specific exchange rate derived by adding the original exchange rate and the customer spread maintained for the relationship pricing scheme gets displayed here You can change the defaulted rate provided the change is within the variance level maintained for the underlying product If Relationship Pricing is not applicable Exchange Rate will be the same as the Original Exchange Rate For more details on customer specific exchange rates refer the section titled Specifying Pricing Benefit Details in Relationship Pricing user manual Negotiated Cost Rate Specify the negotiated cost rate that should be used for foreign currency transactions between the treasury and the branch You need to specify the rate only when the currencies involved in the transaction are different Otherwise it will be a normal trans
311. sed in lieu of the original amount due If a microfinance payment results in a status change for the account the system will update the current status for the account in the Derived Status field During end of day batch processing it will update the User Defined Status for the account with the worst status that is available for all accounts and microfinance for this CIF and post the required accounting entries for the change The MF Payment screen captures payment details such as Payment Mode Amount Settled Settlement Currency and Exchange Rate The payment is against any of the microfinance components such as principal interest late fee etc You can invoke the MF Payment screen by typing MFDPYMNT in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking on the adjoining arrow button 8 1 ORACLE Micro Finance MF Payments H save Transaction Branch Code 000 Product Code Account Number az Product Description Event Sequence Number Customer Id Customer Name Payment Details Value Date 2011 01 04 Amountto be paid back Execution Date 2011 01 04 2 Collection Agent Id az advance Installment Main Interest Rate Payment Total Principal Payment Due Till Date Outstanding 7 close Revolving Loan Prepayment of Amortized Loan Recomputation Basis Change Installment Allocate Payment Details 101 HEE
312. selection e Vehicle e Home e Others 5 66 ORACLE Valuation Date Specify the valuation date for the selected asset by using the adjoining calendar Source Specify the source associated with the asset selected Supplement Specify the supplement of the valuation source used for the valuation Edition Specify edition of the valuation source used for the valuation Wholesale Specify the wholesale rate associated with the asset selected Retail Specify the retail rate associated with the asset selected Usage Specify usage level at the time of the valuation Usage Value Specify the initial usage value Total Specify the total usage of the asset Vehicle Tab You can capture details regarding the asset of type vehicle in this tab 5 67 ORACLE Asset Branch Account Account Asset Valuation Home Others Mortgage Asset Class Asset Year Address 1 Type Asset Make Address 2 Sub Type Asset Model Address 3 Asset Status z Asset Body Address 4 Identity Number Reg You can specify the following common details associated with asset of type vehicle Class Select the class associated with the asset selected from the option list The following options are provided e New e Used Status Select the status of the asset selected from the option list The following options are provided e Active e Inactive e Inventory e Undefined Type Specify the type of the selected asset here
313. ser than the previous value Loan Settlement Notice You can maintain the following loan settlement notice details here Loan Settlement Request Check this option to indicate the request for loan settlement has been received If you check this box it is mandatory to specify the notice date and the expected loan closure date Notice Date Specify the date on which the notice of loan settlement was received By default the system displays the current application date However you can modify this You can use the date button to choose an appropriate date from the calendar Expected Closure Date Specify the expected date of loan closure This date must be later than the notice date specified above This must also be earlier than the original loan closure date You can specify the expected closure date only if the option Loan Settlement Request is checked In other cases this date cannot be captured Recomputation Basis Recomputation Basis Select the recomputation basis from the adjoining drop down list The options available are e Change Tenor e Change Installment Value dated amendment operation is applicable for recomputation basis Rate Change Action Select the rate change action from the adjoining drop down list The available values are 8 30 ORACLE e Change Installments e Change Tenor The system defaults Change Installments as rate change action value However you can modify it The value Change Ten
314. settlement account for these loans will be the project account Track Receivable Auto Liquidation Check this box to indicate that the receivables should be tracked during auto liquidation Amend Past Paid Schedule This option if checked allows you to perform value dated amendments to interest rate installment amount etc with effective date beyond the last paid schedule In such a case the increase decrease in the interest amount as a result of the amendment will be adjusted against the next available schedule after the current system date date on which the amendment was performed even if unpaid overdue schedules are present for the loan Note that this option is applicable only to term loans Packing Credit Product Check this box to indicate the possibility of linking MF Accounts to BC under this product For more details on the Packing Credit Sub System and Pre Shipment Finance refer section Specifying Purchase Details in chapter Processing Bills of the Bills and Collections manual Notary Confirmation Required You can check this box to indicate that the product is a mortgage product that requires confirmation from the notary for disbursing the loan CL Against bill Check this box if you want this MF product to be used for loans against an export bill By default this is not checked You are allowed to link multiple loans against one bill For Loan Against Salary Check this option to indicate that loa
315. specified external bank that should be used for clearing The adjoining option list displays all valid codes maintained in the system You can choose the appropriate one Product Category Specify the category of the product The adjoining option list displays all valid products maintained in the system You can choose the appropriate one Routing Number Specify the routing number of the specified branch for clearing Clearing Product Code Specify the product code that should be used for clearing The adjoining option list displays all valid code maintained in the system You can choose the appropriate one 8 38 ORACLE Sector Code Specify the code of the sector that should be used for clearing The adjoining option list displays all valid codes maintained in the system You can choose the appropriate one Payer Account Specify the account from which the amount should be paid Payer Bank Code Specify the code of the payer s bank that should be used for the payment of amount Payer Branch Specify the branch of the specified payer s bank that should be used for the payment of amount Payer Bank Address 1 4 Specify the address of the bank that should be used for the payment of the amount GIRO Number Specify the GIRO number of the corporate customer Bank GIRO Indicate the type of bank GIRO that should be used for corporate customers You can select one of the following e Bank GIRO e Plus Auto GIRO Indicate the typ
316. splayed 4 67 ORACLE Accounting Entries Accounting Rules 1 Of 1 Rule Number Condition Condition T Dama 4 Accounting Entry 1 Of 1 Entry Pair Number Accounting Role Amount Tag Debit Credit Indicator Transaction Code 1 With the Rule definition builder you can maintain different set of accounting entries for different conditions Rule Number Every rule condition you define for a product should be assigned a unique number The rule number can consist of a maximum of 5 digits Condition You can use the Condition Builder to define a rule Click on Condition in the above screen to invoke it 4 68 ORACLE Condition Builder Web Page Dialog Field Operator v Condition Value And Element X Or Logical Op Accept Mathematical Op Clear Condition gl 3 You can define rule using the SDEs like Tenor Customer Risk Category and other UDFs If you do not specify a rule condition the accounting entries become applicable to all conditions For details on building a condition using the options available in the screen refer the section titled Defining UDE Rules in the Maintenances and Operations chapter of this User Manual Accounting Role Select the accounting role that should be used at the event The option list displays all the accounting roles specified for the product in
317. splays the pool amount as the overall amount e lf the linkage type is Facility then the system displays the effective line amount as the overall amount Collateral Category Category of the collateral is displayed here if the Linkage Type is maintained as Collateral however you need to specify collateral category if the Linkage Type is New Collateral from the adjoining option list Hair Cut Percentage of hair cut for the collateral is displayed here if the Linkage Type is maintained as Collateral however you need to specify Hair Cut if the Linkage Type is New Collateral from the adjoining option list Limit Amount The system displays the following as limit amount based on the selected linkage type on saving the loan account e lf the Linkage Type is New Collateral then the system displays the value computed after applying Hair Cut percentage on the amount e lf the Linkage Type is Collateral then the system displays the limit amount of the selected collateral as the limit amount of the account e If the Linkage Type is either Collateral Pool or Facility then the system displays the overall amount as the limit amount of the account Linked Amount You can specify either the linked amount or linked percentage If you specify the linked amount the system updates and displays the linked percentage of the amount financed If
318. stallment status and the account status change date Subsequent to this Oracle FLEXCUBE will process the installment status change and account status change Note the following e installment status change will not change the next execution date of unprocessed ACCR events e A status change is applicable for both manual and automatic account status e f you delete an account level status change it will delete the catch up accrual accounting entries also e f you reverse an account level status change it will reverse the catch up accrual accounting entries as well 4 2 11 Specifying Events A contract goes through different stages in its life cycle In Oracle FLEXCUBE the different stages a contract passes through in its life cycle are referred to as Events 4 65 ORACLE At event typically you would want to post the accounting entries to the appropriate account heads and generate the required advices When setting up a product you can define the accounting entries that have to be posted and the advices that have to be generated at the various events in the life cycle of loans involving the product Therefore for the required events you have to specify the Accounting entries Charges Policies and Advices To do this click Events button in the Product Maintenance screen the following screen is displayed Events Product Code Product Description lass Details Class Code Class Description
319. stem populates the following fields Saving Accounts Details e Customer No e Customer Account Number e Currency e Balance If you generate a query based on the Group then the Savings and RD accounts booked for client CIFs are displayed RD Account Details e Customer No e Customer Account Number e Currency e Amount Due e Total 6 3 Making Bulk Payments against Loan or Commitment 6 4 ORACLE The Bulk Loan Payment screen is provided to create bulk payments against a limit commitment for loan accounts coming under a group center Bulk payment is done for the loan accounts linked to an L C for which the bulk payment option is checked The bulk payment is always done for the current branch You can invoke the Bulk Loan Payment screen by typing MFDBLKPT in the field at the top right corner of the Application toolbar and clicking the adjoining arrow button Bulk Payment H save Branch Code 000 Bulk Reference Number Populate Due MFI Level z Date 2011 01 04 Center Group Code Payment Details 10f1 Account Number x Payment Mode Settlement Currency Amount Settled Local Currency Equivalent Exchange Rate Che Account az Component Details 10f1 E 4 Account Number x Component Name Amount Due Overdue Amount Waived AmountPaid v Maker OSDC1 Date Time 2011 01 04 Status Check
320. t Retry Count for Reversed Auto Liquidation If auto liquidation has been reversed in an account it will be retried depending upon the status of this field If this option is selected then the auto liquidation is retried Partial Liquidation If you select this option system will perform partial auto liquidation Retries Auto Liquidation When auto liquidation option is chosen and funds are not available the number of times the system can retry auto liquidation is determined by this field If blank the number of retries is infinite Retries Advice Days Number of retries for an advice is defaulted here from the product maintenance level however you can modify if needed The value should be less than the value maintained for Retries Auto Liquidation Days Close Collateral Check this box if you need to close the collateral on full payment during auto liquidation During auto liquidation the system will check is this check box is checked and closes the collateral automatically Track Receivable If Track receivable option is checked for an account it tracks the amount to be liquidated as a receivable if funds are not available So upon any subsequent credit the receivables are blocked and allocated to the pending liquidation Auto Liquidation Select this option to indicate that the Track receivable option is for Auto Liquidations You can modify this during VAMI rollover renegotiation This is defaulted from the prod
321. t is amortized For example if it is deposit interest the amortization basis would be Principal The components are available in the option list provided In case of a subsidy loan amortization is done with both the main interest and the subsidy component For instance if the interest rate is x and the subsidy rate is y amortization will be done using net interest rate as x y in the aforesaid scenario The interest component will be calculated for the main interest and the subsidy component based on the principal expected and the individual rates for the components 4 2 6 2 Moratorium Formula Moratorium refers to the repayment holiday given during the period between the value date of the loan and the first repayment date While no repayment will happen during this period computation will continue However you can also have a principal moratorium wherein no principal repayment happens in a certain period only interest component is repaid This moratorium may be applied at any stage of the repayment cycle of the loan In case of a principal moratorium you need to ensure that the tenor given in the formula does not exceed the principal moratorium period The Moratorium formula is used for the computation of interest for the moratorium period 4 40 ORACLE To define the formula click Moratorium in the Component sub screen of the screen The Moratorium Formula Expression Builder screen is displayed Moratori
322. t ought to have taken place on the contract but have not due to various reasons history reports and so on A set of report formats is pre defined Generating reports From the Application Browser select the Reports option The system displays a list of all the reports to which you have access rights Select the report that you want to generate The system displays a screen where you can set the filters for the reports to be generated Set the filters and click OK button to generate the report To cancel the operation click on Exit button Generating Client Summary and History Report You can set your preferences as to the output of a report using Client Summary and History Report screen You can invoke this screen by typing MFRACONT in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking on the adjoining arrow button 7 1 ORACLE Client Summary and History Report Group Specific 9 AII Group Client C Specific AIl Client Product Specific Product AccountNumber Account Number Report Format Printer At Client Report Output Print Printer zz In this screen you can enter the following details Group You have to indicate the group type The options available are e Specific If you choose this option you are allowed select value from the option list e All If you choose this option all the values get selected In case of Specific optio
323. t status among all the loans savings accounts and current accounts for the customer within the current branch Derived Status The system defaults the status of the individual loan account here This is derived from the status maintenance rules of the product during end of day operations 5 3 ORACLE 5 2 1 Main Tab You can capture the main details of the loan account in this tab Micro Finance Account Detail E New amp Enter Query Product Branch Product Description Account Product Category Alternate Account Number Application Number Version Number User Reference User Defined Status Derived Status Preferences Components Charges Linkage Details Advices Rollover CreditScore Fields Check List No of Installments Customer Id Net Principal Customer Name Currency Amount Financed Book Date Value Date First Pay By Date Total Principal Outstanding MFI Loan EMI Details EMI Frequency Unit EMI Frequency Product Default Client Account Group Account Unit Frequency Installment Start Date Amount Due Date On Maturity Type Maturity Date Tenor Disbursement Occurrence Minimum Maximum EMI Base End Date Bullet Loan To Value Index Exchange Rate Subsidy Customer Id iCalculate Gross Principal Edit UDE Details Securitization Status TakenOver Asset Details Collateral TakenOver Takeover Details Effective Date User Defined Element Values 10f1 10f1
324. tails Rate Code Codeusage Resolvedvalue Edit UDE Details Collateral TakenOver Takeover Details I Promotions OtherApplicants PaymentMode Details Assets Financials Internal Rate of Return Details MIS Events GeneralLedgerQuery Maker Id Date Time Authorized By Date Time Authorization Status You can specify the following generic details in the Account Details screen Product Click the option list to select a Product Code from the list of values Double click on a Product Code to select a particular code The product codes are maintained in the Product Definition screen Click P button to populate the Product Category Value Date Maturity Date based on the Product Code selected the main screen will display all these values Product Description A description of the selected product is displayed in this field Product Category The system displays the product category in this field Application Number The system displays the Application Number in this field 5 2 ORACLE This is applicable only if the origination of the loan is in Oracle FLEXCUBE or is interfaced Branch The system displays the Branch Code of the branch into which the user has logged in for which the UDE values are maintained Account Based on the parameters that setup at the branch level the account number would be either auto generated or would have to be captured in this
325. tes Attendance Expected D Maker Date Time Checker Date Time Mod No Record Status Authorization Status Here you need to specify the following details Meeting Code The system generates the meeting code automatically when you create a new record with process code MTSH 3 35 ORACLE Select the type of meeting from the adjoining drop down list The options available e Center e Group e Client Meeting of Specify the meeting schedule based on the type selected viz Group Center and Client from the option list Cascade Changes to Loans and Deposit Check this box to cascade meeting schedule to loans and deposits During End of Day EOD VAMI is triggered automatically only if Cascade Change to loans and deposits is enabled at Meeting Schedule Definition screen and if Default from meeting schedule is enabled at product level Meeting Hours Select the hours for the meeting for the adjoining drop down list Meeting Minutes Select the minutes for the meeting for the adjoining drop down list Number of Schedules Specify the number of meeting schedules Unit Select the unit of the meeting from the adjoining drop down list The options available are e Daily e Monthly e Weekly e Quarterly e Half Yearly e Yearly Frequency Specify the frequency of the meeting 3 36 ORACLE Due Date Specify the due date of the meeting This option is enabled only
326. that takes all other details from the defaults the product provides You can create a loan account using the Micro Finance Account Details screen You can invoke this screen by typing MFDACONT in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking the adjoining arrow button 5 1 ORACLE Micro Finance Account Detail E New ES Enter Query Product Branch Product Description Account Product Category Alternate Account Number Application Number Version Number User Reference User Defined Status Derived Status WEI Preferences Components Charges Linkage Details Advices Rollover Credit Score Fields Check List Customer Id Customer Name Currency Amount Financed Book Date Value Date First Pay By Date Product Default Total Principal Outstanding MFlLoan Client Account Group Account EMI Details EMI Frequency Unit Effective Date 101 Effective Date Account EMI Change No of Installments Unit Frequency Installment Start Date Amount Due Date On Maturity Type Maturity Date Tenor Disbursement Occurrence Minimum EMI Maximum Base End Date Bullet User Defined Element Values 1 Of 1 User Defined Element id User Defined Element Value Net Principal Loan To Value Index Exchange Rate Subsidy Customer Id Icalculate Gross Principal Securitization Status TakenOver Asset De
327. the Role To Head sub screen of the Product screen Select the role appropriate for the event Amount Tag Specify the amount tag applicable for the Accounting Role An amount tag identifies the amount value that is actually due for a component Depending on the components defined for the product the system dynamically creates a set of amount tags For instance if the component is MAIN_INT the following amount tags are automatically created e MAIN INT RESD Component Amount Residual e MAIN INT ADJ Component Amount Adjustment e MAIN INT LIQD Component Amount Liquidated e MAIN INT ROLL Component Amount Rolled over e MAIN INT CAP Component Amount Capitalized e MAIN INT ACCR Component Amount Accrued e MAIN INT DLIQ Component Amount Paid against Due Schedules future not due schedules e MAIN INT OLIQ Component Amount Paid against Overdue Schedules The DLIQ OLIQ tags will be generated only for the events and ROLL 4 69 ORACLE Select the appropriate amount tag from this list Debit or Credit Here you have to specify the type of accounting entry to be posted the entry can be a debit entry or a credit entry Transaction Code Every accounting entry in Oracle FLEXCUBE is associated with a Transaction Code that describes the nature of the entry Specify the transaction code that should be used to post the accounting entry to the account head You can group all similar transactio
328. the accounting entries under in two tabs based on the status of the event e Processed Tab Displays records which are processed e Unprocessed Tab Displays records which are unprocessed 8 2 11 Saving and Authorizing MF Payments You have to save a MF payment after entering all the required details in the system Click Save icon on the Toolbar On saving the account the system validates the value of the amount financed against the following e Product transaction limit 8 17 ORACLE e User Input limit If the transaction currency and the limit currency are different then the system converts the amount financed to limit currency and checks if the same is in excess of the product transaction limit and user input limit If this holds true the system indicates the same with below override error messages e Number of levels required for authorizing the transaction e Transaction amount is in excess of the input limit of the user You have to authorise a CL payment before you run EOD batch To authorize click Authorize icon on the Application toolbar WV You cannot authorise from the MF Payments screen in the following cases e The contract has multilevel of authorization pending the same will be done using the Multilevel Authorization Detailed screen e level of authorization is greater than or equal to N e Nth or the final level of the users authorisation limit is less than the difference
329. the appropriate one 6 24 ORACLE 6 6 2 Clearing Through Branch Specify a valid clearing through branch The adjoining option list displays all valid clearing through branches maintained in the system You can select the appropriate one PC Category Specify a valid product category The adjoining option list displays all valid product categories maintained in the system You can select the appropriate one Clearing Product Code Specify a valid clearing product code The adjoining option list displays all valid clearing product codes maintained in the system You can select the appropriate one End Point Specify a valid end point The adjoining option list displays all the valid end points maintained in the system You can select the appropriate one Routing Number Specify the routing number Instrument Number Specify the instrument number Card Number Specify the card number Verify Check List To every online event you can associate check list items through the Checklist Description screen To view the check list items associated with the Manual Disbursement event click on the Check List button 6 25 ORACLE Checklists Check List Item 1 Of 1 Description Remarks This screen displays the check list items for manual disbursement All check list items have to be verified for successful disbursal of the loan To do this check the
330. the check box is checked during partial payment and the payment amount is not equal to the linked amount of the collateral then the system displays an error message For more details on field explanation refer to the section Linkage Details Tab in Account Creation chapter of this User Manual When you click on the Populate button the system displays the linkage details in Linkage Details tab wren a principal component is paid 8 13 ORACLE e The system re instates linked linkage for the amount settled amount paid amount waived based on the ascending order of re instatement order number maintained at Linkage Details level e The system will utilize linked linkage for the capitalized amount based on the ascending order of utilization order number maintained at linkage Details level 8 2 7 Partial Payments Partial payment is required to parameterize partial liquidation during auto liquidation process In the MF Product Preferences screen you can indicate whether partial liquidation is allowed during auto liquidation of the loan or not This preference set at the product level gets defaulted at the account creation level also But this option is allowed only if Verify Funds option is selected Auto Liquidation will check this option before carrying out partial liquidation viz before liquidating to the extent of availability during Verify Funds check If selected the function proceeds
331. the following center details in this tab Center Formed By Specify the account officer who formed the center The adjoining option list displays all valid account officers maintained in the system You can choose the appropriate one Demographic Code Specify the demographic code The adjoining option list displays all valid demographic codes maintained in the system You can choose the appropriate one Detail Specify a brief description associated with the demographic code You can specify the values if it is not maintained in Demographics Maintenance screen You can also select the values from LOV if the values for Demographic Code are maintained in Demographics Maintenance screen You can create only savings accounts for the center Defining Center Office Bearers Details You can assign clients to center titles 3 10 ORACLE 3 4 3 Microfinance Center Definition H Save Center Code 000ZCNT1100400DX User Defined Center Code Center Name Center CIF ID Account Officer Center Branch EE Comments 1 Of 1 Position Position Name Customer No Customer Name Source Code Source Reference MFI Joining Date 2011 01 04 5 Fields CenterChange History Groups Meeting Details Date Time Date Time Maker Checker Here you need to specify the following details Position Mod No Record Status Authorization Status
332. three digit unique number e lf the Linkage Type is New Collateral then the system creates and authorizes the collateral with Collateral Type as Normal and assigns the Liability ID of the customer However you can manually create collateral with different type and link it to the account e The system validates if the Amount Financed is greater than the Linked Amount of the Collateral Linkage Details Block If the Amount Financed is greater then the system will auto track the remaining amount against the Liability ID of the customer e If the Liability ID does not have sufficient available balance then the system displays the override message as The liability does not have enough available balance Do you want to continue e When an account is deleted the system re instates the collateral if it is utilized by the account and closes the collateral that was created new automatically Commitment Details You can specify the following details 5 45 ORACLE Linkage Sequence Number Enter the sequence number for the linkage that you are specifying The valid values are Line Deposit Guarantee Amount Block CASA Account Collateral Pool Commitment and Collateral Linkage Type Click on the list item to choose the details of the linkage type A list of values is displayed Linkage Branch Select the branch of the linkage type Linked Reference Select the linkage reference number be used for corresponding
333. ting Role Amount Tag Dr Cr DR_SETTLEMENT_BRG PENAL_INT_LIQD Dr PENAL_INT_REC PENAL_INT_LIQD Cr REVN Periodic Rate Revision This will change the Floating Interest Rates based on the periodicity that you maintain Advice Name Description Format Name CL INT STMT Interest Statement Advice CL INT STMT RATECH ADV Rate Change Advice CL RTCH ADV ARVN Automatic Rate Revision This will change the Floating Rate as and when the rate changes Advice Name Description Format Name CL INT STMT Interest Statement Advice CL INT STMT RATECH ADV Rate Change Advice CL RTCH ADV UDCH User Defined Element Value Changes This event will be triggered whenever there is a change in the UDE values This will be required to have Rate revision advices sent to the customers YACR Yield to Maturity Discount Accrual This event will be triggered for the computation of IRR The following accounting entries will be passed Accounting Role Amount Tag Dr Cr EIMDISCRIA EIM ACCR Dr 11 14 ORACLE Accounting Role Amount Tag Dr Cr EIMDISCINC EIM Cr EIMPREMEXP EIM Dr EIMPREMPIA EIM ACCR Cr If refunding needs to be done as part of with complete pre payment the following entries should be passed in addition to the ones specified above Accounting Role Amount Tag Dr Cr Cha
334. tion Specifying Purchase Details in chapter Processing Bills of the Bills and Collections manual Use Guarantor for Repayment Check this box if you need to consider guarantor account for repayment of loans Loan Statement Required The system defaults this value based on the product preferences However you can modify the default value Check this box to indicate that the loan statement should be generated If this field is checked and the loan statement maintenance is not done at product level the system will display an error at the time of saving the contract You need to have linked the CLST_DETAILED message to the DSBR event for the product in order to generate loan advice on each disbursal in the loan account For Loan against Salary The system defaults this value here based on the preferences maintained in the MF product However you can modify it at the account level Notary Pre Confirmed Check this box to indicate that you have already got confirmation from the notary before creation of the loan If the value date of the account is on or before the application date then NCON will trigger INIT and DSBR event for auto disbursement product else user will need to trigger manual disbursement post the notary confirmation 5 14 ORACLE If the value date of the loan is beyond the application date the system will trigger the NCON event online once the value date is reached the INIT and DS
335. to determine the purpose of the meeting like presentation meeting information meeting detailed discussion understanding the business loan disbursement and repayment meeting e Poverty Status You can maintain poverty status of customers e Training Type You can maintain training type Code Specify a type code being maintained Description Provide a brief description of the training type 3 9 1 Viewing Type Code Summary You can view a summary of type codes maintained in the system using the Code Summary screen You can invoke this screen by typing MFSCOMMT the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking the adjoining arrow button 3 42 ORACLE 3 10 Type Code Summary E gt search Ct Advanced Search Reset K Clear All Case Sensitive Authorization Status x Record Status Type Records per page 15 10f1 Authorization Status Record Status Description You can query on records based on any or all of the following criteria e Authorization Status e Type e Record Status Click Search button The system identifies all records satisfying the specified criteria and displays the following details for each one of them e Authorization Status e Record Status e Type e Description Maintaining Checklists You can maintain a microfinance checklist to be verified during customer creation using the Microfinance Checklist Maintenance screen You
336. tomerld Currency Balance Branch OpeningDate ClosedDate Status Here you can view the following details Loan Details Loan Number The system displays the loan reference number of the group Value Date The system displays the date on which the loan was received Amount The system displays the loan amount Currency The system displays the loan amount currency 3 30 ORACLE Maturity The system displays the date on which the loan matures Total Amount Due The system displays the due loan amount Total Amount Paid Date The system displays the date on which the total amount is paid Status The system displays the status of the loan Account Details Account The system displays the account number of the group CIF ID The system displays the CIF ID Balance The system displays the account balance Currency The system displays the account currency Opening Date The system displays the date on which the account was opened Closed Date The system displays the date on which the account was closed Status The system displays the status of the account RD TD Account The system displays the account number 3 31 ORACLE CIF ID The system displays the CIF ID Balance The system displays the account balance Currency The system displays the account currency Opening Date The system displays the date on which the account was opened Closed Date The system disp
337. tton Product Specify the product code The option list displays all valid product codes maintained in the system Choose the appropriate one Account Number You have to indicate the account number type The available options are e Specific If you choose this option you are allowed select value from the option list e All If you choose this option all the values gets selected In case of Specific option if you do not select any value from the option list in case of All option if you select any of the value from the option list In both the cases the system will through an error once you click OK button Account Number Specify the account number The option list displays all valid MF account numbers maintained in the system Choose the appropriate one Set the filters and click OK button to generate the report To cancel the operation click on Exit button 7 3 ORACLE B http ddhp0555 8001 FCJNeoWeb Reports BIP ENG CHO MFRACCDT 00001667 pdf Microsoft Internet Explorer DAR Fie Edit GoTo Favorites Help Q Bact ix JO search Sf Favorites a iw rel 33 Client Summary And History Report Branch Branch Date 30 2007 User id MIV2 Date amp Time 21 APR 2010 17 28 28 Account Number Branch Code Product Customer Id Currency Loan Amount Value Date Aami Account Code Status MLAA 010000263 USD 29 Nov
338. tton to change the schedules The system will automatically calculate the schedules only in case of extension of the maturity date If the change in the maturity date results in reduction of the tenor the schedules will not be calculated automatically In such cases you need to change the schedules manually The automatic schedule change is applicable only to the loan accounts that have schedules in uniform frequency for all components throughout the loan tenor In case of flexible repayment schedules you need to change the schedules manually Preference Tab Preferences maintained for the account are displayed here 8 28 ORACLE Micro Finance Value Dated Amendments Enter Query Product Branch Code User Reference Product Category Account Number User Defined Status Application Number Alternate Account Number Derived Status Components Charges Linkage Details Advices Rollover Credit Score Fields Check List Cheque Book Facility ClStop Disbursement Liquidation Passbook Facility Annuity Auto Liquidation Auto 7 Disbursement p Debit Card Reset Retry Count for Cliquidate Back Valued Packing Credit Reversed Auto Liquidation Schedules Cluse Guarantor for Partial Liquidation Allow Bulk Payment Repayment JAmend Past Paid Schedules 1 Statement Required Retries Auto Notary Pre Confirmed Retries Advice Days Edit Holiday Periods Intermediate M
339. ture the manual loan disbursement details in bulk from the adjoining drop down list The available options are e Center e Group Center Group Code Specify a valid code of the Center Group against which you wish to capture the manual loan disbursement details The adjoining option list displays all valid Center Group codes maintained in the system You can select the appropriate one Value Date This is the date when the credit entry for the disbursement amount is posted to the Cr Settlement Bridge The current system date is displayed here 6 19 ORACLE Execution Date This is the date on which the disbursement is booked in the system The current system date is displayed here You may change the date to a date in the future before the maturity date of the loan Bulk Reference Number This is auto generated and used as a reference to identify the transaction in the system Component All disbursements are made towards the PRINCIPAL component You cannot change the component Remarks Specify remarks about the loan disbursement if any Click Populate button The system will now populate the Disbursement Details section with loan account numbers related to the selected Group Center Disbursement Details Here you can capture details specific to the loan disbursement Account The system displays the loan account number Settlement Mode You can make disbursements either through a single mode or by using mult
340. uct level On schedule liquidation if there are insufficient funds in the settlement account to satisfy the liquidation and if both the product and the account are marked for receivable tracking then system initiates tracking of receivable If the account is marked for Partial liquidation then liquidation happens to the extent of available funds and the remaining amount is tracked 5 16 ORACLE If the account is not marked for partial liquidation and the amount available in the settlement account is less than the due amount then system won t do any liquidation and starts tracking the full due amount Whenever there is a credit to an account the tracking process checks if the account has any receivable against it and if it does then the relevant amount is blocked as a receivable and the corresponding amount is marked to be used for settlement during subsequent ALIQ for the account This process happens till the amount needed for liquidation is fully available The decision of allocating this credit will be based on the preference order of products that has been specified at an account class level On the following EOD BOD batch liquidation tries to liquidate the schedule The amount receivable is made available for the liquidation and liquidation happens to the extent of receivable amount Manual Liquidation Select this option to indicate that the Track receivable option is for Manual Liquidations By default the system selects this o
341. um EMI Ccy You can enter the currency of the EMI amount to be paid Recomputation of Amortization Loan at Amendments You have to indicate whether the tenor of the loan should be reduced or the installment should be recalculated whenever a maturity date principal change or a rate change is made against an amortized loan 4 16 ORACLE Value Dated Amendment Action The possible amendments and the recomputation basis are given below e For amendment of maturity date of an amortized loan You can opt to change the tenor keeping the installment constant e For amendment of principal amount You can affect it either as a Balloon additional amount in the last schedule or apportion it across the installments e For interest rate change You can change the tenor keeping the installment constant or vary the EMI and keep the tenor same VAMI Installment Calculation Type For amendments if the recomputation basis is Change Installment then the Instalment calculation can be e Single Installment e Multiple Installment based on multiple future rates Interest Preferences Interest only Period Specify in numbers the duration for which the customer needs to repay only the interest component This period thereby indicates a holiday period for principal repayment Unit Select the unit of period to be considered for the interest holiday from the adjoining drop down list This list displays the following values e Days e Weeks e
342. um Formula moratorium Liquidation Formula Formula Name Liquidate Moratorium to Compound Days Installment Compound Months V Default Moratorium Formula Compound Years Round Up Down decimal Lg Rounding Factor decimal Expression Condition Result Condition Form Type The procedure for defining the Moratorium formula is as explained for Intermediate and Booked formulae The following additional fields are also applicable for a moratorium formula Formula Name Here you specify a suitable name to identify the formula that you are defining After you specify the name you can define the characteristics of the formula in the subsequent fields You have to use the name captured here to associate a formula with a schedule The name can comprise of a maximum of 27 alphanumeric characters Moratorium Liquidation Formula The formula used for computation of interest for the moratorium period is called Moratorium Formula The Interest calculated using the moratorium formula should be liquidated for the lifetime of the loan by apportioning it across all the installments Therefore you need to maintain a formula for liquidating the moratorium interest Check this option to indicate that the formula you have maintained is for Moratorium liquidation Liquidate Moratorium to Installment This option is applicable only if you are defining a Moratorium Liquidation Formula If y
343. umber to the previous decimal value The principal component of the EMI is adjusted based on the rounded EMI amount Numerator Method Specify the day count method for the numerator for each currency applicable to the product The following options are available in the drop down list e Actual e 30 Euro e 30US Choose the appropriate one This value will be used for calculation of the Net Present Value NPV Denominator Method Specify the day count method for the denominator for each currency applicable to the product The following options are available in the drop down list e 360 365 Choose the appropriate one This value will be used for calculation of the Net Present Value NPV 4 2 13 Customer Category Restrictions Just as you can maintain a list of allowed disallowed branches and currencies for a product you can maintain a list of allowed disallowed customer categories You can maintain several restrictions for each customer category 4 79 ORACLE Customer Category Restriction Product Code Product Description lass Details Default From Class Class Code Class Description Customer Category Allowed Restriction Disallowed Category Restrictions Customer Restrictions 1 OF 1 10f1 Customer Category Description I Customer No Description P P You can restrict customers from availing a product by maintaining an all
344. unt Detail save dy Hola Product cel Branch Version Number Product Description Account User Reference Product Category Alternate Account Number User Defined Status Application Number Derived Status TET Charges Linkage Details Advices Rollover Credit Score Fields Check List Component Name Penal Basis Component 10f 1 Calculation Type Service Branch Payment Details Formula With Schedule Y Service Account Revisions Component Currency Settlement Currency Special Interest Amt IInternal Rate of Return Waive Applicable Main Component LISpecial Component EN verify Funds Funded During Initiation capitalized Funded During Rollover Liquidation Mode Auto gt Schedule Definition 10f1 Schedule Type Schedule Flag Formula FirstDueDate NoofSchedules Frequency Units DueDateOn EndDate Amount EMlAmount Promotions OtherApplicants PaymentMode Details Assets Financials Internal Rate of Return Details MIS Events General Ledger Query Installment SWIFT Message Details Statistics Securitization Details Documents Liquidation Order Maker Id Authorized By Status Date Time Date Time Authorization Status You can specify the following details for the components Component Name The name of the component is displayed in this screen Component Currency The system displays the currency associated with the component in this field The value is
345. unt is reached the system generates a failure advice and sends it to the customer to initiate an appropriate action for the successful execution of the advice Liquidate All Components for a Date Check this box if you want to liquidate all the components in a single day Liquidate Each Component across Dates Check this box if you want to liquidate all the components across different days Guarantor Account Applicable Status Select customer account status at which guarantor account should be considered from the adjoining option list This list displays all valid status maintained at the customer account level Account Preferences Pass Book Facility Check this box to indicate that a passbook can be issued to the loan account holder Liquidate Back Valued Schedules If you select this option on initiation of a back value dated loan all the schedules with a due date less than the system date will be liquidated Back Value Dated Entry Allowed This option facilitates back valued transactions If you select this option you will be allowed to process transactions with a value date less than the current system date Special Interest Accrual If you check this box accrual of interest is done on the basis of the formula specified for a component Otherwise interest accrual will be done based on the number of days in the schedule 4 8 ORACLE Project Account Check this box to track multiple limit lines in case of joint venture The
346. ver Correspondence Account With Institution Intermediary Receivers Correspondent Account with Institution Intermediary 5 2 22 Maintaining Liquidation Order 5 64 ORACLE Click on the Liquidation Order button to invoke the Liquidation order screen In this screen you can maintain the liquidation order for the account as the status maintained at the product level Liquidation Order Account Status 10f 1 Status Description Liquidation Order 1 Of 1 Liquidation Order Account Status Status Select the status code from the adjoining option list Description The system displays the description of the status code Liquidation Order Component Select the component maintained for the product from the adjoining option list Liquidation Order Specify the liquidation order of the component You can specify values in this screen only if you modify liquidation order for a particular status specified at product level Note the following 5 65 ORACLE e This Liquidation order maintained at the product shall be the basis liquidation order for all the accounts under the product System will read the liquidation order from the product for all accounts if the liquidation order is not maintained at the account level e The changes made for the liquidation order in account s operation shall be ef
347. what is called the Batch Process The batch process is an automatic function that is run as a mandatory Beginning of Day BOD and or End of Day EOD process During EOD the batch process should be run after end of transaction input EOTI has been marked for the day and before end of financial input EOFI has been marked for the day 10 2 Configuring the Microfinance Batch Processes You have the facility to configure the batch processes to be executed either at EOD or BOD or both as per the bank s requirement This is achieved through the Automatic Process Definition screen You can invoke this screen by typing CLDTPROC in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking on the adjoining arrow button Automatic Process Definition amp Enter Query Automatic Process Detail Process Name x Process Description Sequence Invoke During BOD Invoke During EOD Input By Authorized By Modification Date Time Date Time Number Authorized open In this screen you can amend the order of the various operations in the MF batch and choose to trigger them at EOD or BOD or both The default configuration is given below Batch Operation BOD EOD Forward Init of Microfinance accounts BOD 10 1 ORACLE Batch Operation BOD EOD Calculation EOD BOD Accruals EOD BOD Auto Liquidations EOD BOD Auto Disbursements BOD Rate Revisions BOD UDE Cas
348. will update the User Defined Status for the account with the worst status that is available for all accounts and loans for this CIF and post the required accounting entries for the change 5 38 ORACLE During Amendments Disbursements post securitization the system raises an alert message saying The loan account has been securitized In such cases you need to perform the amendments or disbursements after getting the approval from SPV 5 2 3 6 Viewing Rate Revisions 5 2 4 Select a component which has rate revision defined To view the details of the Rate revision schedule click the Revisions button This lists the details of the revisions done on the Components Revisions Revisions 1 Of 1 Schedule Date Applied Flag This lists the revision date against the component name This also has an application option which displays if the revision was applied or not You can check the details of the name of the component that is revised and the date when it has been revised from the field Component name and Revision date respectively Charges Tab This module is used for calculating and applying charges on an account To calculate the charges that we would like to levy on an account we have to specify the basis on which we would like to apply charges For example we may want to apply charges on the basis of the debit turnover in an account When we define a Charge product we have to specify the Ch
349. will be exploded and the pay by dates will be shown based on the First Pay By Date input by the user If First Pay By e Date is not input then the first Schedule Due Date of MAIN_INT component plus the credit days product parameter for OLL will be defaulted as the First Pay By Date e Pay by date for bullet schedule PRINCIPAL and MAIN_INT will be the maturity date of the open line loan account e Holiday treatment will calculate the due date and pay by date respectively e System will be changed to always ignore holidays while computing the billing dates e System will consider the holiday parameter setup in product while computing the pay by date Rate Change Action Select the rate change action from the adjoining drop down list The available values are e Change Installments e Change Tenor 5 13 ORACLE The system defaults Change Installments as rate change action value However you can modify it The value Change Tenor is applicable only for amortized accounts Rate Change Action is applicable for ARVN and REVN operations Stop Disbursement Check this box to indicate that the disbursement should be stopped Recalculate Annuity on Disbursement Check this box to indicate that the annuity on disbursement should be recalculated Packing Credit Check this box to indicate the possibility of linking MF Accounts to BC under this product For more details on the Packing Credit Sub System and Pre Shipment Finance refer sec
350. xecuted as part of the End of Cycle Operations after marking the EOTI for the day If the trigger is maintained as BOD the programs will be executed before the start of Transaction Input However the programs will be triggered both at EOD and BOD if you opt to trigger it at both the instances You also have the option to execute the batch programs through the MF Batch screen You can also invoke this screen by typing MFDBATCH the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking on the adjoining arrow button 10 4 ORACLE Batch amp Enter Query Automatic Daily Function Run Sequentially Run Sequentially Check this box to opt to execute the processes as per the sequence maintained in the Automatic Process Definition screen Click Run button to run the batch process Click Cancel button to cancel the batch execution 10 2 3 Multi threading of Batch Processes The MF Batch process handles multi threading The number of parallel processes and the interval between processes is maintained as part of Branch Parameters Refer the section titled Maintaining Branch Parameters in the Maintenances and Operations chapter of this User Manual for details The accounts are split into multiple groups which can be processed in parallel for a particular sub process Hence all non conflicting parallel groups will complete the sub proces
351. y Level Accrual Preference Read Preference Reverse Interestincome Compound E iE 1 So I Status 10f 1 To Status Movement Type Movement Rule Complete Pending Accrual Condition eal e Liquidation Order AccountingEntries Policies Advices Charges In this screen you can specify the following e Define a status derivation rule to resolve a status e Define accounting entries advices etc which need to be fired for a status e Specify the liquidation order for a status e Associate charges if applicable for a status e Policies to be triggered for a status change 4 55 ORACLE Account Status Class Code Select a class code from the adjoining option list The option list displays all the valid classes maintained in the system Click Default from Class button to default the account status details for the selected class You can select and modify the required details to suit the product you are defining You can also define new account status by clicking the button Define a status derivation rule to resolve a status Define accounting entries advices etc which need to be fired for a status Specify the liquidation order for a status Associate charges if applicable for a status Policies to be triggered for a status change Status Code When setting up a product you s
352. you are allowed select value from the option list e All If you choose this option all the values get selected In case of Specific option if you do not select any value from the option list and in case of All option if you select any of the value from the option list In both the cases the system will through an error once you click OK button Account Officer Specify the account officer The option list displays all valid account officers maintained in the system Choose the appropriate one 7 23 ORACLE Set the filters and click OK button to generate the report To cancel the operation click on Exit button File Edit GoTo Favorites 9 McAfee Q 4 x a 2 Search Sf Favorites B iw 3 58 6 Account Officer Linkage Report Branch Branch Date 30 2007 User id MIV2 Date amp 21 APR 2010 18 06 56 No Of Customers Linked Unknown Zone The following details get displayed when you generate reports e Account Officer e of Customers linked 7 1 12 Generating MFI Collection Sheet You can set your preferences as to the output of a report using Collection Sheet screen You can invoke this screen by typing MFRCOLRP in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking on the adjoining arrow button 7 24 ORACLE MFI Collection Sheet Report Branch Code 000 LBL_REPORT_GEN_DA
353. ystem defaults the currency in which the loan account is maintained Amount Due The system defaults the amount due Amount Overdue The system defaults the overdue amount Amount Waived Specify the waived off amount Amount Paid Specify the amount paid 6 3 1 Viewing Bulk Loan Payment Summary You can view a summary of all bulk loan payments using the Bulk Loan Payment Summary screen You can invoke this screen by typing MFSBLKPT in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking the adjoining arrow button 6 9 ORACLE Bulk Payment E gt search C Advanced Search Reset Clear All Case Sensitive Authorization Status Bulk Reference Number MFI Level az Center Group Code Records per page 15 10f1 Authorization Status Bulk Reference Number Code MFI Level Center Group Code You can query on records based on any or all of the following criteria Authorization Status MFI Level Bulk Reference Number Center Group Code Date Maker Release Click Search button The system identifies all records satisfying the specified criteria and displays the following details for each one of them Authorization Status Bulk Reference Number Branch Code MFI Level Center Group Code Date Maker Make Date Stamp Checker 6 10 ORACLE 6 4 e Checker Date Stamp Capturing Deposit Withdrawal Details in Bulk The account officers during field visits c
354. zation Status Here you can capture the following details Demographic Code Specify a code for the demography being maintained in the system Example State Demographic Description Provide a brief description of the demography Applicable For You can apply the demographic codes to microfinance group center or both Choose the appropriate value from the list e G Group e C Center e B Both 3 39 ORACLE 3 8 1 Sequence Specify the order in which the Demographic Code needs to appear on screen Allow Free Text Check this box to indicate that no validation of values entered under Values needs to be performed while saving the record Values Specify the possible values for the Demographics These values will be displayed in screens where Demographic Code would be used Viewing Demographics Summary You can view a summary of all demographics maintained in the system using the Group Type Summary screen You can invoke this screen by typing MFSDEMOG in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking the adjoining arrow button Demographics Summary E gt search Advanced Search Reset KY Clear All Case Sensitive Authorization Status Demographic Code Records per page 15 e Authorization Status k az 10f1 Record Status Demographic Code Record Status Applicable For Applicable For Allow Free Text You can query on records based on

Microfinance User Manual

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents